<!--
Thank you for the PR! Please go through the checklist below and make
sure you've completed all the steps.
Please review the
[CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)
document in this repository if you haven't already.
The following items will ensure that your PR is handled as smoothly as
possible:
- PR Title must follow conventional commits format. For example, `feat:
my new feature`, `fix(plugin-seo): my fix`.
- Minimal description explained as if explained to someone not
immediately familiar with the code.
- Provide before/after screenshots or code diffs if applicable.
- Link any related issues/discussions from GitHub or Discord.
- Add review comments if necessary to explain to the reviewer the logic
behind a change
### What?
### Why?
### How?
Fixes #
-->
### What?
This PR introduces support for the `admin.group` property in block
configs. This property enables blocks to be grouped under a common,
potentially localized, label in the block drawer component. This makes
it easier to sort through large collections of blocks. Previously, all
blocks would be in one common layout.
This PR also encompasses documentation changes and e2e tests to check
for the rendering of group labels.
### Why?
To make it easier to organize many blocks in block fields.
### How?
By introducing a new `admin.group` property in block configs and
assembling them in the blocks drawer component.
Before:
After:
Demo:
[Editing---Block-Field---Payload-groups-demo.webm](https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/2b351dc1-0d14-4a5b-ae71-bcd31fbb23df)
Addresses #5609
When the new ConfirmationModal is used outside of the context of an
EditDepthProvider, it stacks behind currently open modals. This is
apparent when using it in custom views.
The fix is to build the confirm modal's depth off of drawerDepth instead
of editDepth.
`getRequestLocale` => `upsertPreferences` is already called as part of `initReq`, yet we were still unnecessarily calling `getRequestLocale` afterwards, which potentially resulted in at least one unnecessary `payload.find()` or `payload.update()` call.
### What?
Fixes translation errors that are thrown when JSON field validation
outputs an error.
### How?
Removes translation function `t()` from wrapping the errors and adds
translation keys that were missing from `clientKeys.ts`.
Fixes#10543
### What?
We had an `allowCreate` prop for the list drawer that doesn't do
anything. This PR passes the prop through so it can be used.
### How?
Passes `allowCreate` down to the list view and ties it with
`hasCreatePermission`
#### Testing
- Use `admin` test suite and `withListDrawer` collection.
- Test added to the `admin/e2e/list-view`.
Fixes#11246
### What?
Adding `assetPrefix` to the `next.config` prevents the hot module
reloading functionality.
### Why & How?
Need to incorporate `assetPrefix` into the URL generated for webpack
HMR.
Fixes#11150
#### Testing
1. Add `assetPrefix: '/test'` to the `next.config.mjs` in the root
folder
2. Run `pnpm test _community`
3. Go to the `_community/collections/posts` config and change a field
4. Open post collection in browser and see no change (if this PR is
checked out then you _**will**_ see the change)
### What?
This PR removes references to the `rateLimit` option from the
documentation, as it was deprecated in Payload v3.
Since Payload now runs on Next.js, which are often deployed
serverlessly, built-in rate limiting is no longer supported.
Users are encouraged to implement rate limiting at the load balancer,
proxy level, or use services like Cloudflare.
Fixes#10321
The following MDX:
```tsx
<Banner type='info'>
Hello
</Banner>
```
was not able to be parsed by the lexical mdx converter, as the jsx props string extractor did not support the single quotes around the `info` string.
This PR fixes the `UploadData` type that was weakened in a previous PR, causing a breaking change. It also improves the newly added `UploadDataImproved` type by bringing back its support for generated types and using the `UploadCollectionSlug` type helper to restrict collection slugs to upload-enabled collections.
### What?
The admin panel was not respecting where constraints returned from the
readAccess function.
### Why?
`getEntityPolicies` was always using `find` when looping over the
operations, but `readVersions` should be using `findVersions`.
### How?
When the operation is `readVersions` run the `findVersions` operation.
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/11240
### What?
When you first edit a document and then open the Schedule publish
drawer, you can schedule publish changes but the current changes made to
the form won't be included.
### Why?
The UX does not make it clear that the changes you have in the form are
not actually going to be published.
### How?
Instead of allowing that we just disable the Schedule Publish drawer
toggler so that users are forced to save a draft first.
In addition to the above, this change also passes a defaultType so that
an already published document will default the radio type have
"Unpublish" selected.
Restoring a version has two types of messages, success and error, but no
matter if this action is a success or a failure, the toast message is
never displayed.
The fix is to import the toast from `@payloadcms/ui` instead of `sonner`
directly.
Fixes#11059
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/10962
This fix addresses fields with timezones enabled specifically for not
time pickers. If all you want to do is pick a date such as 14th Feb, it
would store the incorrect version and display a date in the future for
people in the Pacific.
This is because Auckland is +12 offset, but +13 with Daylight Savings
Time. In our date picker we try to normalise date pickers with no time
to 12pm and so half the year we ended up pushing dates visually to the
next day for people in the pacific only. Other regions were not affected
by this because their offset would be less than 12.
This PR fixes this by ensuring that our dates are always normalised to
selected timezone's 12pm date to UTC.
There's also additional tests for these two fields from 3 main locations
to cover a wider range of possible timezones.
Just like https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/11269, we stop
passing through `req` to db operations in `checkDocumentLockStatus`.
After extensive testing, this seems to get rid of all transaction errors
that occurred when I was testing autosave against a remote mongo DB.
Removes unnecessary callback args from the `onConfirm` callback in the
new `ConfirmationModal` component. Now, the component will close and
reset `isConfirming` state for itself.
<!--
Thank you for the PR! Please go through the checklist below and make
sure you've completed all the steps.
Please review the
[CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)
document in this repository if you haven't already.
The following items will ensure that your PR is handled as smoothly as
possible:
- PR Title must follow conventional commits format. For example, `feat:
my new feature`, `fix(plugin-seo): my fix`.
- Minimal description explained as if explained to someone not
immediately familiar with the code.
- Provide before/after screenshots or code diffs if applicable.
- Link any related issues/discussions from GitHub or Discord.
- Add review comments if necessary to explain to the reviewer the logic
behind a change
### What?
### Why?
### How?
Fixes #
-->
There are nearly a dozen independent implementations of the same modal
spread throughout the admin panel and various plugins. These modals are
used to confirm or cancel an action, such as deleting a document, bulk
publishing, etc. Each of these instances is nearly identical, leading to
unnecessary development efforts when creating them, inconsistent UI, and
duplicative stylesheets.
Everything is now standardized behind a new `ConfirmationModal`
component. This modal comes with a standard API that is flexible enough
to replace nearly every instance. This component has also been exported
for reuse.
Here is a basic example of how to use it:
```tsx
'use client'
import { ConfirmationModal, useModal } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import React, { Fragment } from 'react'
const modalSlug = 'my-confirmation-modal'
export function MyComponent() {
const { openModal } = useModal()
return (
<Fragment>
<button
onClick={() => {
openModal(modalSlug)
}}
type="button"
>
Do something
</button>
<ConfirmationModal
heading="Are you sure?"
body="Confirm or cancel before proceeding."
modalSlug={modalSlug}
onConfirm={({ closeConfirmationModal, setConfirming }) => {
// do something
setConfirming(false)
closeConfirmationModal()
}}
/>
</Fragment>
)
}
```
## Change 1 - database errors when running autosave
The previous autosave implementation allowed multiple autosave fetch
calls (=> save document draft) to run in parallel. While the
AbortController aborted previous autosave calls if a new one comes in in
order to only process the latest one, this had one flaw:
Using the AbortController to abort the autosave call only aborted the
`fetch` call - it did not however abort the database operation that may
have started as part of this fetch call. If you then started a new
autosave call, this will start yet another database operation on the
backend, resulting in two database operations that would be running at
the same time.
This has caused a lot of transaction errors that were only noticeable
when connected to a slower, remote database. This PR removes the
AbortController and ensures that the previous autosave operation is
properly awaited before starting a new one, while still discarding
outdated autosave requests from the queue **that have not started yet**.
Additionally, it cleans up the AutoSave component to make it more
readable.
## Change 2 - ensure autosave doesn't run unnecessarily
If connected to a slower backend or database, one change in a document
may trigger two autosave operations instead of just one. This is how it
could happen:
1. Type something => formstate changes => autosave is triggered
2. 200ms later: form state request is triggered. Autosave is still
processing
3. 100ms later: form state comes back from server => local form state is
updated => another autosave is triggered
4. First autosave is aborted - this lead to a browser error. This PR
ensures that that error is no longer surfaced to the user
5. Another autosave is started
This PR adds additional checks to ONLY trigger an autosave if the form
DATA (not the entire form state itself) changes. Previously, it ran
every time the object reference of the form state changes. This includes
changes that do not affect the form data, like `field.valid`. =>
Basically every time form state comes back from the server, we were
triggering another, unnecessary autosave
Not passing through `req` ensures that the db operations in
`handleFormStateLocking` run independently, preventing them from being
part of the same transaction. Since locked document operations don't
really require transactional consistency, this change helps avoid
unnecessary transaction errors that have previously occurred here.
In the `findOne` db operation, we return `null` if the document was not
found.
For single-document delete and update operations, if the document you
wanted to update is not found, the following runtime error is thrown
instead: `Cannot read properties of null (reading '_id')`.
This PR correctly handles these cases and returns `null` from the db
method, just like the `findOne` operation.
### What?
Updates the join field documentation.
Mentions:
* Now you can specify an array of `collection` -
https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/10919
* Querying limitation for join fields, planned
https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/discussions/9683
* Querying limitation for joined documents when the join field has an
array of `collection` for fields inside arrays and blocks.
### Why?
To have up to date documentation for an array of `collection` and so
users can know about limitations.
### How?
Updates the file on path `docs/fields/join.mdx`.
Similar to the goals of #11026. Adds helper utilities to make
interacting with the blocks field easier within e2e tests. This will
also standardize common functionality across tests and reduce the
overall lines of code for each, making them easier to navigate and
digest.
The following helpers are now available:
- `openBlocksDrawer`: self-explanatory
- `addBlock`: opens the blocks drawer and selects the given block
- `reorderBlocks`: similar to `reorderColumn`, moves blocks using the
drag handle
- `removeAllBlocks`: iterates all rows of a given blocks field and
removes them
This feature allows you to specify `collection` for the join field as
array.
This can be useful for example to describe relationship linking like
this:
```ts
{
slug: 'folders',
fields: [
{
type: 'join',
on: 'folder',
collection: ['files', 'documents', 'folders'],
name: 'children',
},
{
type: 'relationship',
relationTo: 'folders',
name: 'folder',
},
],
},
{
slug: 'files',
upload: true,
fields: [
{
type: 'relationship',
relationTo: 'folders',
name: 'folder',
},
],
},
{
slug: 'documents',
fields: [
{
type: 'relationship',
relationTo: 'folders',
name: 'folder',
},
],
},
```
Documents and files can be placed to folders and folders themselves can
be nested to other folders (root folders just have `folder` as `null`).
Output type of `Folder`:
```ts
export interface Folder {
id: string;
children?: {
docs?:
| (
| {
relationTo?: 'files';
value: string | File;
}
| {
relationTo?: 'documents';
value: string | Document;
}
| {
relationTo?: 'folders';
value: string | Folder;
}
)[]
| null;
hasNextPage?: boolean | null;
} | null;
folder?: (string | null) | Folder;
updatedAt: string;
createdAt: string;
}
```
While you could instead have many join fields (for example
`childrenFolders`, `childrenFiles`) etc - this doesn't allow you to
sort/filter and paginate things across many collections, which isn't
trivial. With SQL we use `UNION ALL` query to achieve that.
---------
Co-authored-by: Dan Ribbens <dan.ribbens@gmail.com>
### What?
Previously, in postgres query like:
```ts
const result = await payload.find({
collection: 'blocks',
where: { 'blocks.director.name': { equals: 'Test Director' } },
})
```
where `blocks` is a blocks field, `director` is a relationship field and
`name` is a text field inside `directors`, failed with:
### Why?
The generated query before was a bit wrong.
Before:
```sql
select distinct
"blocks"."id",
"blocks"."created_at",
"blocks"."created_at"
from
"blocks"
left join "directors" "a5ad426a_eda4_4067_af7e_5b294d7f0968" on "a5ad426a_eda4_4067_af7e_5b294d7f0968"."id" = "blocks_blocks_some"."director_id"
left join "blocks_blocks_some" on "blocks"."id" = "blocks_blocks_some"."_parent_id"
where
"a5ad426a_eda4_4067_af7e_5b294d7f0968"."name" = 'Test Director'
order by
"blocks"."created_at" desc
limit
10
```
Notice `left join directors` _before_ join of `blocks_blocks_some`.
`blocks_blocks_some` doesn't exist yet, this PR changes so now we
generate
```sql
select distinct
"blocks"."id",
"blocks"."created_at",
"blocks"."created_at"
from
"blocks"
left join "blocks_blocks_some" on "blocks"."id" = "blocks_blocks_some"."_parent_id"
left join "directors" "a5ad426a_eda4_4067_af7e_5b294d7f0968" on "a5ad426a_eda4_4067_af7e_5b294d7f0968"."id" = "blocks_blocks_some"."director_id"
where
"a5ad426a_eda4_4067_af7e_5b294d7f0968"."name" = 'Test Director'
order by
"blocks"."created_at" desc
limit
10
```
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/11224
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/10492
This PR fixes a few weird behaviours when `validate: true` is set on drafts:
- when autosave is on and you submit an invalid form it would get stuck in an infinite loop
- PreventLeave would not trigger for submitted but invalid forms leading to potential data loss
Changes:
- Adds e2e tests for the above scenarios
- Adds a new `isValid` flag on the `Form` context provider to signal globally if the form is in a valid or invalid state
- Components like Autosave will manage this internally since it manages its own submission flow as well
- Adds PreventLeave to Autosave too for when form is invalid meaning data hasn't been actually saved so we want to prevent the user accidentally losing data by reloading or closing the page
The following tests have been added
When reusing the SelectInput component from the UI package, if you set
value to `''` it will continue to display the previously selected value
instead of clearing out the field as expected.
The ReactSelect component doesn't behave in this way and instead will
clear out the field.
This fix addresses this difference by resetting `valueToRender` inside
the SelectInput to null.
This PR optimizes permissions calculation for block references, by
calculating them only once per block reference config, instead of once
every single time the blocks are referenced.
This will lead to significant performance improvements in Payload
Configs with a lot of duplicative block references, as permissions are
calculated every time you navigate from page to page.
# Benchmarks
Tested using `pnpm dev benchmark-blocks`.
## Before - ~ 6 seconds
https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/85cac698-3120-414f-91d3-608a404a3a5f
## After - ~ 2 seconds
https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/0c3642f6-6001-41ae-a7cd-f30b24362e9b
### What?
This PR adds missing languages to `plugin-seo` that are supported in
Payload but were not ported to the plugin.
### Why?
To properly translate the custom keys added by the plugin in all
languages currently supported.
### How?
By adding the missing languages and exporting them for use.
Addresses #11201
### What?
After clicking "Select all" `toggleAll(true)`, manually deselecting an
item does not update the overall selection status.
The bulk actions remain visible, and `selectAll` incorrectly stays as
`AllAvailable`.
### How?
Updated `setSelection()` logic to adjust `selectAll` when deselecting an
item if it was previously set to `AllAvailable`.
This ensures that the selection state updates correctly without altering
the effect logic.
`selectAll` switches to Some when an item is deselected after selecting
all.
Bulk actions now hide correctly if no items are selected.
Fixes#10836
Currently, the join field outputs to its result `hasNextPage: boolean`
and have the `limit` query parameter but lacks `page` which can be
useful. This PR adds it.
### What?
Adds new option `admin.components.listMenuItems` to allow custom
components to be injected after the existing list controls in the
collection list view.
### Why?
Needed to facilitate import/export plugin.
#### Testing
Use `pnpm dev admin` to see example component and see test added to
`test/admin/e2e/list-view`.
## Update since feature was reverted
The custom list controls and now rendered with no surrounding padding or
border radius.
<img width="596" alt="Screenshot 2025-02-17 at 5 06 44 PM"
src="https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/57209367-5433-4a4c-8797-0f9671da15c8"
/>
---------
Co-authored-by: Dan Ribbens <dan.ribbens@gmail.com>
Previously, we forgot to add `depth: 0` to our `findGlobal` call in `getEntityPolicies`. This PR adds `depth: 0` which will be faster.
It also cleans up the `getEntityPolicies` function in general by adding missing types, JSDocs and improving code readability.
This was part of https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/11236 and has been extracted into this separate PR, to make it easier to review
### What?
Two new configuration properties added for upload enabled collections.
- *hideFileInputOnCreate* - Set to `true` to prevent the admin UI from
showing file inputs during document creation, useful for programmatic
file generation.
- *hideRemoveFile* - Set to `true` to prevent the admin UI having a way
to remove an existing file while editing.
### Why?
When using file uploads that get created programmatically in
`beforeOperation` hooks or files created using `jobs`, or when
`filesRequiredOnCreate` is false, you may want to use these new flags to
prevent users from interacting with these controls.
### How?
The new properties only impact the admin UI components to dial in the UX
for various use cases.
Screenshot showing that the upload controls are not available on create:
Screenshot showing hideRemoveFile has removed the ability to remove the
existing file:
Prerequisite for https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/10795
The `localized` properly was not stripped out of referenced block fields, if any parent was localized. For normal fields, this is done in sanitizeConfig. As the same referenced block config can be used in both a localized and non-localized config, we are not able to strip it out inside sanitizeConfig by modifying the block config.
Instead, this PR had to bring back tedious logic to handle it everywhere the `field.localized` property is accessed. For backwards-compatibility, we need to keep the existing sanitizeConfig logic. In 4.0, we should remove it to benefit from better test coverage of runtime field.localized handling - for now, this is done for our test suite using the `PAYLOAD_DO_NOT_SANITIZE_LOCALIZED_PROPERTY` flag.
This PR ensures, that collections that don't have `auth: true` don't
mount authentication related endpoints like `/me`, the same for uploads.
Additionally, moves upload-related endpoints to `uploads/endpoints/*`.
Adds a dedicated "Custom Components" section to the docs.
As users become familiar with building custom components, not all areas
that support customization are well documented. Not only this, but the
current pattern does not allow for deep elaboration on these concepts
without their pages growing to an unmanageable size. Custom components
in general is a large enough topic to merit a standalone section with
subpages. This change will make navigation much more intuitive, help
keep page size down, and provide room to document every single available
custom component with snippets to show exactly how they are typed, etc.
This is a substantial change to the docs, here is the overview:
- The "Admin > Customizing Components" doc is now located at "Custom
Components > overview"
- The "Admin > Views" doc is now located at "Custom Components > Custom
Views"
- There is a new "Custom Components > Edit View" doc
- There is a new "Custom Components > List View" doc
- The information about root components within the "Admin > Customizing
Components" doc has been moved to a new "Custom Components > Root
Components" doc
- The information about custom providers within the "Admin > Customizing
Components" doc has been moved to a new "Custom Components > Custom
Providers" doc
Similar to the goals of #10743, #10742, and #10741.
Fixes#10872 and initial scaffolding for #10353.
Dependent on #11126.
This change will require the following redirects to be set up:
- `/docs/admin/hooks` → `/docs/admin/react-hooks`
- `/docs/admin/components` → `/docs/custom-components/overview`
- `/docs/admin/views` → `/docs/custom-components/views`
It is currently very difficult to build custom edit and list views or
inject custom components into these views because these views and
components are not explicitly typed. Instances of these components were
not fully type safe as well, i.e. when rendering them via
`RenderServerComponent`, there was little to no type-checking in most
cases.
There is now a 1:1 type match for all views and view components and they
now receive type-checking at render time.
The following types have been newly added and/or improved:
List View:
- `ListViewClientProps`
- `ListViewServerProps`
- `BeforeListClientProps`
- `BeforeListServerProps`
- `BeforeListTableClientProps`
- `BeforeListTableServerProps`
- `AfterListClientProps`
- `AfterListServerProps`
- `AfterListTableClientProps`
- `AfterListTableServerProps`
- `ListViewSlotSharedClientProps`
Document View:
- `DocumentViewClientProps`
- `DocumentViewServerProps`
- `SaveButtonClientProps`
- `SaveButtonServerProps`
- `SaveDraftButtonClientProps`
- `SaveDraftButtonServerProps`
- `PublishButtonClientProps`
- `PublishButtonServerProps`
- `PreviewButtonClientProps`
- `PreviewButtonServerProps`
Root View:
- `AdminViewClientProps`
- `AdminViewServerProps`
General:
- `ViewDescriptionClientProps`
- `ViewDescriptionServerProps`
A few other changes were made in a non-breaking way:
- `Column` is now exported from `payload`
- `ListPreferences` is now exported from `payload`
- `ListViewSlots` is now exported from `payload`
- `ListViewClientProps` is now exported from `payload`
- `AdminViewProps` is now an alias of `AdminViewServerProps` (listed
above)
- `ClientSideEditViewProps` is now an alias of `DocumentViewClientProps`
(listed above)
- `ServerSideEditViewProps` is now an alias of `DocumentViewServerProps`
(listed above)
- `ListComponentClientProps` is now an alias of `ListViewClientProps`
(listed above)
- `ListComponentServerProps` is now an alias of `ListViewServerProps`
(listed above)
- `CustomSaveButton` is now marked as deprecated because this is only
relevant to the config (see correct type above)
- `CustomSaveDraftButton` is now marked as deprecated because this is
only relevant to the config (see correct type above)
- `CustomPublishButton` is now marked as deprecated because this is only
relevant to the config (see correct type above)
- `CustomPreviewButton` is now marked as deprecated because this is only
relevant to the config (see correct type above)
This PR _does not_ apply these changes to _root_ components, i.e.
`afterNavLinks`. Those will come in a future PR.
Related: #10987.
The `Media` component has an optional property `resource` so we can skip
that property. As in payload `required: false` types are generated like
`media?: Media | string | null`, it also makes sense to allow `null` as
a `resource` value.
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/11200
The fix, added in https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/11096
wasn't sufficient enough. It did handle the case when the same query
path / table was joined twice and caused incorrect `totalDocs`, but it
didn't handle the case when `JOIN` returns more than 1 rows, which 2
added new assertions here check.
Now, we use `COUNT(*)` only if we don't have any joined tables. If we
do, instead of using `SELECT (COUNT DISTINCT id)` which as described in
the previous PR is _very slow_ for large tables, we use the following
query:
```sql
SELECT COUNT(1) OVER() as count -- window function, executes for each row only once
FROM users
LEFT JOIN -- ... here additional rows are added
WHERE -- ...
GROUP BY users.id -- this ensures we're counting only users without additional rows from joins.
LIMIT 1 -- Since COUNT(1) OVER() executes and resolves before doing LIMIT, we can safely apply LIMIT 1.
```
Bulk-many components are always using the plural format in their title,
even if only one document has been selected.
This fix checks the selection count and if its greater than 1 it will
show the plural format otherwise it will show the singular format.
Lexical checks commands by reference equality. This means that even if you re-define those commands in your own codebase using the same command `type` string, they will be treated as different commands.
If you wanted to dispatch the block creation command in your own codebase (e.g. from a different lexical feature, or any component within the editor), this will not be possible right now. See https://discord.com/channels/967097582721572934/1339557113898340352/1339557113898340352
This PR exports them from `@payloadcms/richtext-lexical/client`
### What?
This PR fixes an issue where a deleted relationship entry would lead to
a runtime error if the user clicked on the edit button in ui due to not
having a `doc` available in `handleServerFunction`.
### Why?
To prevent runtime errors during expected usage.
### How?
By hiding the edit button in entries that have been deleted. This is
done for entries where the user does not have read access already.
Fixes#11004
Before:
[Editing---Post-userdelete--before--Payload.webm](https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/33180eba-9be3-418f-92d2-3bad93e3dfae)
After:
[Editing---Post-userdelete--after--Payload.webm](https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/ba1a736b-3422-4fe0-93ae-7e8e6496d1bd)
This PR fixes an issue where padding around the `DocumentHeader`
component disappears at the `mid-break` viewport size.
The issue was caused by .doc-header applying padding-left: 0 and
padding-right: 0, which overrode the intended padding from the parent
Gutter component in certain scenarios.
### What?
This PR fixes an issue where the `join` field table was not respecting
the locale selected in the admin ui localizer.
This also introduces an e2e test to the existing suite to catch this
issue.
### Why?
To properly render `join` field table data according to chosen and
configured locales.
### How?
Threading `req.locale` through to the `payload.find` call in
`buildTableState`.
Fixes#11134
Before:
[Editing---Category--join-locales-before-Payload.webm](https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/d77b71bb-f849-4be2-aa96-26dbfedb52d4)
After:
[Editing---Category--join-locales-after-Payload.webm](https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/0d1f7351-adf4-4bad-ac82-0fee67f8b66a)
Incorrect default value on exported `tenantsArrayField` field. Should
have been `tenant` but was using `tenants`. This affected the
multi-tenant example which uses a custom tenants array field.
You would not notice this issue unless you were using:
```ts
tenantsArrayField: {
includeDefaultField: false,
}
```
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/11125
### What?
Assuming you have a hook in your collection that is looking for certain
conditions to be met related to the join field. The way you would
prevent it is to throw a `new ValidationError()` with errors containing
the path of the field. Previously, the error message for the field would
not show in the admin UI at all.
### Why?
Users need to be able to see any custom error messages for joins field
in the UI so they can address the issue.
### How?
Adds an error class and display the FieldError in the Join field in the
UI component.
### What?
This PR removes a pair unnecessary calls to `schema.index` against the
timestamp fields. The issue is when a user sets `indexSortableFields` as
this is what will ultimately pass the predicate which then creates
duplicate indexes.
### Why?
These calls are redundant as `index` is [already
passed](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/packages/db-mongodb/src/models/buildSchema.ts#L69)
to the underlying fields base schema options in the process of
formatting and will already be indexed.
These warnings were surfaced after the bump to mongoose to version 8.9.5
as [in 8.9.3 mongoose began throwing these warnings to indicate
duplicative
indexes](https://github.com/Automattic/mongoose/releases/tag/8.9.3).
### How?
By removing these calls and, as a result, silencing the warnings thrown
by mongoose.
If you have multiple blocks that are used in multiple places, this can quickly blow up the size of your Payload Config. This will incur a performance hit, as more data is
1. sent to the client (=> bloated `ClientConfig` and large initial html) and
2. processed on the server (permissions are calculated every single time you navigate to a page - this iterates through all blocks you have defined, even if they're duplicative)
This can be optimized by defining your block **once** in your Payload Config, and just referencing the block slug whenever it's used, instead of passing the entire block config. To do this, the block can be defined in the `blocks` array of the Payload Config. The slug can then be passed to the `blockReferences` array in the Blocks Field - the `blocks` array has to be empty for compatibility reasons.
```ts
import { buildConfig } from 'payload'
import { lexicalEditor, BlocksFeature } from '@payloadcms/richtext-lexical'
// Payload Config
const config = buildConfig({
// Define the block once
blocks: [
{
slug: 'TextBlock',
fields: [
{
name: 'text',
type: 'text',
},
],
},
],
collections: [
{
slug: 'collection1',
fields: [
{
name: 'content',
type: 'blocks',
// Reference the block by slug
blockReferences: ['TextBlock'],
blocks: [], // Required to be empty, for compatibility reasons
},
],
},
{
slug: 'collection2',
fields: [
{
name: 'editor',
type: 'richText',
editor: lexicalEditor({
BlocksFeature({
// Same reference can be reused anywhere, even in the lexical editor, without incurred performance hit
blocks: ['TextBlock'],
})
})
},
],
},
],
})
```
## v4.0 Plans
In 4.0, we will remove the `blockReferences` property, and allow string block references to be passed directly to the blocks `property`. Essentially, we'd remove the `blocks` property and rename `blockReferences` to `blocks`.
The reason we opted to a new property in this PR is to avoid breaking changes. Allowing strings to be passed to the `blocks` property will prevent plugins that iterate through fields / blocks from compiling.
## PR Changes
- Testing: This PR introduces a plugin that automatically converts blocks to block references. This is done in the fields__blocks test suite, to run our existing test suite using block references.
- Block References support: Most changes are similar. Everywhere we iterate through blocks, we have to now do the following:
1. Check if `field.blockReferences` is provided. If so, only iterate through that.
2. Check if the block is an object (= actual block), or string
3. If it's a string, pull the actual block from the Payload Config or from `payload.blocks`.
The exception is config sanitization and block type generations. This PR optimizes them so that each block is only handled once, instead of every time the block is referenced.
## Benchmarks
60 Block fields, each block field having the same 600 Blocks.
### Before:
**Initial HTML:** 195 kB
**Generated types:** takes 11 minutes, 461,209 lines
https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/11d49a4e-5414-4579-8050-e6346e552f56
### After:
**Initial HTML:** 73.6 kB
**Generated types:** takes 2 seconds, 35,810 lines
https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/3eab1a99-6c29-489d-add5-698df67780a3
### After Permissions Optimization (follow-up PR)
Initial HTML: 73.6 kB
https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/a909202e-45a8-4bf6-9a38-8c85813f1312
## Future Plans
1. This PR does not yet deduplicate block references during permissions calculation. We'll optimize that in a separate PR, as this one is already large enough
2. The same optimization can be done to deduplicate fields. One common use-case would be link field groups that may be referenced in multiple entities, outside of blocks. We might explore adding a new `fieldReferences` property, that allows you to reference those same `config.blocks`.
### What?
URL encodes the imageCacheTag query param used to render Media on the
Admin Dashboard
### Why?
The format of the timestamp used as the `imageCacheTag` is causing an
`InvalidQueryStringException` when hosting with Cloudfront + Lambda
(SST/OpenNext)
[See issue](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/11163)
### How?
Uses `encodeURIComponent` on instances where the `imageCacheTag` is
being formatted for the request URL. (In EditUpload, Thumbnail, and
PreviewSizes)
Fixes#11163
---------
Co-authored-by: Jarrod Flesch <jarrodmflesch@gmail.com>
### What?
This PR displays file size in upload cards for all upload mimetypes. The
current behavior hides this metric from the user if the file mimetype
does not start with `image`.
### Why?
Showing end-users and editors a file size is universally useful - not
only for images, but for all types of files that can be uploaded via the
upload field.
### How?
By making the predicate that adds this metric less restrictive. Instead
of checking if the mimetype is image-like, it checks if the file size is
truthy.
Before:
After:
Refines the animation curve used in the new progress bar for route
transitions. Uses an exponential acceleration and decay so that the
indicator progresses quickly at the onset, then gradually decelerates at
it approaches completion. Also caps the progress at ~90%.
Introduced in #9275.
On fast networks where page transitions are quick, such as local dev in
most cases, the progress bar should not render. This leads to a constant
flashing of the progress bar at the top of the screen and does not
provide any value.
The fix is to add a delay to the initial rendering of the progress bar,
and only show if the transition takes longer than _n_ milliseconds. This
value can be adjusted as needed, but right now is set to 150ms.
Introduced in #9275.
The `@monaco-editor/react` package now includes React 19 in its peer
dependencies thanks to
https://github.com/suren-atoyan/monaco-react/pull/651. This package was
also incorrectly listed in `payload` as a regular dependency, but since
it's only used for type imports, it should be listed a dev dependency
instead.
### What?
Added a quick example to showcase how to add a converter for inlineBlocks.
### Why?
This is not easy to figure out in the current version. As per [Discord discussion](https://discord.com/channels/967097582721572934/1338624577990823997)
### How?
Added a very basic 3 lines example to keep the file simple.
Deprecates all cases where `Link` could be sent as a prop. This was a
relic from the past, where we attempted to make our UI library
router-agnostic. This was a pipe dream and created more problems than it
solved, for example the logout button was missing this prop, causing it
to render an anchor tag and perform a hard navigation (caught in #9275).
Does so in a non-breaking way, where these props are now optional and
simply unused, as opposed to removing them outright.
Due to nature of server-side rendering, navigation within the admin
panel can lead to slow page response times. This can lead to the feeling
of an unresponsive app after clicking a link, for example, where the
page remains in a stale state while the server is processing. This is
especially noticeable on slow networks when navigating to data heavy or
process intensive pages.
To alleviate the bad UX that this causes, the user needs immediate
visual indication that _something_ is taking place. This PR renders a
progress bar in the admin panel which is immediately displayed when a
user clicks a link, and incrementally grows in size until the new route
has loaded in.
Inspired by https://github.com/vercel/react-transition-progress.
Old:
https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/1820dad1-3aea-417f-a61d-52244b12dc8d
New:
https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/99f4bb82-61d9-4a4c-9bdf-9e379bbafd31
To tie into the progress bar, you'll need to use Payload's new `Link`
component instead of the one provided by Next.js:
```diff
- import { Link } from 'next/link'
+ import { Link } from '@payloadcms/ui'
```
Here's an example:
```tsx
import { Link } from '@payloadcms/ui'
const MyComponent = () => {
return (
<Link href="/somewhere">
Go Somewhere
</Link>
)
}
```
In order to trigger route transitions for a direct router event such as
`router.push`, you'll need to wrap your function calls with the
`startRouteTransition` method provided by the `useRouteTransition` hook.
```ts
'use client'
import React, { useCallback } from 'react'
import { useTransition } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import { useRouter } from 'next/navigation'
const MyComponent: React.FC = () => {
const router = useRouter()
const { startRouteTransition } = useRouteTransition()
const redirectSomewhere = useCallback(() => {
startRouteTransition(() => router.push('/somewhere'))
}, [startRouteTransition, router])
// ...
}
```
In the future [Next.js might provide native support for
this](https://github.com/vercel/next.js/discussions/41934#discussioncomment-12077414),
and if it does, this implementation can likely be simplified.
Of course there are other ways of achieving this, such as with
[Suspense](https://react.dev/reference/react/Suspense), but they all
come with a different set of caveats. For example with Suspense, you
must provide a fallback component. This means that the user might be
able to immediately navigate to the new page, which is good, but they'd
be presented with a skeleton UI while the other parts of the page stream
in. Not necessarily an improvement to UX as there would be multiple
loading states with this approach.
There are other problems with using Suspense as well. Our default
template, for example, contains the app header and sidebar which are not
rendered within the root layout. This means that they need to stream in
every single time. On fast networks, this would also lead to a
noticeable "blink" unless there is some mechanism by which we can detect
and defer the fallback from ever rendering in such cases. Might still be
worth exploring in the future though.
I only remove myself from this file.
I'm getting a lot of notifications that don't significantly change those
directories. I'll keep an eye out, but feel free to assign me as a
reviewer wherever you see fit!
### What?
The migration CLI help says `migration:fresh` is available to use - this
doesn't exist, the command should be `migrate:fresh`.
Closes#10965 & #10967
### What?
Implement the
[typescript-strict-plugin](https://github.com/allegro/typescript-strict-plugin)
plugin in the payload (core) package.
### Why?
1. One strategy for incremental migration is to enable strictness rules
in tsconfig, fix some errors, and push them without committing the
changes to tsconfig.json. However, this is not feasible for a package as
large as Payload that has over 1000 typescript errors. Until the work is
done, new contributions would undo the work being done.
2. Even if no migration work is done after this PR, this change already
improves the strictness of the package. 89 of the 311 files within the
package already satisfy strict mode. This PR only adds a comment
`@ts-strict-ignore` to files that had at least one compilation error.
This way, the propagation of errors in those files is stopped.
3. New files created in the package are strict by default (this was the
main improvement in version 2 of `typescript-strict-plugin`).
I recommend starting the migration with this package because it is the
one that almost all the others depend on. Once we finish this package,
we can repeat the same strategy on another one, or use the strategy I
mentioned in point 1 if the package is small.
### Note
If you don't see errors in the IDE when you uncomment `//
@ts-strict-ignore`, try restarting the typescript server or VSCode
### How to contribute to the migration ❤️
1. Remove `// @ts-strict-ignore` comments from 1 or more files
2. Fix the pending errors (they should appear in your IDE's intellisense
or when running `cd packages/payload` + `pnpm build:types`
3. Submit your PR!
Important: You don't need to fix everything at once! Furthermore, I
recommend breaking this down into very small PRs to trace potential
issues later if there are any. So if you have 5 minutes, tackle a small
file—every bit counts! 🤗
### What?
Add a `div` wrapper to `table` tag in `TableFeature`
### Why?
This allows for adding horizontal scrolling to the table. We use table
in our blog, however, on mobile, the content is wider than the screen
width, and causes a horizontal scroll of all the content. I attached a
video to show. You can see it by visiting the page on mobile
https://magichour.ai/blog/10-best-ai-video-generatorshttps://github.com/user-attachments/assets/55778765-697e-426d-ac8a-1b0913adac13
Adding this container div allow me to target the div with a style
```css
.lexical-table-container {
overflow-x: scroll;
}
```
### How?
I tested this change by manually editing the HTML in our blog to include
the `div` with the overflow style, and it fixes the issue.
Also, verified just adding the `div` did not change anything related to
the rendered output.
This PR adds a new `siblingFields` argument to field hooks. This allows
us to dramatically simplify the `lexicalHTML` field, which previously
had to use a complex `findFieldPathAndSiblingFields` function that
deeply traverses the entire `CollectionConfig` just to find the sibling
fields.
This will hopefully allow pnpm to reliably install the correct lexical version, as lexical is now solely part of our `dependencies`. Currently, pnpm completely disregards lexical version bumps until the user deletes both the lockfile and their `node_modules` folder.
The downside of this is that pnpm will no longer throw a warning if payload is installed in a project with a mismatching lexical version. However, noone read that warning anyways, and our runtime dependency checker is more reliable.
One step closer to being able to remove `noUncheckedIndexedAccess` in
`packages/richtext-lexical/tsconfig.json`.
I'm introducing UploadData_P4 which is a more precise version of
UploadData. I'm doing it as a different type because there's a chance
it'll be a breaking change for some users.
UploadData is used in many places, but I'm currently replacing it only
in
`packages/richtext-lexical/src/exports/react/components/RichText/converter/converters/upload.tsx`,
because in the other files it's too rooted to other types like
UploadNode.
Elaborate how one is supposed to change the admin panel's language
because it is not initially clear or trivial to someone new and going
through the docs from the start.
---------
Co-authored-by: Jacob Fletcher <jacobsfletch@gmail.com>
Make it clearer that you need to install `@payloadcms/translations`. I
think it would help for new people, especially new programmers.
---------
Co-authored-by: Jacob Fletcher <jacobsfletch@gmail.com>
🤖 Automated bump of templates for v3.23.0
Triggered by user: @denolfe
Co-authored-by: github-actions[bot] <github-actions[bot]@users.noreply.github.com>
Fixes#11082
In addition to fixing the bug described in that issue, I'm fixing the
problem where when outdenting, indent 0 blocks stay the same. The new
logic verifies that all selected blocks can be outdented.
It remains to be done the same with the tab and shift + tab commands.
Fixes#10440. When `filterOptions` are set on a relationship field,
those same filters are not applied to the `Filter` component within the
list view. This is because `filterOptions` is not being thread into the
`RelationshipFilter` component responsible for populating the available
options.
To do this, we first need to be resolve the filter options on the server
as they accept functions. Once resolved, they can be prop-drilled into
the proper component and appended onto the client-side "where" query.
Reliant on #11080.
Fixes#9873. The relationship filter in the "where" builder renders
stale values when switching between fields or adding additional "and"
conditions. This was because the `RelationshipFilter` component was not
responding to changes in the `relationTo` prop and failing to reset
internal state when these events took place.
While it sounds like a simple fix, it was actually quite extensive. The
`RelationshipFilter` component was previously relying on a `useEffect`
that had a callback in its dependencies. This was causing the effect to
run uncontrollably using old references. To avoid this, we use the new
`useEffectEvent` approach which allows the underlying effect to run much
more precisely. Same with the `Condition` component that wraps it. We
now run callbacks directly within event handlers as much as possible,
and rely on `useEffectEvent` _only_ for debounced value changes.
This component was also unnecessarily complex...and still is to some
degree. Previously, it was maintaining two separate refs, one to track
the relationships that have yet to fully load, and another to track the
next pages of each relationship that need to load on the next run. These
have been combined into a single ref that tracks both simultaneously, as
this data is interrelated.
This change also does some much needed housekeeping to the
`WhereBuilder` by improving types, defaulting the operator field, etc.
Related: #11023 and #11032
Unrelated: finds a few more instances where the new `addListFilter`
helper from #11026 could be used. Also removes a few duplicative tests.
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/11109
Rewrites the description for the `handler` property of the `Endpoint`
type. This function:
* does not have `res` and `next` anymore
* the `handler` property does not accept an array of functions anymore.
Additionally, adds a more meaningful description for the `req` argument.
<!--
Thank you for the PR! Please go through the checklist below and make
sure you've completed all the steps.
Please review the
[CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)
document in this repository if you haven't already.
The following items will ensure that your PR is handled as smoothly as
possible:
- PR Title must follow conventional commits format. For example, `feat:
my new feature`, `fix(plugin-seo): my fix`.
- Minimal description explained as if explained to someone not
immediately familiar with the code.
- Provide before/after screenshots or code diffs if applicable.
- Link any related issues/discussions from GitHub or Discord.
- Add review comments if necessary to explain to the reviewer the logic
behind a change
### What?
### Why?
### How?
Fixes #
-->
### What?
This PR adds a table to the [Payload-wide Upload
Options](https://payloadcms.com/docs/upload/overview#payload-wide-upload-options)
section of the docs.
### Why?
To give users more insight into the customization options provided
out-of-the-box with uploads. Previously, these options were not visible
on the docs, forcing users to inspect source code to see how they can
customize their global upload settings. It wasn't clear, for example,
that a `fileSize` limit would not produce a 413 in a response by
default, but would truncate the file contents instead.
### How?
Changes to `docs/upload/overview.mdx`.
This PR extends timezone support to scheduled publish UI and collection,
the timezone will be stored on the `input` JSON instead of the
`waitUntil` date field so that we avoid needing a schema migration for
SQL databases.
If a timezone is selected then the displayed date in the table will be
formatted for that timezone.
Timezones remain optional here as they can be deselected in which case
the date will behave as normal, rendering and formatting to the user's
local timezone.
For the backend logic that can be left untouched since the underlying
date values are stored in UTC the job runners will always handle this
relative time by default.
Todo:
- [x] add e2e to this drawer too to ensure that dates are rendered as
expected
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/10810
This was caused by using `COUNT(*)` aggregation instead of
`COUNT(DISTINCT table.id)`. However, we want to use `COUNT(*)` because
`COUNT(DISTINCT table.id)` is slow on large tables. Now we fallback to
`COUNT(DISTINCT table.id)` only when `COUNT(*)` cannot work properly.
Example of a query that leads to incorrect `totalDocs`:
```ts
const res = await payload.find({
collection: 'directors',
limit: 10,
where: {
or: [
{
movies: {
equals: movie2.id,
},
},
{
movies: {
equals: movie1.id,
},
},
{
movies: {
equals: movie1.id,
},
},
],
},
})
```
### What?
Initial values should be set from the server when `acceptValues` is
true.
### Why?
This is needed since we take the values from the server after a
successful form submission.
### How?
Add `initialValue` into `serverPropsToAccept` when `acceptValues` is
true.
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/10820
---------
Co-authored-by: Alessio Gravili <alessio@gravili.de>
Adds a `shouldAutoRun` property to the `jobs` config to be able to have
fine-grained control over if jobs should be run. This is helpful in
cases where you may have many horizontally scaled compute instances, and
only one instance should be responsible for running jobs.
### What?
If you had multiple operator constraints on a single field, the last one
defined would be the only one used.
Example:
```ts
where: {
id: {
in: [doc2.id],
not_in: [], // <-- only respected this operator constraint
},
}
```
and
```ts
where: {
id: {
not_in: [],
in: [doc2.id], // <-- only respected this operator constraint
},
}
```
They would yield different results.
### Why?
The results were not merged into an `$and` query inside parseParams.
### How?
Merges the results within an `$and` constraint.
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/10944
Supersedes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/11011
### What?
Within collections using the `storage-s3` plugins, we eventually start
receiving the following warnings:
`@smithy/node-http-handler:WARN socket usage at capacity=50 and 156
additional requests are enqueued. See
https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-javascript/v3/developer-guide/node-configuring-maxsockets.html
or increase socketAcquisitionWarningTimeout=(millis) in the
NodeHttpHandler config.`
Also referenced in this issue: #6382
The
[solution](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/6382#issuecomment-2325468104)
provided by @denolfe in that issue only delayed the reappearance of the
problem somewhat, but did not resolve it.
### Why?
As far as I understand, in the `staticHandler` of the plugin, when
getting items from storage, and they are currently cached, the cached
results are immediately returned without handling the stream. As per
[this](https://github.com/aws/aws-sdk-js-v3/blob/main/supplemental-docs/CLIENTS.md#nodejs-requesthandler)
entry in the aws-sdk docs, if the streaming response is not read, or
manually destroyed, a socket might not properly close.
### How?
Before returning the cached items, manually destroy the streaming
response to make certain the socket is being properly closed.
Additionally, add an error check to also consume/destroy the streaming
response in case an error occurs, to not leave orphaned sockets.
Fixes#6382
Adds support for timezone selection on date fields.
### Summary
New `admin.timezones` config:
```ts
{
// ...
admin: {
// ...
timezones: {
supportedTimezones: ({ defaultTimezones }) => [
...defaultTimezones,
{ label: '(GMT-6) Monterrey, Nuevo Leon', value: 'America/Monterrey' },
],
defaultTimezone: 'America/Monterrey',
},
}
}
```
New `timezone` property on date fields:
```ts
{
type: 'date',
name: 'date',
timezone: true,
}
```
### Configuration
All date fields now accept `timezone: true` to enable this feature,
which will inject a new field into the configuration using the date
field's name to construct the name for the timezone column. So
`publishingDate` will have `publishingDate_tz` as an accompanying
column. This new field is inserted during config sanitisation.
Dates continue to be stored in UTC, this will help maintain dates
without needing a migration and it makes it easier for data to be
manipulated as needed. Mongodb also has a restriction around storing
dates only as UTC.
All timezones are stored by their IANA names so it's compatible with
browser APIs. There is a newly generated type for `SupportedTimezones`
which is reused across fields.
We handle timezone calculations via a new package `@date-fns/tz` which
we will be using in the future for handling timezone aware scheduled
publishing/unpublishing and more.
### UI
Dark mode
Light mode
We now properly allow relative live preview URLs which is handy if
you're deploying on a platform like Vercel and do not know what the
preview domain is going to end up being at build time.
This PR also removes some problematic code in the website template which
hard-codes the protocol to `https://` in production even if you're
running locally.
Fixes#11070
Adds documentation for the `usePayloadAPI` hook to the React Hooks
documentation.
The new section provides details on how the hook works, its parameters,
return values, and example usage.
**Changes:**
- Added `usePayloadAPI` documentation to the React Hooks page.
- Explained its purpose, arguments, and return values.
- Included an example demonstrating how to fetch data and update request
parameters dynamically.
Fixes: #10969
### What
Before, richText docs were showing a feature name spelt as
`BlockQuoteFeature`.
### How?
However, the accurate spelling of the feature is `BlockquoteFeature`.
If an error is thrown during the payload init process, it gets ignored and an unhelpful, meaningless
` ⨯ OverwriteModelError: Cannot overwrite ___ model once compiled.`
error is thrown instead. The actual error that caused this will never be logged. This PR fixes this and ensures the actual error is logged.
## Why did this happen?
If an error is thrown during the init process, it is caught and handled by the `src/utilities/routeError.ts` - this helper properly logs the error using pino.
The problem is that pino did not exist, as payload did not finish initializing - it errored during it. So, it tries to initialize payload again before logging the error... which will fail again. If payload failed initializing the first time, it will fail the second time. => No error is logged.
This PR ensures the error is logged using `console.error()` if the originating error was thrown during the payload init process, instead of attempting to initialize it again and again
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/11055
Functions passed to array field, block field or block `labels` were not properly handled in the client config, causing those functions to be sent to the client. This leads to a "Functions cannot be passed directly to Client Component" error
This PR exposes the `ClientConfig` as an argument to the lexical `ClientFeature`. This is a requirement for https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/10905, as we need to get the ClientBlocks from the `clientConfig.blocksMap` if they are strings.
## Example
```tsx
export const BlocksFeatureClient = createClientFeature(
({ config, featureClientSchemaMap, props, schemaPath }) => { // <= config is the new argument
// Return ClientFeature
})
```
When filtering the list view, removing the final condition from the
query closes the "where" builder entirely. This forces the user to
re-open the filter controls and begin adding conditions from the start.
This PR fixes 2 eslint config issues that prevented it from running in our test dir
- spec files were ignored by the root eslint config. This should have only ignored spec files within our packages, as they are ignored by the respective package tsconfigs
- defining the payload plugin crashed eslint in our test dir, as it was already defined in the root eslint config it was inheriting
The "select decoratorNodes" test was flaky, as it often selected the relationship block node with a relationship to "payload.jpg", instead of the upload node for "payload.jpg", depending on which node loaded first.
This PR ensures it waits for all blocks to be loaded, and updates the selector to specifically target the upload node
Previously, data created by other tests was also leaking into unrelated tests, causing them to fail. The new reset-db-between-tests logic added by this PR fixes this.
Additionally, this increases playwright timeouts for CI, and adds a specific timeout override for opening a drawer, as it was incredibly slow in CI
### What?
Adds new option `admin.components.listControlsMenu` to allow custom
components to be injected after the existing list controls in the
collection list view.
### Why?
Needed to facilitate import/export plugin.
#### Preview & Testing
Use `pnpm dev admin` to see example component and see test added to
`test/admin/e2e/list-view`.
<img width="1443" alt="Screenshot 2025-02-04 at 4 59 33 PM"
src="https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/dffe3a4b-5370-4004-86e6-23dabccdac52"
/>
---------
Co-authored-by: Dan Ribbens <DanRibbens@users.noreply.github.com>
When filtering the list view using conditions on a relationship field,
clearing the value from the field would leave it in the query despite
being removed from the component.
Adds the ability to filter what locales should be available per request.
This means that you can determine what locales are visible in the
localizer selection menu at the top of the admin panel. You could do
this per user, or implement a function that scopes these to tenants and
more.
Here is an example function that would scope certain locales to tenants:
**`payload.config.ts`**
```ts
// ... rest of payload config
localization: {
defaultLocale: 'en',
locales: ['en', 'es'],
filterAvailableLocales: async ({ req, locales }) => {
if (getTenantFromCookie(req.headers, 'text')) {
try {
const fullTenant = await req.payload.findByID({
id: getTenantFromCookie(req.headers, 'text') as string,
collection: 'tenants',
})
if (fullTenant && fullTenant.supportedLocales?.length) {
return locales.filter((locale) => {
return fullTenant.supportedLocales?.includes(locale.code as 'en' | 'es')
})
}
} catch (_) {
// do nothing
}
}
return locales
},
}
```
The filter above assumes you have a field on your tenants collection like so:
```ts
{
name: 'supportedLocales',
type: 'select',
hasMany: true,
options: [
{
label: 'English',
value: 'en',
},
{
label: 'Spanish',
value: 'es',
},
],
}
```
Previously, data for globals was inconsistent across database adapters.
In Postgres, globals didn't store correct `createdAt`, `updatedAt`
fields and the `updateGlobal` lacked the `globalType` field. This PR
solves that without introducing schema changes.
Adds a new `addListFilter` e2e helper. This will help to standardize
this common functionality across all tests that require filtering list
tables and help reduce the overall lines of code within each test file.
In https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/9917 we automatically added `admin.description` as JSDocs to our generated types.
If a function was passed as a description, this could have created unnecessary noise in the generated types, as the output of the description function may differ depending on where and when it's executed.
Example:
```ts
description: () => {
return `Current date: ${new Date().toString()}`
}
```
This PR disabled evaluating description functions for JSDocs generation
When using the filter controls in the list view on a relationship field,
the select options would clear after clicking outside of the component
then never repopulate. This caused the component to remain in an
unusable state, where no options would appear unless the filter is
completely removed and re-added. The reason for this is that the
`react-select` component fires an `onInputChange` event on blur, and the
handler that is subscribed to this event was unknowingly clearing the
options.
This PR also renames the various filter components, i.e.
`RelationshipField` -> `RelationshipFilter`. This improves semantics and
dedupes their names from the actual field components.
This bug was first introduced in this PR: #10553
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/10940
This PR does the following:
- adds a `useDocumentForm` hook to access the document Form. Useful if
you are within a sub-Form
- ensure the `data` property passed to field conditions, read access
control, validation and filterOptions is always the top-level document
data. Previously, for fields within lexical blocks/links/upload, this
incorrectly was the lexical block-level data.
- adds a `blockData` property to hooks, field conditions,
read/update/create field access control, validation and filterOptions
for all fields. This allows you to access the data of the nearest parent
block, which is especially useful for lexical sub-fields. Users that
were previously depending on the incorrect behavior of the `data`
property in order to access the data of the lexical block can now switch
to the new `blockData` property
The `useIgnoredEffect` hook is useful in firing an effect only when a _subset_ of dependencies change, despite subscribing to many dependencies. But the previous implementation of `useIgnoredEffect` had a few problems:
- The effect did not receive the updated values of `ignoredDeps` - thus, `useIgnoredEffect` pretty much worked the same way as using `useEffect` and omitting said dependencies from the dependency array. This caused the `ignoredDeps` values to be stale.
- It compared objects by value instead of reference, which is slower and behaves differently than `useEffect` itself.
- Edge cases where the effect does not run even though the dependencies have changed. E.g. if an `ignoredDep` has value `null` and a `dep` changes its value from _something_ to `null`, the effect incorrectly does **not** run, as the current logic detects that said value is part of `ignoredDeps` => no `dep` actually changed.
This PR replaces the `useIgnoredEffect` hook with a new pattern which to combine `useEffect` with a new `useEffectEvent` hook as described here: https://react.dev/learn/separating-events-from-effects#extracting-non-reactive-logic-out-of-effects. While this is not available in React 19 stable, there is a polyfill available that's already used in several big projects (e.g. react-spectrum and bluesky).
When navigating from the list view, with no tenant selected, the
document would load and set the hidden tenant field to the first tenant
option.
This was caused by incorrect logic inside the TenantField useEffect that
sets the value on the field upon load.
### What?
Using the versions drafts feature and scheduling publish jobs, the UI
does not allow you to open the schedule publish drawer when the document
has been published already.
### Why?
Because of this you cannot schedule unpublish, unless as a user you
modify a form field as a workaround before clicking the publish submenu.
### How?
This change extends the Button props to include subMenuDisableOverride
allowing the schedule publish submenu to still be used on even when the
form is not modified.
Before:
With changes:
In https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/10319, the `cacheTags`
property was added to the image config. This achieves the goal as
described, however, there are still other places where this issue
occurs, which should be handled in the same way. This PR aims to apply
it to those instances.
### What?
This updates the UX of `TextFields` with `hasMany: true` by:
- Removing the dropdown menu and its indicator
- Removing the ClearIndicator
- Making text items directly editable
### Why?
- The dropdown didn’t enhance usability.
- The ClearIndicator removed all values at once with no way to undo,
risking accidental data loss. Backspace still allows quick and
intentional clearing.
- Previously, text items could only be removed and re-added, but not
edited inline. Allowing inline editing improves the editing experience.
### How?
https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/02e8cc26-7faf-4444-baa1-39ce2b4547fa
The `fields-relationship` test suite is disorganized to the point of
being unusable. This makes it very difficult to digest at a high level
and add new tests.
This PR cleans it up in the following ways:
- Moves collection configs to their own standalone files
- Moves the seed function to its own file
- Consolidates collection slugs in their own file
- Uses generated types instead of defining them statically
- Wraps the `filterOptions` e2e tests within a describe block
Related, there are three distinct test suites where we manage
relationships: `relationships`, `fields-relationship`, and `fields >
relationships`. In the future we ought to consolidate at least two of
these. IMO the `fields > relationship` suite should remain in place for
general _component level_ UI tests for the field itself, whereas the
other suite could run the integration tests and test the more complex UI
patterns that exist outside of the field component.
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/11002
`buildVersionFields` was adding `null` version fields to the version fields array. When RenderVersionFieldsToDiff tried to render those, it threw an error.
This PR ensures no `null` fields are added, as `RenderVersionFieldsToDiff` can't process them. That way, those fields are properly skipped, which is the intent of `modifiedOnly`
Our new Lexical -> JSX converter is great, but right now it can only be
used in environments that support CSS importing / bundling.
It was only that way because of a single import file which can be
removed and inlined, therefore, improving the versatility of the JSX
converter and making it more usable in a wider variety of runtimes.
---------
Co-authored-by: Germán Jabloñski <43938777+GermanJablo@users.noreply.github.com>
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/9770
If you had a published document but then created a new draft it would
delete the search doc, this PR adds an additional find to check if an
existing published doc exists before deleting the search doc.
Also adds a few jsdocs to plugin config
### What
1. List view not working when clearing tenant selection (you would see a
NaN error)
2. Tenant selector would reset to the first option when loading a
document
### Why
1. Using parseFloat on the _ALL_ selection option
2. A was mismatch in ID types was causing the selector to never find a
matching option, thus resetting it to the first option
### How
1. Check if cookie isNumber before parsing
2. Do not cast select option values to string anymore
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/9821
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/10980
You can currently extend Payload's type generation if you provide
additional JSON schema definitions yourself.
But, Payload has helpful functions like `fieldsToJSONSchema` which would
be nice to easily re-use.
The only issue is that the `fieldsToJSONSchema` requires arguments which
are difficult to access from the context of plugins, etc. They should
really be provided at runtime to the `config.typescript.schema`
functions.
This PR does exactly that. Adds more args to the `schema` extension
point to make utility functions easier to re-use.
The snippet for generating a dynamic, fully qualified live preview url
was wrong. It was indicating there were two arguments passed to that
function, when in fact there is only one.
### What?
When using `throw new APIResponse("Custom error message", 500, null,
true)` the error message is being replaced with the standard "Something
went wrong" message.
### Why?
We are not checking if the 4th argument (`isPublic`) is false before
masquerading the error message.
### How?
Adds a check for `!err.isPublic` before adjusting the outgoing message.
### What?
This PR adds tests for custom list view components to the existing suite
in `admin/e2e/list-view/`. Custom components are already tested in the
document-level counterpart, and should be tested here as well.
### Why?
Previously, there were no tests for these list view components.
Refactors, features, or changes that impact the importMap, default list
view, etc., could affect how these components get rendered. It's safer
to have tests in place to catch this as custom list view components, in
general, are used quite often.
### How?
This PR adds 5 simple tests that check for the rendering of the
following list view components:
- `BeforeList`
- `BeforeListTable`
- `UI Field Cell`
- `AfterList`
- `AfterListTable`
Fixes#10878. The Search Plugin displays a link within the search
results collection that points to the underlying document that is
related to that result. The href used, however, was not accounting for
any `basePath` provided to the `next.config.js`, leading to a 404 if
using a custom base path. The fix is to use the `Link` component from
`next/link` instead of an anchor tag directly. This will automatically
inject the the base path into the href before rendering it.
This PR also brings back the `CopyToClipboard` component. This makes it
easy for the user to copy the href instead of navigating to it.
---------
Co-authored-by: Jacob Fletcher <jacobsfletch@gmail.com>
There were a number of areas within the Search Plugin where typings
could have been improved, namely:
- The `customProps` sent to the `ReindexButton`. This now uses the
`satisfies` keyword to ensure type strictness.
- The `collectionLabels` prop sent to the `ReindexButtonClient`
component. This is now standardized behind a new
`ResolvedCollectionLabels` type to closely reflect `CollectionLabels`.
This was also converted from unnecessarily invoking a function to being
a basic object.
- The `locale` type sent through `SyncDocArgs`. This now uses
`Locale['code']` from Payload.
`JSON.parse(JSON.stringify().replace())` is easy to make mistakes with and since we have TypeScript data objects already for the data we're seeding it's pretty easy to just factor these as functions, making their dependencies explicit.
Continuation of #10632. The `apiBasePath` property in the Search Plugin
config is unnecessary. This plugin reads directly from the Payload
config for this property. Exposing it to the plugin's config was likely
a mistake during sanitization before passing it through to the remaining
files. This property was added to resolve the types, but as result,
exposed it to the config unnecessarily. This PR marks this property with
the deprecated flag to prevent breaking changes.
Previously, the lexical link drawer did not display any fields if the
`create` permission was false, even though the `update` permission was
true.
The issue was a faulty permission check in `RenderFields` that did not
check the top-level permission operation keys for truthiness. It only
checked if the `permissions` variable itself was `true`, or if the
sub-fields had `create` / `update` permissions set to `true`.
This fixes#10631.
Originally the api basepath for the reindex button is resolved during
plugin initialization. Looks like this happens before payload overrides
the config with the `basePath `from the next config.
I've changed it so that it uses the `useConfig` hook, and manually
tested that it works.
## What
Refactored the explanation of complexity limits in the
preventing-abuse.mdx documentation to correct grammar and improve
clarity.
## Why
- Grammar fix: The original sentence omitted the preposition "to" ("way
specify" → "way to specify").
- Readability: The long, compound sentence was difficult to parse at a
glance.
- Concept separation: Merging two ideas (defining limits and explaining
scoring) confused the workflow.
## How
- Added the missing "to" to ensure grammatical correctness.
- Split the sentence into two parts:
1. Introduces the purpose of complexity limits.
2. Explains how complexity scores enforce these limits.
- Preserved technical accuracy while simplifying the flow.
When the sharp module is not added to the website package, you get a
reference error when trying to start a production build. This is solved
by just installing the sharp module.
Solves #10929
Co-authored-by: Marwin Hormiz <marwinhormiz@duobit.se>
Bumps `@faceless-ui/window-info` to v3.0.1` and
`@faceless-ui/scroll-info` to v2.0.0. This gets them both off beta
versions and includes React 19 stable in their peer deps.
The `@faceless-ui/modal` package, however, has yet to be bumped. This
package is waiting on https://github.com/faceless-ui/modal/issues/63 to
be resolved in order to fully deprecate
[`body-scroll-lock`](https://github.com/willmcpo/body-scroll-lock)
before bumping to stable.
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/10780
Previously, with enabled versions, nested select `hasMany: true` fields
weren't working with SQL database adapters. This was due to wrongly
passed `parent` to select rows data because we store arrays and blocks
in versions a bit differently, using both, `id` and `_uuid` (which
contains the normal Object ID) columns. And unlike with non versions
`_uuid` column isn't actually applicable here as it's not unique, thus
we need to save blocks/arrays first and then map their ObjectIDs to
generated by the database IDs and use them for select fields `parent`
data
### What?
Add @ts-ignore in seed to allow initial build on vercel
### Why?
The 1-click setup for the vercel-website template doesn't work because
the initial build fails on vercel
### How?
Added some ts-ignore, similarly to the main payload repo
As a result of #9388, the `valid` and `passesCondition` properties no
longer appear in form state. This leads to breaking logic if you were
previously relying on these properties to have explicit values. To fix
this, we simply perform the inverse on these properties before accepting
them into client side form state. In the next major release, we can
accept form state as it is received and instruct users to modify their
logic as needed.
Also comes with a small perf optimization, by keeping the old object
reference of fields if they did not change when server form state comes
back
Similar to #10876. There were a number of things wrong or in need of
improvement with the Draft Preview implementation of the Website
Template, namely:
- The preview secret was missing entirely, with pointless logic was
written to throw an error if it missing in the search params as opposed
to not matching the environment secret. This will ensure that only admin
users, not _any_ user, can enter into preview mode.
- The preview endpoint was unnecessarily querying the database for a
matching document as opposed to letting the underlying page itself 404
as needed, and it was also throwing an inaccurate error message. The
preview route already checks that the path is relative, so there is no
security risk of redirecting to another domain.
- The `/next/exit-preview` route was duplicated twice.
- The logic to format search params in the preview URL was unnecessarily
complex.
* set font-size to unset
* set font-weight to unset
### What?
Change CSS values in global.css files in 3 examples
### Why?
Apparently, the CSS value of `auto` does not actually exist in CSS for
`font-size` and `font-weight`
[mdn](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/CSS/font-size#syntax)
.
[Stylelint](https://stylelint.io/user-guide/rules/declaration-property-value-no-unknown/)
errors made me aware of this. That rule's description is not specific to
`font-size` and `font-weight`.
This is how it looked in the terminal:
```
src/app/(frontend)/globals.css
12:18 ✖ Unexpected unknown value "auto" for property "font-weight" declaration-property-value-no-unknown
13:16 ✖ Unexpected unknown value "auto" for property "font-size" declaration-property-value-no-unknown
```
### Fixes:
Change `auto` to `unset` since it uses `initial` styles unless the
heading CSS values have been changed by a parent html tag. I'm guessing
this was reset due to tailwind interrupting this somehow.
### What?
In some cases you may want to opt out of using the default access
control that this plugin provides on the tenants collection.
### Why?
Other collections are able to opt out of this already, but the tenants
collection specifically was not configured with an opt out capability.
### How?
Adds new property to the plugin config: `useTenantsCollectionAccess`.
Setting this to `false` allows users to opt out and write their own
access control functions without the plugin merging in its own
constraints for the tenant collection.
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/10882
There were a number of things wrong or could have been improved with the
[Draft Preview
Example](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples/draft-preview),
namely:
- The package.json was missing `"type": "modue"` which would throw ESM
related import errors on startup
- The preview secret was missing entirely, with pointless logic was
written to throw an error if it missing in the search params as opposed
to not matching the environment secret
- The `/next/exit-preview` route was duplicated twice
- The preview endpoint was unnecessarily querying the database for a
matching document as opposed to letting the underlying page itself 404
as needed, and it was also throwing an inaccurate error message
Some less critical changes were:
- The page query was missing the `depth` and `limit` parameters which is
best practice to optimize performance
- The logic to format search params in the preview URL was unnecessarily
complex
- Utilities like `generatePreviewPath` and `getGlobals` were
unnecessarily obfuscating simple functions
- The `/preview` and `/exit-preview` routes were unecessarily nested
within a `/next` page segment
- Payload types weren't aliased
Remove repeated `developers` word.
### What?
There was a typo on the plugins overview page, where `developers
developers` was used twice in a row. Mb that was a quote from Steve
Balmer idk.
### Why?
Docs should be pristine.
### How?
Removed the word.
Thoroughly documents the `admin.preview` feature. Previously, this
information was briefly mentioned in two distinct places, within the
collections config and again within the globals config. This led to
discrepancies over time and was inadequate at describing this feature,
such as having a lack of concrete code examples especially as it relates
to _draft preview_. There has also been confusion between this and Live
Preview.
Now, there is a dedicated page at `/admin/preview` which centralizes
this information into a single document. It also specifically documents
how to achieve _draft preview_ and includes code snippets. This way, we
no longer have to rely solely on the [Draft Preview
Example](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples/draft-preview)
for this.
Related: #10798
### What?
When using custom slugs and field names the tenancy field added to the
users would still attempt to use `tenants` and fail.
### Why?
The tenant/tenancy are hardcoded in `tenantsArrayField()`
### How?
Added the same args that are used in `tenantsField()` for the field
names and relation.
Fixes#10724
The selection is never touched in an `editor.read`, but BEFORE starting
an `editor.update` it is synced with `window.selection`. Firefox for
some reason loses the editor selection, so on the next update the
selection is null.
For reference, there was a brief discussion on the Lexical Discord
server:
https://discord.com/channels/953974421008293909/1333916489870348309
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/10813
In pnpm 10 (which isn't "latest" yet), according to the [list of
breaking changes](https://github.com/orgs/pnpm/discussions/8945):
> Lifecycle scripts of dependencies are not executed during installation
by default! This is a breaking change aimed at increasing security. In
order to allow lifecycle scripts of specific dependencies, they should
be listed in the pnpm.onlyBuiltDependencies field of package.json
The sharp package uses a script to install native binaries and so our
templates don't run out of the box with pnpm 10.
- Adding full stop to match other words
- In `@payloadcms/richtext-lexical` – `v3.19.0` SlateNodeConverter is
not imported from `@payloadcms/richtext-lexical/migrate` but rather from
`@payloadcms/richtext-lexical`
This PR migrates some changes that had been made to the website template
and had not been ported to the website template with vercel.
Ideally, so that this does not happen again in the future and we do not
have to do this manually, we could have a script in CI.
This PR moves the logic for rendering diff field components in the
version comparison view from the client to the server.
This allows us to expose more customization options to the server-side
Payload Config. For example, users can now pass their own diff
components for fields - even including RSCs.
This PR also cleans up the version view types
Implements the following from
https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/discussions/4197:
- allow for customization of diff components
- more control over versions screens in general
TODO:
- [x] Bring getFieldPaths fixes into core
- [x] Cleanup and test with scrutiny. Ensure all field types display
their diffs correctly
- [x] Review public API for overriding field types, add docs
- [x] Add e2e test for new public API
## Description
As an author reviewing the versions I have for a document , I would like
to the ability to focus only on the differences I made and not see the
entire document.
[Screencast from 2024-09-05
16-38-40.webm](https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/25d44a51-bcac-47d5-a2ec-cadae4d108d4)
A checkbox was added to the Version View allowing user to decide if
he/she wants to see only modified fields or the entire documents.
#7981 - mention this feature and also in discord
- [v] I have read and understand the
[CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)
document in this repository.
## Type of change
<!-- Please delete options that are not relevant. -->
- [v] New feature (non-breaking change which adds functionality)
## Checklist:
- [ ] Existing test suite passes locally with my changes
(Actually it's stuck on S3 upload test , note related to my code)
One lat question - should we really translate text for all locales ? or
we can leave it undefined for now ?(besides english)
---------
Co-authored-by: Dan Ribbens <dan.ribbens@gmail.com>
This addition enhances the `Blank` template by adding a simple front-end
to ensure a better out-of-the-box experience.
When deploying the template to platforms like `Payload Cloud`, `Vercel`,
or similar services, users would previously encounter a `404` or
`not-found` page on the front-end `/` route unless explicitly handled.
With this update, the template now includes a minimal front-end that
renders a basic page at route `/`.
### Notes
- The added front-end is entirely optional.
- If users prefer to use the `Blank` template as a starting point for a
back-end-only solution or plan to integrate with a different front-end
framework, they can simply delete the `(frontend)` folder and proceed as
before.
`Logged out`:
`Logged in`:
`Mobile`:
This [PR](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/9438) introduced a
bug with the publish button, an error was being thrown when localization
is false. Updated the logic breaking the publish button to safely check
whether localization exists.
### What?
Adds new feature to change the default behavior of the Publish button.
When localization is enabled, you can now choose whether to publish all
locales (default) or publish the active locale only.
<img width="401" alt="Screenshot 2024-11-22 at 12 03 20 PM"
src="https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/757383b9-3bf9-4816-8223-a907b120912e">
### Why?
Since implementing the ability to publish a specific locale, users have
reported that having this option as the default button would be
preferred in some cases.
### How?
Add `defaultLocalePublishOption` to your localization config and set it
to 'active':
```ts
localization: {
defaultLocalePublishOption: 'active',
// the rest of your localization config
},
```
---------
Co-authored-by: Anders Semb Hermansen <anders.hermansen@gmail.com>
### What?
This PR fixes many links in the docs as well as a few formatting and
grammar issues.
### Why?
To properly link users to the correct destination in the docs and
present well-formatted docs.
### How?
Changes to a few files in `docs/`
### What?
When hitting the form-state endpoint, previousValue was undefined.
### Why?
It was not being passed through.
### How?
Sets previousValue as the initial value of the field.
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/10826
Field validations can be expensive, especially custom validations that
are async or highly complex. This can lead to slow form state response
times when generating form state for many such fields. Ideally, we only
run validations on fields whose values have changed. This is not
possible, however, because field validation functions might reference
_other_ field values with their args, and there is no good way of
detecting exactly which fields should run in this case. The next best
thing here is to only run validations _after the form has been
submitted_, and then every `onChange` event thereafter until a
successful submit has taken place. This is an elegant solution because
we currently don't _render_ field errors until submission anyway.
This change will significantly speed up form state response times, at
least until the form has been submitted. From then on, all field
validations will run regardless, just as they do now. If custom
validations continue to slow down form state response times, there is a
new `event` arg introduced in #10738 that can be used to control whether
heavy operations occur on change or on submit.
Related: #10638
Field paths within hooks are not correct.
For example, an unnamed tab containing a group field and nested text
field should have the path:
- `myGroupField.myTextField`
However, within hooks that path is formatted as:
- `_index-1.myGroupField.myTextField`
The leading index shown above should not exist, as this field is
considered top-level since it is located within an unnamed tab.
This discrepancy is only evident through the APIs themselves, such as
when creating a request with invalid data and reading the validation
errors in the response. Form state contains proper field paths, which is
ultimately why this issue was never caught. This is because within the
admin panel we merge the API response with the current form state,
obscuring the underlying issue. This becomes especially obvious in
#10580, where we no longer initialize validation errors within form
state until the form has been submitted, and instead rely solely on the
API response for the initial error state.
Here's comprehensive example of how field paths _should_ be formatted:
```
{
// ...
fields: [
{
// path: 'topLevelNamedField'
// schemaPath: 'topLevelNamedField'
// indexPath: ''
name: 'topLevelNamedField',
type: 'text',
},
{
// path: 'array'
// schemaPath: 'array'
// indexPath: ''
name: 'array',
type: 'array',
fields: [
{
// path: 'array.[n].fieldWithinArray'
// schemaPath: 'array.fieldWithinArray'
// indexPath: ''
name: 'fieldWithinArray',
type: 'text',
},
{
// path: 'array.[n].nestedArray'
// schemaPath: 'array.nestedArray'
// indexPath: ''
name: 'nestedArray',
type: 'array',
fields: [
{
// path: 'array.[n].nestedArray.[n].fieldWithinNestedArray'
// schemaPath: 'array.nestedArray.fieldWithinNestedArray'
// indexPath: ''
name: 'fieldWithinNestedArray',
type: 'text',
},
],
},
{
// path: 'array.[n]._index-2'
// schemaPath: 'array._index-2'
// indexPath: '2'
type: 'row',
fields: [
{
// path: 'array.[n].fieldWithinRowWithinArray'
// schemaPath: 'array._index-2.fieldWithinRowWithinArray'
// indexPath: ''
name: 'fieldWithinRowWithinArray',
type: 'text',
},
],
},
],
},
{
// path: '_index-2'
// schemaPath: '_index-2'
// indexPath: '2'
type: 'row',
fields: [
{
// path: 'fieldWithinRow'
// schemaPath: '_index-2.fieldWithinRow'
// indexPath: ''
name: 'fieldWithinRow',
type: 'text',
},
],
},
{
// path: '_index-3'
// schemaPath: '_index-3'
// indexPath: '3'
type: 'tabs',
tabs: [
{
// path: '_index-3-0'
// schemaPath: '_index-3-0'
// indexPath: '3-0'
label: 'Unnamed Tab',
fields: [
{
// path: 'fieldWithinUnnamedTab'
// schemaPath: '_index-3-0.fieldWithinUnnamedTab'
// indexPath: ''
name: 'fieldWithinUnnamedTab',
type: 'text',
},
{
// path: '_index-3-0-1'
// schemaPath: '_index-3-0-1'
// indexPath: '3-0-1'
type: 'tabs',
tabs: [
{
// path: '_index-3-0-1-0'
// schemaPath: '_index-3-0-1-0'
// indexPath: '3-0-1-0'
label: 'Nested Unnamed Tab',
fields: [
{
// path: 'fieldWithinNestedUnnamedTab'
// schemaPath: '_index-3-0-1-0.fieldWithinNestedUnnamedTab'
// indexPath: ''
name: 'fieldWithinNestedUnnamedTab',
type: 'text',
},
],
},
],
},
],
},
{
// path: 'namedTab'
// schemaPath: '_index-3.namedTab'
// indexPath: ''
label: 'Named Tab',
name: 'namedTab',
fields: [
{
// path: 'namedTab.fieldWithinNamedTab'
// schemaPath: '_index-3.namedTab.fieldWithinNamedTab'
// indexPath: ''
name: 'fieldWithinNamedTab',
type: 'text',
},
],
},
],
},
]
}
```
### What?
When the doc permissions were retrieved from the DB, we were coercing
them into strings even when they should not have been.
### Why?
Usage of `id.toString()`
### How?
Remove `id.toString()`. The id will be correct by this point and we
should never coerce id's like this.
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/8218
### What?
Error thrown when initiating the Estonian language (`et`) from
`@payloadcms/translations`
<img width="896" alt="Screenshot 2025-01-27 at 3 17 49 PM"
src="https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/27603c75-d713-4f11-b141-dc293d51800c"
/>
### How?
`et` needed to be added to `importDateFNSLocale`. Tested after this
change and the error is no longer present.
Fixes#10817
### What?
When the draft functionality is enabled, in the version history page,
_Restore this version_ renders an empty submenu popup.
### Why?
Restore this version button has below 2 basic scenarios:
1. restore a previously published version.
In this scenario, this button has a second option _Restore as a draft_
which is in the button submenu area, it works perfectly.
2. restore a draft version
As a draft version, there should not have a second option _Restore as a
draft_, because it is a draft version itself, so this second option and
the submenu is not required in this scenario, but actually it shows an
empty submenu which is not a good idea
### How?
Check if this version is a draft version, if yes, no need to set a
render prop to the button component, so the empty popup won't be
displayed.
Fixes#10754
Co-authored-by: Jarrod Flesch <jarrodmflesch@gmail.com>
Fixes: https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/10787
The underlying problem is that there are types in the form builder
plugin that are unnecessarily `any` or `unknown`.
Here in the website template this was being circumvented with a function
that was not really needed (buildInitialFormState), and with new unknown
types (Value, Property and Data).
Since create-payload-app fetches from the latest commit instead of the
latest release, it is necessary to first merge
https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/10789, and once the next
release is done this PR can be merged.
### What?
This PR fixes an issue for tab subfield permissions
### Why?
Permissions were not being correctly extracted when passing them down.
### How?
Properly extracts permissions when rendering fields inside the active tab.
Fixes#10720
---------
Co-authored-by: Jarrod Flesch <jarrodmflesch@gmail.com>
### What?
Fixes bug with **plugin-nested-docs**. The plugin should update the
breadcrumb data of any child documents when the parent doc is updated,
currently only the **draft** child document is updated.
### How?
Updates the resave function to fetch draft and published child docs.
Closes issue #10066
### What?
Tenant ID is a `number` but the `beforeChange` hook shows it as a `string`.
Getting tenant ID from cookie does not work properly in PG
### Why?
A `ValidationError` is throwing when reading a pg numeric id from the cookie.
### How?
Adjust the id based on the idType on the collection.
Fixes#10740
---------
Co-authored-by: Jarrod Flesch <jarrodmflesch@gmail.com>
Improves the logging that `routeError` throws.
Logs were sometimes being swallowed if there was a problem with the
incoming request. Now they will surface.
## Description
Allows some fields to be collapsed in the version diff view. The fields
that can be collapsed are the ones which can also be collapsed in the
edit view, or that have visual grouping:
- `collapsible`
- `group`
- `array` (and their rows)
- `blocks` (and their rows)
- `tabs`
It also
- Fixes incorrect indentation of some fields
- Fixes the rendering of localized tabs in the diff view
- Fixes locale labels for the group field
- Adds a field change count to each collapsible diff (could imagine this
being used in other places)
- Brings the indentation gutter back to help visualize multiple nesting
levels
## Future improvements
- Persist collapsed state across page reloads (sessionStorage vs
preferences)
## Screenshots
### Without locales
### With locales
--------------
- [x] I have read and understand the
[CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)
document in this repository.
## Type of change
<!-- Please delete options that are not relevant. -->
- [x] New feature (non-breaking change which adds functionality)
## Checklist:
- [x] I have added tests that prove my fix is effective or that my
feature works
- [x] Existing test suite passes locally with my changes
- [ ] ~I have made corresponding changes to the documentation~
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/10787
This is the first part of the fix for
https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/10787.
The second part is https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/10785
The `packages/plugin-form-builder/src/types.ts` file contains many more
types besides MessageField.message that are unnecessarily `unknown` or
`any`.
In this PR I'm only fixing that one because:
1. It's what's needed to fix the issue.
2. I want to avoid a breaking change (they should be improved in v4
though).
I don't think MessageField.message will cause a breaking change for
anyone, since it's based on a rich text field.
### What?
- Removes the tenant cookie when the user logs out
- Prevents double redirect to globals when no tenant is selected
### Why?
There were a couple scenarios where the cookie and the tenant did not
match, ie if you logged into 1 tenant, and then out and then into
another tenant.
If the bun extension is installed, a "Run Test" button is displayed in
int test files. Clicking it will use bun to run those tests, which will
always fail.
This PR disables that test button, as it's useless in our repo
The real button here is "Run". Clicking "Run Test" instead will use bun
and fail. Confusing, right?
Field validations currently run very often, such as within form state on
type. This can lead to serious performance implications within the admin
panel if those validation functions are async, especially if they
perform expensive database queries. One glaring example of this is how
all relationship and upload fields perform a database lookup in order to
evaluate that the given value(s) satisfy the defined filter options. If
the field is polymorphic, this can happen multiple times over, one for
each collection. Similarly, custom validation functions might also
perform expensive tasks, something that Payload has no control over.
The fix here is two-fold. First, we now provide a new `event` arg to all
`validate` functions that allow you to opt-in to performing expensive
operations _only when documents are submitted_, and fallback to
significantly more performant validations as form state is generated.
This new pattern will be the new default for relationship and upload
fields, however, any custom validation functions will need to be
implemented in this way in order to take advantage of it. Here's what
that might look like:
```
[
// ...
{
name: 'text'
type: 'text',
validate: async (value, { event }) => {
if (event === 'onChange') {
// Do something highly performant here
return true
}
// Do something more expensive here
return true
}
}
]
```
The second part of this is to only run validations _after the form as
been submitted_, and then every change event thereafter. This work is
being done in #10580.
This was a tricky one.
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/10700
May potentially fix 9163
This could have also been causing glitchyness related to things like
lexical upload / relationship / link node population.
## Issue and solution explained
The lexical field afterRead hook is responsible for executing afterRead
hooks (this includes relationship population) for all sub-nodes, e.g.
upload or block nodes.
Any field and population promises that were created in the process of
traversing the lexical editor state were added to the parent
`fieldPromises` and `populationPromises` array.
Now this lexical `afterRead` hook, which is responsible for creating and
adding all field and population promises of its sub-nodes to the parent
`fieldPromises` and `populationPromises` arrays, was itself part of the
**same** `fieldPromises` array.
The execution of this lexical `afterRead` hook itself is happening while
the `fieldPromises` array is being awaited. This means that new field
and population promises were being added to this same array DURING the
process of awaiting all promises of this array.
As a result, any promises dynamically added while awaiting the initial
set of fieldPromises were not included in the initial `Promise.all()`
awaiting process, leading to unhandled promises.
This PR resolves the issue by ensuring that promises are repeatedly
awaited until no new promises remain in the arrays. By continuously
awaiting the `fieldPromises` and `populationPromises` until all
dynamically added promises are fully resolved, this PR ensures that any
promises added during the processing of a parent promise are also
properly awaited. This guarantees that no promises are skipped,
preserving the intended behavior of the afterRead hook
<!--
Thank you for the PR! Please go through the checklist below and make
sure you've completed all the steps.
Please review the
[CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)
document in this repository if you haven't already.
The following items will ensure that your PR is handled as smoothly as
possible:
- PR Title must follow conventional commits format. For example, `feat:
my new feature`, `fix(plugin-seo): my fix`.
- Minimal description explained as if explained to someone not
immediately familiar with the code.
- Provide before/after screenshots or code diffs if applicable.
- Link any related issues/discussions from GitHub or Discord.
- Add review comments if necessary to explain to the reviewer the logic
behind a change
### What?
### Why?
### How?
Fixes #
-->
### What?
This PR adds a few missing query params to the list of REST query params
available on the rest-api overview page of the docs.
### Why?
To better inform users of more utilities available to them right in the
overview page.
### How?
Changes to `rest-api/overview.mdx`
Similar to #10742. Collection and global-level admin options are
currently documented within the "admin > collections" and "admin >
globals" pages, respectively. This makes them hard to find because
users, myself included, intuitively navigate to the collection and
global overview docs to locate this information before realizing it
lives elsewhere. Now, they are rendered within "configuration >
collections" and "configuration > globals" as expected and the old pages
have been removed altogether.
Continuation of #10741. Field-level admin options, including the
conditional logic and custom field components, are currently documented
within the "admin > customizing views" page. This makes them hard to
find because users, myself included, intuitively navigate to the fields
overview doc first to locate this information. Now, they are rendered
within "fields > overview" as expected. This should help keep the user
from jumping around from doc to doc and getting lost.
Although the "customizing fields" doc provides a big picture overview of
how to create custom field components, it is not explicit enough for
developers to know exactly where to start. For example, it can be
challenging to import the correct types when building these components,
and the natural place to go looking for this information is on the
fields docs themselves. Now, each field doc has its own dedicated
"custom components" section which provides concrete examples for fields
and field labels in both server and client component format, with more
examples to come over time such as using inputs directly, etc. In the
same vein, the "customizing fields" doc itself should probably be moved
to the fields overview section so it remains as intuitive as possible
when searching for this information.
- Blocks can now be selected (only inline blocks were possible before).
- Any DecoratorNode that users create will have the necessary logic out
of the box so that they are selected with a click and deleted with
backspace/delete.
- By having the code for selecting and deleting centralized, a lot of
repetitive code was eliminated
- More performant code due to the use of event delegation. There is only
one listener, previously there was one for each decoratorNode.
- Heuristics to exclude scenarios where you don't want to select the
node: if it is inside the DecoratorNode, but is also inside a button,
input, textarea, contentEditable, .react-select, .code-editor or
.no-select-decorator. That last one was added as a means of opt-out.
- Fix#10634
Note: arrow navigation will be introduced in a later PR.
https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/92f91cad-4f70-4f72-a36f-c68afbe33c0d
### What
This PR adds a filtering mechanism to exclude certain reserved fields
from being displayed in the `Edit Many` drawer for bulk uploads. This
ensures that only relevant fields are available for bulk editing.
### Why
Fields like `filename`, `mimeType`, and `filesize` are not intended to
be edited in bulk. Filtering these fields streamlines the interface and
focuses on fields that are meaningful for bulk operations.
### How
- Introduced a `filterOutUploadFields` utility to exclude reserved
fields from the field selection in bulk uploads.
- Applied this filter to the `Edit Many` drawer, ensuring a more
relevant and user-friendly experience.
- Reserved fields include properties like `file`, `mimeType`, `url`,
`width`, `height`, and others that are not applicable for bulk editing.
### What?
This PR introduces the ability to bulk edit multiple uploads
simultaneously within the `Edit all` option for bulk uploads. Users can
now select fields to update across all selected uploads in a single
operation.
### Why?
Managing multiple uploads individually can be time-consuming and
inefficient, especially when updating common fields. This feature
streamlines the process, improving user experience and productivity when
handling bulk uploads.
### How?
* Added an `Edit Many` drawer component specific to bulk uploads that
allows users to select fields for bulk editing.
* Enhanced the FormsManager and related logic to ensure updates are
applied consistently across all selected uploads.
- Fixes collection and tab descriptions not having a bottom padding:
- Deprecates `description` on tabs config in favour of
`admin.description` but supports both
- Adds test to make sure `admin.description` renders with static string
and function too for tabs
Fixes an issue where pasting text over a selection will automatically
add it as a link instead of replacing the text. This is caused by poor
regex matching in the case of relative URLs.
Added tests and strengthened both absolute and relative URL matchers
### What?
When switching tenants from within a document and then navigating back
out to the list view, the tenant would not be set correctly.
### Why?
This was because we handle the tenant selector selection differently
when viewing a document.
### How?
Now when you navigate out, the page will refresh the cookie.
Also adds test suite config that shows how the dom can be used to
manipulate styles per tenant.
### What?
This PR adds information and examples on the `useSelection` and
`useStepNav` hooks.
### Why?
To provide more information on the React hooks available to end-users.
### How?
Changes to `admin/hooks.mdx`
Running `pnpm add @payloadcms/plugin-multi-tenant@beta` will install
`v.0.0.1` which is outdated:
https://www.npmjs.com/package/@payloadcms/plugin-multi-tenant?activeTab=versions
I suspect the intention was to remove `@beta` from the plugin install
instructions with yesterday's Payload `v3.18.0` release which also
bumped `plugin-multi-tenant` to `v3.18.0`, but this might have been
missed.
* introduce AbortController to the event listeners in useClickableCard
* in an attempt to avoid ugly boolean check
* suggested pattern from
https://kettanaito.com/blog/dont-sleep-on-abort-controller
<!--
Thank you for the PR! Please go through the checklist below and make
sure you've completed all the steps.
Please review the
[CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)
document in this repository if you haven't already.
The following items will ensure that your PR is handled as smoothly as
possible:
- PR Title must follow conventional commits format. For example, `feat:
my new feature`, `fix(plugin-seo): my fix`.
- Minimal description explained as if explained to someone not
immediately familiar with the code.
- Provide before/after screenshots or code diffs if applicable.
- Link any related issues/discussions from GitHub or Discord.
- Add review comments if necessary to explain to the reviewer the logic
behind a change
### What?
Add AbortController to event listeners in useClickableCard.
### Why?
Following Theo's [video](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2sdXSczmvNc)
about the [blog
post](https://kettanaito.com/blog/dont-sleep-on-abort-controller) about
AbortController I came across a bit of code in examples that looked a
bit ugly and thought the AbortController could simplify it a bit
(especially the checks for the DOM node in the removal part).
### How?
Just re-writing the code in a different way. Though, I admit I'm not
wholly sure where the Cards are being used and for what purpose so I
haven't checked that there is no difference to the behaviour of the
code.
Fixes #
Not so much a fix but a different way to write the removal of event
listeners.
-->
### What?
Fixes issue where the provider would throw an error and prevent the
login screen from loading if there was no user.
### Why?
Missing try/catch around tenant find for the provider. (Missed because
test suites have autoLogin: true)
### How?
Adds try/catch around find query.
### What?
Currently it is not possible to override the upload component.
### Why?
The ability to override the upload component is missing from
`renderDocumentSlots`.
### How?
Adding a check to include the custom upload component if it is
available.
This issue is holding me back from releasing a payload plugin.
Fixes#9591
Previously, we were unnecessarily passing the `ClientCollectionConfig`
down from the Table to the Client, even though the client cell
components could simply access it via the `useConfig` hook. This
resulted in redundant data being sent to the client for every single
table cell. Additionally, we were performing a deep copy of the
`ClientCollectionConfig`, which wasted both memory and CPU resources on
the server.
---------
Co-authored-by: Jacob Fletcher <jacobsfletch@gmail.com>
Custom block row labels defined on `admin.components.Label` were not
rendering despite existing in the config. Instead, if a custom label
component was defined on the _top-level_ blocks field itself, it was
incorrectly replacing each blocks label _in addition_ to the field's
label. Now, custom labels defined at the field-level now only replace
the field's label as expected, and custom labels defined at the
block-level are now supported as the types suggest.
Previously, the beforeValidate hook was deepCopying input data. This
indirectly ensured that the passed input data was not mutated.
E.g., if you run the `payload.create` local API, you do not want that to
mutate the `data` object that is passed as an argument. This will create
issues if you attempt to use it multiple times.
This PR moves the deepCopy logic from the beforeValidate hook to the
start of the local API operation. This ensures that
- Input data is intentionally copied at the beginning which makes more
sense. Comment was added to explain why
- GraphQL and Rest operations are now faster, as we don't need to ensure
that the input data is not mutated for those => deepCopy only runs for
local API
Following https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/10551, I found and
fixed a handful more bugs:
- When writing to the input, the results that were already there were
not cleaned, causing incorrect results to appear.
- the scroll was causing an infinite loop that showed repeated elements
- optimization: only the required field is selected (not required)
- refs are set to the initial value to avoid a state where nothing can
be searched
Having the `scripts` dir re-use all packages from the top-level was
getting quite unwieldy. Created new `tools` directory that is part of
the workspace. Packages are exported with the `@tools` package
namespace.
https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/9962 could be considered a
breaking change - this PR restores compatibility by allowing unknown
collection slugs, while still providing type suggestions.
The custom components example no longer ran seed on init. This is done
through a preconfigured migration script that automatically runs on
startup. The `@payloadcms/graphql` package was also incorrectly
installed as a dev dependency and the lockfile was significantly out of
date. The `react` and `react-dom` packages were also pinned to v19.0.0,
with their corresponding types packages to v19.0.1. These now all match
as expected and are identified using the caret operator to ensure the
latest versions are installed.
Bumps the following dependencies:
- next
- typescript
- http-status
- nodemailer
- Payload & next versions in all templates
- Monorepo only: playwright and dotenv
Removes unused dependencies:
- ts-jest
- jest-environment-jsdom
- resend (we don't use their sdk, we only use their rest API)
Previously images would not be revalidated if they were cropped or
changed in another ways.
Now if the image is updated, they will also be updated on the frontend
whenever a post is revalidated.
There was a rogue `{/* IMAGE OF LIVE PREVIEW HERE */}` comment being
rendered in the live preview docs. Comments in this format used to be
hidden, but since moving to a new rendering pattern they now appear.
### What?
Previously, field error messages displayed in toast notifications used
the field path to reference fields that failed validation. This
path-based approach was necessary to distinguish between fields that
might share the same name when nested inside arrays, groups, rows, or
collapsible fields.
However, the human readability of these paths was lacking, especially
for unnamed fields like rows and collapsible fields. For example:
- A text field inside a row could display as: `_index-0.text`
- A text field nested within multiple arrays could display as:
`items.0.subArray.0.text`
These outputs are technically correct but not user-friendly.
### Why?
While the previous format was helpful for pinpointing the specific field
that caused the validation error, it could be more user-friendly and
clearer to read. The goal is to maintain the same level of accuracy
while improving the readability for both developers and content editors.
### How?
To improve readability, the following changes were made:
1. Use Field Labels Instead of Field Paths:
- The ValidationError component now uses the label prop from the field
config (if available) instead of the field’s name.
- If a label is provided, it will be used in the error message.
- If no label exists, it will fall back to the field’s name.
2. Remove _index from Paths for Unnamed Fields (In the validationError
component only):
- For unnamed fields like rows and collapsibles, the _index prefix is
now stripped from the output to make it cleaner.
- Instead of `_index-0.text`, it now outputs just `Text`.
3. Reformat the Error Path for Readability:
- The error message format has been improved to be more human-readable,
showing the field hierarchy in a structured way with array indices
converted to 1-based numbers.
#### Example transformation:
##### Before:
The following fields are invalid: `items.0.subArray.0.text`
##### After:
The following fields are invalid: `Items 1 > SubArray 1 > Text`
### What?
The `pasteURL` feature for Upload fields has been updated to support
both **client-side** and **server-side** URL fetching. Previously, users
could only paste URLs from the same domain as their Payload instance
(internal) or public domains, which led to **CORS** errors when trying
to fetch files from external URLs.
Now, users can choose between **client-side fetching** (default) and
**server-side fetching** using the new `pasteURL` option in the Upload
collection config.
### How?
- By default, Payload will attempt to fetch the file client-side
directly in the browser.
- To enable server-side fetching, you can configure the new `pasteURL`
option with an `allowList` of trusted domains.
- The new `/api/:collectionSlug/paste-url` endpoint is used to fetch
files server-side and stream them back to the browser.
#### Example
```
import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload'
export const Media: CollectionConfig = {
slug: 'media',
upload: {
// pasteURL: false, // Can now disable the pasteURL option entirely by passing "false".
pasteURL: {
allowList: [
{
hostname: 'payloadcms.com', // required
pathname: '',
port: '',
protocol: 'https', // defaults to https - options: "https" | "http"
search: ''
},
{
hostname: 'example.com',
pathname: '/images/*',
},
],
},
},
}
```
### Why
This update provides more flexibility for users to paste URLs into
Upload fields without running into **CORS errors** and allows Payload to
securely fetch files from trusted domains.
This adds support for calculating and displaying file sizes for JPEG XL
images.
Image resizing is not supported by sharp out-of-the-box yet:
https://github.com/lovell/sharp/issues/2731
### What?
Extends visibility into what view is being shown so custom components
have context as to where they are being rendered.
**This PR does not add React Context.**
### Why?
This was needed for the multi-tenant plugin where the selector is in the
navigation sidebar and has no way to know if it is being shown inside of
a document or the list view.
I assume other users may also want their server components to be aware
of where a component is rendering before hitting the client. An example
would be wanting to redirect on the server instead of on the client,
this is how multi-tenant redirects users from "global" enabled
collections to the document view.
### How?
Adds 2 new variables that are determined by the view being routed to.
`viewType` - which view is being rendered, ie `list`, `document`,
`version`, `account`, `verify`, `reset`
```ts
type ViewTypes =
| 'account'
| 'dashboard'
| 'document'
| 'list'
| 'reset'
| 'verify'
| 'version'
```
`documentSubViewType` - which tells you what sub view you are on, ie
`api`, `livePreview`, `default`, `versions`
```ts
type DocumentSubViewTypes =
| 'api'
| 'default'
| 'livePreview'
| 'version'
| 'versions'
```
- reduces unnecessary shallow copying within operations by removing
unnecessary spreads or .map()'s
- removes unnecessary `deleteMany` call in `deleteUserPreferences` for
auth-enabled collections
- replaces all instances of `validOperators.includes` with
`validOperatorMap[]`. O(n) => O(1)
- optimizes the `sanitizeInternalFields` function. Previously, it was
doing a **lot** of shallow copying
A lot of this deepCopying was just not necessary. This removes the
deepCopying from all field hook operations where I think it's 100% safe.
It does not remove all deepCopying, especially in areas where the input
data was deep copied, and that data pre-modification is then used after
the field hooks have run.
In these cases, further execution of the hook might be intentionally
expecting the unmodified version of that input data
Data for the EditMany view was fetched even though the EditMany Drawer
was not open. This, in combination with the router.replace call to add
the default limit query param, caused the root layout to re-render
### What?
General improvements:
- Disable duplication on tenant collections marked with `isGlobal`
- Simplify cookie setting logic and option loading for the selector
### What?
Updating wording for a sentence.
### Why?
I believe it was missing a word as it read a bit off without it and
causes a reread.
### How?
Doesn't feel like it reads right and causes a reread.
Fixes #
- "If you are building a website that fits within the limits _of_ a tool
like Webflow or Framer"
### Multi Tenant Plugin
This PR adds a `@payloadcms/plugin-multi-tenant` package. The goal is to
consolidate a source of truth for multi-tenancy. Currently we are
maintaining different implementations for clients, users in discord and
our examples repo. When updates or new paradigms arise we need to
communicate this with everyone and update code examples which is hard to
maintain.
### What does it do?
- adds a tenant selector to the sidebar, above the nav links
- adds a hidden tenant field to every collection that you specify
- adds an array field to your users collection, allowing you to assign
users to tenants
- by default combines the access control (to enabled collections) that
you define, with access control based on the tenants assigned to user on
the request
- by default adds a baseListFilter that filters the documents shown in
the list view with the selected tenant in the admin panel
### What does it not do?
- it does not implement multi-tenancy for your frontend. You will need
to query data for specific tenants to build your website/application
- it does not add a tenants collection, you **NEED** to add a tenants
collection, where you can define what types of fields you would like on
it
### The plugin config
Most of the options listed below are _optional_, but it is easier to
just lay out all of the configuration options.
**TS Type**
```ts
type MultiTenantPluginConfig<ConfigTypes = unknown> = {
/**
* After a tenant is deleted, the plugin will attempt to clean up related documents
* - removing documents with the tenant ID
* - removing the tenant from users
*
* @default true
*/
cleanupAfterTenantDelete?: boolean
/**
* Automatically
*/
collections: {
[key in CollectionSlug]?: {
/**
* Set to `true` if you want the collection to behave as a global
*
* @default false
*/
isGlobal?: boolean
/**
* Set to `false` if you want to manually apply the baseListFilter
*
* @default true
*/
useBaseListFilter?: boolean
/**
* Set to `false` if you want to handle collection access manually without the multi-tenant constraints applied
*
* @default true
*/
useTenantAccess?: boolean
}
}
/**
* Enables debug mode
* - Makes the tenant field visible in the admin UI within applicable collections
*
* @default false
*/
debug?: boolean
/**
* Enables the multi-tenant plugin
*
* @default true
*/
enabled?: boolean
/**
* Field configuration for the field added to all tenant enabled collections
*/
tenantField?: {
access?: RelationshipField['access']
/**
* The name of the field added to all tenant enabled collections
*
* @default 'tenant'
*/
name?: string
}
/**
* Field configuration for the field added to the users collection
*
* If `includeDefaultField` is `false`, you must include the field on your users collection manually
* This is useful if you want to customize the field or place the field in a specific location
*/
tenantsArrayField?:
| {
/**
* Access configuration for the array field
*/
arrayFieldAccess?: ArrayField['access']
/**
* When `includeDefaultField` is `true`, the field will be added to the users collection automatically
*/
includeDefaultField?: true
/**
* Additional fields to include on the tenants array field
*/
rowFields?: Field[]
/**
* Access configuration for the tenant field
*/
tenantFieldAccess?: RelationshipField['access']
}
| {
arrayFieldAccess?: never
/**
* When `includeDefaultField` is `false`, you must include the field on your users collection manually
*/
includeDefaultField?: false
rowFields?: never
tenantFieldAccess?: never
}
/**
* The slug for the tenant collection
*
* @default 'tenants'
*/
tenantsSlug?: string
/**
* Function that determines if a user has access to _all_ tenants
*
* Useful for super-admin type users
*/
userHasAccessToAllTenants?: (
user: ConfigTypes extends { user: User } ? ConfigTypes['user'] : User,
) => boolean
}
```
**Example usage**
```ts
import type { Config } from './payload-types'
import { buildConfig } from 'payload'
export default buildConfig({
plugins: [
multiTenantPlugin<Config>({
collections: {
pages: {},
},
userHasAccessToAllTenants: (user) => isSuperAdmin(user),
}),
],
})
```
### How to configure Collections as Globals for multi-tenant
When using multi-tenant, globals need to actually be configured as
collections so the content can be specific per tenant.
To do that, you can mark a collection with `isGlobal` and it will behave
like a global and users will not see the list view.
```ts
multiTenantPlugin({
collections: {
navigation: {
isGlobal: true,
},
},
})
```
🤖 Automated bump of templates for v3.17.1
Triggered by user: @denolfe
Co-authored-by: github-actions[bot] <github-actions[bot]@users.noreply.github.com>
### What?
When a document gets deleted we are not cleaning up jobs that would fail
if the document doesn't exist. This change makes an extra call to the DB
to delete any incomplete jobs for the document.
### Why?
The jobs queue will error and retry needlessly unless these are purged.
### How?
Adds a call to delete jobs from the delete operation.
### What?
While working on a custom database adapter (I know I am crazy for this)
I noticed that UpsertArgs is not exported when doing:
```
import {
type UpsertArgs
} from 'payload'
```
it results in:
```
Error: src/index.ts(21,8): error TS2614: Module '"payload"' has no exported member 'UpsertArgs'. Did you mean to use 'import UpsertArgs from "payload"' instead?
```
### Why?
Because index.ts in packages/payload/src/index.ts includes Upsert but
not UpsertArgs in export.
### How?
Add the export from UpsertArgs back.
Previously, every error from MongoDB was logged as "Value must be
unique", as well the response code should not be `BAD_REQUEST` but
`INTERNAL_SERVER_ERROR`. `throw error` preserves the original error so
it can be traced.
This PR makes the "test" folder strict in typescript.
`pnpm build:test` before: Found 3275 errors in 174 files.
`pnpm build:test` after: Found 4912 errors in 268 files.
At some point we should bring that number to 0 and make it a requirement
in the CI. Currently `pnpm build:test` is not run anywhere in the CI.
Additionally, I took the opportunity to combine the duplicate
configurations from `tsconfig.json` and `tsconfig.typecheck.json` using
"extend".
declaration, declarationMap and sourceMap have been removed as they have
no reason to exist in noEmit.
The settings I left in `tsconfig.typecheck.json` are ones that I'm not
sure why they are there. Perhaps the file could be removed or at least
reduced further.
This PR modifies `tsconfig.base.json` by setting the following
strictness properties to true: `strict`, `noUncheckedIndexedAccess` and
`noImplicitOverride`.
In packages where compilation errors were observed, these settings were
opted out, and TODO comments were added to make it easier to track the
roadmap for converting everything to strict mode.
The following packages now have increased strictness, which prevents new
errors from being accidentally introduced:
- storage-vercel-blob
- storage-s3*
- storage-gcs
- plugin-sentry
- payload-cloud*
- email-resend*
- email-nodemailer*
*These packages already had `strict: true`, but now have
`noUncheckedIndexedAccess` and `noImplicitOverride`.
Note that this only affects the `/packages` folder, but not
`/templates`, `/test` or `/examples` which have a different `tsconfig`.
The `access.read` function executed within form state was missing the
`id` arg, and was also incorrectly setting `data` as `doc`. When
building form state, there is no concept of a "doc" because it is
possible to build form state using only a subset of fields. There is
"data", however, which represents the schema path at the entry point of
the function. Similarly, when building form state on within an
`onChange` function, for example, we do not send the original doc
through the request, which is what "doc" would represent. Instead, we
send either `data` or `formState`, both of which could represent a
_modified_ doc. This particular invocation of read access does not
effect the visibility of fields themselves, but rather their return
values from the form state endpoint. Field visibility is determined at
the request level.
This significantly optimizes the form state, reducing its size by up to
more than 3x and improving overall response times. This change also has
rolling effects on initial page size as well, where the initial state
for the entire form is sent through the request. To achieve this, we do
the following:
- Remove `$undefined` strings that are potentially attached to
properties like `value`, `initialValue`, `fieldSchema`, etc.
- Remove unnecessary properties like empty `errorPaths` arrays and empty
`customComponents` objects, which only need to exist if used
- Remove unnecessary properties like `valid`, `passesCondition`, etc.
which only need to be returned if explicitly `false`
- Remove unused properties like `isSidebar`, which simply don't need to
exist at all, as they can be easily calculated during render
## Results
The following results were gathered by booting up each test suite listed
below using the existing seed data, navigating to a document in the
relevant collection, then typing a single letter into the noted field in
order to invoke new form-state. The result is then saved to the file
system for comparison.
| Test Suite | Collection | Field | Before | After | Percentage Change |
|------|------|---------|--------|--------|--------|
| `field-perf` | `blocks-collection` | `layout.0.field1` | 227kB | 110
kB | ~52% smaller |
| `fields` | `array-fields` | `items.0.text` | 14 kB | 4 kB | ~72%
smaller |
| `fields` | `block-fields` | `blocks.0.richText` | 25 kB | 14 kB | ~44%
smaller |
Previously, the url field of a link was stored and outputted despite the
link being an internal link. This PR ensures that either the link url,
or the link doc is stored and outputted - never both.
If you add text to the editor, then delete it using ctrl+a + delete, one
empty paragraph that cannot be removed remains in the editor state.
In order to account for this, we have a `hasText()` function - this,
however, was not used in our JSX and HTML converters. This caused the
converters to incorrectly output a linebreak if said empty editor state
was passed in.
Original issue: #10534
The original issue was partially fixed by #10535, but it missed a case
that overrides a post method with get.
This PR passes the `basePath` to the overridden call.
Better error message when no argument is passed to `pnpm payload`.
Before:
```
Unknown script: "".
```
After:
```
Please provide a command to run
Available commands:
- command-1
- command-2
- etc.
```
After working on this I found a more accurate way to reproduce the bug:
- in the issue repro, type a letter in the select menu.
- delete the letter and wait for the debounce (300ms)
- type another letter.
- in devtools, you should see that the query increases the pagination by
+1. With this change, the pagination is reset when the input changes.
Fixes#10496
I'd like to do integration testing. But since there is no isolated `/ui`
test yet, this requires some planning. I have it pending.
### What?
Allows a user to delete a scheduled publish event after it has been
added:
### Why?
Previously a user had no control over making changes once scheduled.
### How?
Extends the `scheduledPublishHandler` server action to accept a
`deleteID` for the event that should be removed and exposes this to the
user via the admin UI in a new column in the Upcoming Events table.
Refined the grammar and structure of the usage note for
`vercelPostgresAdapter`. Replaced the ambiguous phrase "If when using"
with "If you are using" for better readability and clarity.
Continuation of #10540. Passes server props to custom label components
rendered within table columns, such as the list view. This way custom
server components can have access to `payload`, `i18n`, etc. as
expected.
After merging this PR: https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/10169
the estonian language pack has been published, but since the translation
type was not correct, it meant en wasn't used as a fallback lanugage,
which resulted the whole app to crash:
In the Browser the following error is shown, if Estonian language is
picked.
```
Error: Cannot read properties of undefined (reading 'default')
at resolveErrorDev (webpack-internal:///(app-pages-browser)/./node_modules/.pnpm/next@15.1.3_react-dom@19.0.0_react@19.0.0__react@19.0.0_sass@1.77.4/node_modules/next/dist/compiled/react-server-dom-webpack/cjs/react-server-dom-webpack-client.browser.development.js:1792:63)
at processFullStringRow (webpack-internal:///(app-pages-browser)/./node_modules/.pnpm/next@15.1.3_react-dom@19.0.0_react@19.0.0__react@19.0.0_sass@1.77.4/node_modules/next/dist/compiled/react-server-dom-webpack/cjs/react-server-dom-webpack-client.browser.development.js:2071:17)
at processFullBinaryRow (webpack-internal:///(app-pages-browser)/./node_modules/.pnpm/next@15.1.3_react-dom@19.0.0_react@19.0.0__react@19.0.0_sass@1.77.4/node_modules/next/dist/compiled/react-server-dom-webpack/cjs/react-server-dom-webpack-client.browser.development.js:2059:7)
at progress (webpack-internal:///(app-pages-browser)/./node_modules/.pnpm/next@15.1.3_react-dom@19.0.0_react@19.0.0__react@19.0.0_sass@1.77.4/node_modules/next/dist/compiled/react-server-dom-webpack/cjs/react-server-dom-webpack-client.browser.development.js:2262:17)
```
Fixes #
This is now fixed by adding the correct type to the translation object.
### What?
The documentation for `addFieldRow` and `replaceFieldRow` was not
updated during the v2 -> v3 update.
### How?
Updates the documentation for `addFieldRow` and `replaceFieldRow`.
Fixes#9244
Since postgres uses number IDs by default, when we were storing the
relationship field value with postgres we weren't able to query it
This fixes that problem by casting the ID to always a string making it
safe for querying inside the JSON field
In PR https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/9507, which aims to
enable only used formats to be enabled in lexical, the
`TEXT_TYPE_TO_FORMAT` constant in the lexical library was altered. This
means it becomes impossible to create a feature relying on the
`highlight` format. I am of the opinion that this should not be the
case; and have used this for a lexical feature in one of my projects.
The type of `enabledFormats` of the `createClientFeature` function
should also be updated to reflect the availability of the format.
This PR aims to:
- Remove the alteration to the library constant
- Update type of `enabledFormats`
### What?
The list view was throwing a hydration error for date fields.
### Why?
The issue really stems from the fact that cells are client rendered. We
dynamically load the dateFNS Locale object at runtime to keep the bundle
size small — which makes sense. But on the first render that means we do
not have the Locale object from the known locale so the server/client
determines what to render it as. This causes a mismatch when hydrating.
In the future I think cells could be server rendered and that would
solve the need for this fix which adds "Loading..." while the dateFNS
Locale is loaded.
I think server rendering the cells would allow us to import the dateFNS
Locale inline (blocking) and then pass the rendered string down to the
list view. This should work because we **know** the locale on the
server.
### How?
In this PR, it adds a "Loading..." fallback for the date cell if the
dateFNS Locale has not loaded yet.
Fixes#10044
Fixes#10529. The `req.locale` property within collection and global
access control functions does not reflect the current locale. This was
because we were attaching the locale to the req only _after_ running
`payload.auth`, which attempts to get access control without a
fully-formed req. The fix is to first authenticate the user using the
`executeAuthStrategies` operation directly, then determine the request
locale with that user, and finally get access results with the proper
locale.
This PR adds `cacheTags: boolean` (default `true`) to allow users to
disable the appended document updatedAt value in the case of hosting
with third party CDNs which may not allow additional search params and
throw an error.
It also fixes how we append this value to consider the case where the
URL already contains parameters and appends it with `&` instead.
In the future `cacheTags` can be made an object to allow granularity for
disabling `eTag` headers used for caching as well.
The cache tag control should help with these two issues:
- Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/9880
- Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/9993
The appending of the value correctly addresses this:
- Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/10139
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/10436
Fixes an issue where drafts' updatedAt timestamp is not being updated.
We weren't updating the `versionData` to have the right timestamp in the
saveVersion operation when drafts were being updated.
Added e2e tests to make sure 'Last Modified' is always different in both
autosave and non-autosave drafts.
This should fix it https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/10387
I don't know why we had 2 different copies of normalizeMarkdown.
Also, the most up-to-date one still had a bug where lines were
considered as if they were inside codeblocks when they weren't.
How I tested that it works:
1. I copied the `normalizeMarkdown` implementation from this PR into the
website repo, and made sure it is called before the conversion to
editorState.
2. In the admin panel, sync docs.
3. In the admin panel, refresh mdx to lexical (new button, below sync
docs).
4. Look for the examples from bug #10387 and verify that they have been
resolved.
An extra pair of eyes would be nice to make sure I'm not getting
confused with the imports.
### What?
Consolidates logic in update and updateByID. These two operations used a
lot of the same core functionality. This is a QOL improvement for future
features/fixes on each operation. You will not need to make changes to
both operations now.
### Why?
Recently we released a feature for `publishSpecificLocale` and that was
only implemented on the updateByID operation. I think future
enhancements and fixes may suffer the same treatment.
### How?
Moves shared logic into a new file with a function called
`updateDocument`.
### What?
This PR fixes a minor issue in `richtext-lexical` where editor
placeholders were not localized.
### Why?
To allow users to localize placeholders accordingly with their language
preferences in config.
### How?
By evaluating the placeholder in the editor RSC, if any is provided. The
`ContentEditable` component falls back to a default in the event that no
placeholder was provided as this was the existing behavior.
Fixes#10518
The `req` object returned from `initReq` does not include the `user`
property, and instead returned `user` and `i18n` _alongside_ the req
(and in the case of `i18n`, duplicately, as it was _also_ on the req).
Now, these properties exist directly on the req itself as expected. The
`initPage` function was also unnecessary instantiating a new local req
object just to override the `headers`, `url`, and `query` properties.
Instead of doing this, we now support overriding properties upon
instantiating a new req, bypassing the need to create an entirely new
object.
Fixes the utilities alias used by shadcn to a specific file renamed to
`ui.ts` from `cn.ts` since there may be other utilities installed by
shadcn depending on the components the user installs.
Co-Authored-By: Q.Tran <quan.tran@metro.digital>
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/10462
This behavior caused the fixed toolbar of the lexical editor within the
drawer to trigger overlap behavior of the fixed toolbar belonging to the
lexical editor behind the drawer.
Editors within drawers should be treated as separate, instead of being
able to form parent-child relationships between editors behind or in
nested drawers
Previously, this config:
```ts
import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload'
export const tabSlug = 'tabs'
export const Tab: CollectionConfig = {
slug: tabSlug,
fields: [
{
type: 'tabs',
tabs: [
{
name: 'tabLocalized',
localized: true,
fields: [
{
name: 'title',
type: 'text',
},
{
name: 'array',
type: 'array',
fields: [
{
name: 'title',
type: 'text',
},
],
},
],
},
],
},
],
}
```
This call
```ts
const result = await payload.create({
collection: tabSlug,
locale: englishLocale,
data: {
tabLocalized: {},
},
})
```
Led to the following crash with the MongoDB adapter
<img width="741" alt="image"
src="https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/8d1d37de-a685-4a30-bd37-58af164108a2"
/>
This is due to how Mongoose, apparently just ignores the `minimize:
false` configuration
a83a430a3a/packages/db-mongodb/src/models/buildSchema.ts (L571)
and we, instead of `tabLocalized: { en: { } }` receive just
`tabLocalized: {}`.
This isn't an issue with group fields because we have fallback for them
a83a430a3a/packages/payload/src/fields/hooks/afterChange/promise.ts (L203)
This PR adds the same for tabs.
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/8036
This PR upgrades lexical from 0.20.0 to 0.21.0. As stated in the docs,
please ensure you're using our re-exported lexical packages instead of
installing lexical directly. E.g., import from
`@payloadcms/richtext-lexical/lexical` instead of `lexical`. Direct
lexical imports are not supported and may break.
This PR ports over all relevant PRs from the lexical playground that
have been pushed between 0.20.0 and 0.21.0. This includes a lot of bug
fixes related to tables, specifically scrollable tables and table
selection.
🤖 Automated bump of templates for v3.16.0
Triggered by user: @denolfe
Co-authored-by: github-actions[bot] <github-actions[bot]@users.noreply.github.com>
Editing fields during a locale change on slow networks can lead to
changes being reset when the new form state is returned. This is because
the fields receive new values from context when the new locale loads in,
which may have occurred _after_ changes were made to the fields. The fix
is to subscribe to a new `localeIsLoading` context which is set
immediately after changing locales, and then reset once the new locale
loads in. This also removes the misleading `@deprecated` flag from the
`useLocale` hook itself.
**Description:**
- [x] Replaces the [SKIPPED] entry with the correct translation for
"Blockquote".
- [x] I have read and understand the CONTRIBUTING.md document in this
repository.
**Type of Change:**
- [x] Bug fix (non-breaking change which fixes an issue).
**Fixes:**
1. fix the translation issue by replacing the [SKIPPED] entry with the
correct Thai translation for "Blockquote". Which I choose
"ข้อความอ้างอิง" However one might prefer other form of translation like
"คำอ้างอิง" or "กล่องข้อความอ้างอิง" which represent the 'block' with in
the 'Blockquote'
2. corrects the Thai translation for "Horizontal Rule." The translation
has been changed from "กฎแนวนอน," which was a mistranslation, to
"เส้นขอบแนวนอน" to better reflect the meaning of "Horizontal Rule" as a
visual divider or border.
docs: update beforeValidate documentation
These hooks operate similarly across the different contexts they can be
registered in, but were not sufficiently documented as such.
Signed-off-by: Steve Kuznetsov <stekuznetsov@microsoft.com>
I think some automatic formatter added the `{' '}` styling, it doesn't
render correctly. Update the formatting for this banner to remove it and
correctly refer to the `_status` field.
---------
Signed-off-by: Steve Kuznetsov <stekuznetsov@microsoft.com>
There was a `<br/>` tag, which was visible on the docs page. Also, I
removed spacing from the second tip box, to keep in consistent with tips
in other places in docs.
Previously, updates of the node fields from outside the form using
setFields did not trigger re-fetching the initial state, and thus
providing updated values to the form. This is to avoid unnecessary
re-renders of the form and unnecessary requests when setFields is
triggered from within the form.
This PR resets the initial state, thus triggering a re-render and
re-fetch of the initial state, if node.setFields is called from outside
the form. This preserves the performance optimization
The collection access endpoint, apparently, can be used without an ID as
well and the correct status code in `notFoundResponse` was missing.
Huge thanks to @akhrarovsaid
This PR auto-runs jobs only when an admin route is visited. This
solution is only temporary, as it will not work for deployments without
the admin panel that should run jobs
This PR improves how we handle REST API.
Problems before:
* `packages/next/src/routes/rest/*` had a huge amount of code that
didn't depend on next.js at all.
* `packages/next/src/routes/rest/index.ts` itself was not only huge but
also really hard to follow. Every method (`GET`, `POST` etc. was almost
full copy of another).
* `packages/next/src/utilities` had some utilities like
`headersWithCors` or `createPayloadRequest` that again, weren't depend
on next.js and potentially can be used outside of next.js.
Now:
All the logic that's not related to next.js now is inside
`packages/payload`, `packages/next/src/routes/rest/index.ts` now is only
_40_ lines instead of 900+
Functions like `headersWithCors` are now implemented and exported in
`payload`. To keep bc, we re-export them from the same path but marked
as `@deprecated`.
You can attach Payload REST API to any backend framework that uses Fetch
API (like Remix / SolidStart / Bun / Hono) if you don't need the admin
panel in your server instance, but you still want to have REST API. The
main function [`handleEndpoints`
](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/10466/files#diff-82e97630068f9fc40256f3f46e06226215ab150d16012281810586b51b0cfd51R28)
accepts `Request` and returns `Response`.
It's also doable with Express, but you'd have to convert node.js'
req/res to fetch.
The `ListPreferences` and `ColumnPreferences` types were defined
multiple times in different places, making it difficult to make changes
across the board. Now, the `ListPreferences` type is exported directly
from `payload` alongside the other preferences types, and
`ColumnPreferences` has been merged directly into this type to simplify
usage as this is not a standalone preference.
Currently, unless a locale is present in the URL search params, the
locale context is instantiated using the default locale until prefs load
in client-side. This causes the locale selector to briefly render in
with the incorrect (default) locale before being replaced by the proper
locale of the request. For example, if the default locale is `en`, and
the page is requested in `es`, the locale selector will flash with
English before changing to the correct locale, even though the page data
itself is properly loaded in Spanish. This is especially evident within
slow networks.
The fix is to query the user's locale preference server-side and thread
it into the locale provider to initialize state. Because search params
are not available within server layouts, we cannot pass the locale param
in the same way, so we rely on the provider itself to read them from the
`useSearchParams` hook. If present, this takes precedence over the
user's preference if it exists.
Since the root page also queries the user's locale preference to
determine the proper locale across navigation, we use React's cache
function to dedupe these function calls and ensure only a single query
is made to the db for each request.
If the user has tasks configured, we set up cron jobs on init.
We also make sure to only run on one instance using a instance
identifier stored in a global.
This adds a new property to the payloadCloudPlugin: `jobs`.
It is currently possible to set all types of valid JSON within the
`payload-preferences` collection via the REST API, but not the Local
API. For example, locales are currently saved as plain strings to the
`value` field, something that is only possible through REST. This is
because there is a custom POST handler that submits the data directly to
the db using the update operation itself, bypassing typical `json` field
validation. However, when using the Local API, it does not behave in the
same way, and throws a validation error instead. The fix is to add a
custom `validate` function to this field that attempts to parse the
value, and if it succeeds, returns true. This way both APIs behave the
same.
### What?
In the scheduled publish feature, it is possible to open the modal to
schedule publishing a document even before you have saved a draft. This
change removes the option to open the drawer to even attempt this.
This also fixes an issue if you do not have permission to publish, you
cannot schedule publish either.
### Why?
There were numerous problems:
1. The schedule publish events would show all other publish events for
the collection without an ID in the query
2. Scheduling a publish would not work without an ID for a document to
publish
### How?
Removes the Schedule Publish menu item and drawer if you are on a
collection without an ID or you do not have permission to publish.
Without an ID:
With an ID:
Perviously, you would always have the option to Schedule Publish.
### What?
Export the default Payload JWTAuthentication strategy function for
extending and using in your own custom auth strategies that need to rely
on JWT.
### Why?
This makes it more simple to implement your own custom auth strategy.
All you need to do is set a valid JWT token as a cookie and then import
the default auth strategy so that the user will be recognized.
### How?
Exports the function and makes it reusable by adding a to the args a
strategyName prop. In the `executeAuthStrategies` function we assign the
strategyName from the configured `auth.strategies` own `name` property.
### What?
The status indicator was not updating properly when users were clicking
"unpublish" and "revert changes"
### Why?
hasPublishedDoc, unpublishedVersionCount and
mostRecentVersionIsAutosaved states were not being updated properly.
### How?
This PR updates the variables when interacting with the status actions
and sets mostRecentVersionIsAutosaved to false when the publish button
is clicked.
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/9531
Fixes#10284. The `admin.disable` property is no longer supported as of
v3. Instead, to opt-out of serving the Admin Panel, REST API, or GraphQL
API, you must delete their corresponding directories within your Next.js
app. For example, to opt-out of everything, delete the `/app/(payload)`
directory entirely. Or to remove specifically the Admin Panel or API
routes, delete the `/app/(payload)/admin` or `/app/(payload)/api`
directories, respectively. Note: if you've modified the default paths
for these routes via `admin.routes`, delete those directories instead.
Makes the wrapper container `<div class='payload-richtext'>` optional.
This is useful when importing and re-using the `<RichText/>` component
as part of another custom component already providing a container.
If the following markdown:
```md
**`text`**
```
was imported and then re-exported, the result was
```md
`**text**`
```
Which would have been rendered as
```html
<code>**text**</code>
```
Instead of
```html
<strong><code>text</code></strong>
```
The localization e2e test is notorious for flaking, consuming a lot of
time and resources continually retrying. This was because the test was
attempting to click DOM elements using selectors that never resolve, or
attempting to click inaccessible DOM nodes such as those behind a modal.
The fix is to ensure that the dot nav, for example, is disabled while
form state loads, and that modals are properly closed prior to executing
subsequent tests, etc. Tests also needed to explicitly check for
_enabled_ states before performing click actions, rather than simply
awaiting their visibility.
Fixes#10018. When toggling columns, then sorting them, the table is
reset to the collection's default columns instead of the user's
preferred columns. This is because when sorting columns, a stale
client-side cache of the user's preferences is used to update their sort
preference. This is because when column state is constructed
server-side, it completely bypasses the client-side cache. To fix this,
sort preferences are now also set on the server right alongside column
preferences, which performs an upsert-like operation to ensure that no
existing preferences are lost.
### What?
If you query with all locales using the `'all'` value for locales, the
`req.locale` value is `'all'` but the type definition only contains the
available locales.
### Why?
The `CustomPayloadRequestProperties.locale` property was only being
typed as `TypedLocale` and was not extending `'all'.`
### How?
Extends type all to the locale type definition in req
Fixes#10244
If `@payload-config` is not set in tsconfig, findConfig could fail when
performing a `path.extname` on an undefined value.
Example error in this scenario:
```
TypeError [ERR_INVALID_ARG_TYPE]: The "path" argument must be of type string. Received undefined.
```
Reproduction steps:
1. Set `strict: true` in `templates/website/tsconfig.json`
2. You will find a ts error in
`templates/website/src/components/RichText/index.tsx`.
This is because the blockType property of blocks is generated by Payload
as a literal (e.g. "mediaBlock") and cannot be assigned to a string.
To test this PR, you can make the change to `JSXConvertersFunction` in
node_modules of the website template
A large number of users have been confused why their upload collection
doesn't work as expected when deploying to Vercel. This is because by
default, Payload uses local disk storage for file uploads - which will
not function properly in that environment.
This adds a warning if a user is deploying on Vercel, and they have any
upload collection missing an adapter - aka, writing to disk.
### What?
Uses `cross-env` for the `dev:payload` script in the plugin template.
### Why?
To achieve compatibility with Windows.
### How?
Adds `cross-env` as a dev dependency and modifies the `dev:payload`
script.
<!--
Thank you for the PR! Please go through the checklist below and make
sure you've completed all the steps.
Please review the
[CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)
document in this repository if you haven't already.
The following items will ensure that your PR is handled as smoothly as
possible:
- PR Title must follow conventional commits format. For example, `feat:
my new feature`, `fix(plugin-seo): my fix`.
- Minimal description explained as if explained to someone not
immediately familiar with the code.
- Provide before/after screenshots or code diffs if applicable.
- Link any related issues/discussions from GitHub or Discord.
- Add review comments if necessary to explain to the reviewer the logic
behind a change
-->
### What?
This patch implements the functionality in `imageResizer` to omit the
generation of the image when either width or height is undefined and
`withoutEnlargement` is set to `undefined`
### Why?
#9986: `withoutEnlargement` doesn't work when `height` is undefined in
`upload.imageSizes`
### How?
This code checks if `withoutEnlargement` is undefined and either
`targetWidth` or `targetHeight` is missing. If so, it further checks
whether the target dimensions (if provided) are larger than the original
image dimensions. If the target would enlarge the image, it returns
'omit', skipping the resizing to prevent enlargement
Fixes#9986
---------
Co-authored-by: Patrik Kozak <patrik@payloadcms.com>
<!--
Thank you for the PR! Please go through the checklist below and make
sure you've completed all the steps.
Please review the
[CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)
document in this repository if you haven't already.
The following items will ensure that your PR is handled as smoothly as
possible:
- PR Title must follow conventional commits format. For example, `feat:
my new feature`, `fix(plugin-seo): my fix`.
- Minimal description explained as if explained to someone not
immediately familiar with the code.
- Provide before/after screenshots or code diffs if applicable.
- Link any related issues/discussions from GitHub or Discord.
- Add review comments if necessary to explain to the reviewer the logic
behind a change
### What?
### Why?
### How?
Fixes #
-->
### What?
This PR adjusts the `.gitignore` file in the plugin template to prevent
tracking of the nested `.next` folder.
### Why?
The existing rule excludes a top-level `.next` folder. However, in the
plugin template, next generates the folder in `/dev` instead.
### How?
Adjusting `.gitignore` to consider that `.next` may be nested in
different folders.
Notes:
- Initially I made it explicit, after judging the rest of the file I
realized not everyone likes explicit rules so I simplified. Both
`**/.next/` & `.next/` should be functionally equivalent though.
Say you opened
`http://localhost:3000/admin/collections/posts/67786e917283ec71ce4ab058?branch=main`,
the `branch=main` query param would not be passed to the find operation.
This means that reading `req.query` in, say, an `afterRead` hook, you
would get an empty object back.
This PR threads through `query`, `search` and `searchParams` with the
main goal of making them accessible in hooks.
## Use-case
Custom branch selector component in a collection's edit view.
Select branch => `branch` query param is added to the URL.
Collection `afterRead` hook then fetches the respective content from
that branch (which it gets from `req.query`) and returns its data
This deletes the outdated testing example, as it has not been updated to
Payload v3 yet.
We can add it back in the future once we updated it. Generally, the
Next.js testing docs should now be valid:
https://nextjs.org/docs/app/building-your-application/testing. However,
it might still make sense to provide a v3 testing example to showcase
things like booting up an in-memory db
### What?
This PR fixes numerous links across the docs, both internal docs links
and external links. This PR also fixes some minor formatting issues in
some places, as well as optically aligns the markdown tables in tables
that had broken links.
### Why?
To properly link readers to the correct location in the docs, and for
better formatting and easier consumption.
### How?
Changes to many `.mdx` files in the `docs` folder.
Notes:
- There are duplicative section id's in `docs/authentication/email.mdx`,
I've fixed one such link, but have left it as is for now.
To reproduce the bug:
1. Within a Lexical editor, insert a relationship field.
2. In the drawer, change the selected collection.
3. The table below changes correctly, but the title and the "create new"
button quickly revert to the original option.
https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/e4b7c615-4b98-4c11-a4b9-a828606edb6f
<!--
Thank you for the PR! Please go through the checklist below and make
sure you've completed all the steps.
Please review the
[CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)
document in this repository if you haven't already.
The following items will ensure that your PR is handled as smoothly as
possible:
- PR Title must follow conventional commits format. For example, `feat:
my new feature`, `fix(plugin-seo): my fix`.
- Minimal description explained as if explained to someone not
immediately familiar with the code.
- Provide before/after screenshots or code diffs if applicable.
- Link any related issues/discussions from GitHub or Discord.
- Add review comments if necessary to explain to the reviewer the logic
behind a change
### What?
### Why?
### How?
Fixes #
-->
Fixes#9882 and #9691
In 2.0, we would accept data coming back from an update operation and
then reflect those changes in UI.
However, in 3.0, we did not do that anymore - meaning you could change a
document with hooks in `beforeChange` or `afterChange`, but then not see
the changes made on the server.
This PR updates the way that `mergeServerFormState` works, and adds a
property to optionally allow values from server form state - which can
then be used in the `onSuccess` form handler which may need to define
new field values.
Allows to set `maxDepth: 0` for join fields and improves JSDoc about
`maxDepth`, adds tests to confirm that
https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/10243 is not an issue, but
just happens because the default `maxDepth` is `1`.
### What
The vercel storage adapter returns a 500 internal server error when a
file is not found.
It's expected that it will return 404 when a file is not found.
### Why
The `head` function from vercel blob sdk does not return undefined when
a blob is not found, but throws an error as documented here:
https://vercel.com/docs/storage/vercel-blob/using-blob-sdk#head
### How
Check if exception thrown is of type BlobNotFoundError and return a 404
in that case.
### Testing
***Note***: I have not been able to test this inside payload itself as
I'm unable to build a package to test with. I have tested the
implementation outside. Is it possible to get a canary build so proper
testing with package can be done?
Fixes#10326
Similar to #10331. Since React 19, refs can now be passed directly
through props without the need for `React.forwardRef`. This greatly
simplifies components types and overall syntax.
Fixes#10325. Since React 19, refs can now be passed directly through
props without the need for `React.forwardRef`. This greatly simplifies
components types and overall syntax.
This PR adds a button to the `/account` view which allows users to reset
their preferences on-demand. This is to that editors can quickly reset their
preferences via the admin ui without the need of accessing the db directly,
which was simply not possible before. To do this, we add a new button at
the bottom of the account view which performs a standard `DELETE`
request using the REST API to the `'payload-preferences'` collection.
Related: #9949
Demo: [Posts-reset-prefs--Payload.webm](https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/560cbbe3-06ef-4b7c-b3c2-9702883b1fc6)
Since the `@payloadcms/live-preview-react` package could be installed
within headless front-ends, it does not necessarily need to be
restricted to only React 19. This package does not use any newer React
features since hooks were introduced in v16.8.0. For this reason, the
peer deps have been loosened to allow this and all other major versions
up to React 19. This change was first introduced in #6387.
### What?
`path` was missing in server component prop types.
### How?
Adds a BaseFieldServerProps for each field type that accepts takes
`path` as a prop.
### What?
Previously, `.env` & `.env.example` modifications during `cpa` occurred
after a project was initialized.
### Why?
As a result, these modifications would be seen as uncommitted
modifications in the project repo.
### How?
Now, we make these modifications in the `createProject` script before
the project is initialized.
Also, updates the **template** `.env.example` files to use the generic
db name `your-database-name` for better alignment & clarity.
Fixes#10232
🤖 Automated bump of templates for v3.14.0
Triggered by user: @denolfe
Co-authored-by: github-actions[bot] <github-actions[bot]@users.noreply.github.com>
When `defaultPopulate` is enabled without specifying `filename: true`
and `url: true` for collections with an upload field. The upload will
not have a valid URL when returned from Payload APIs and will instead be
returned with a value of `null`
<!--
Thank you for the PR! Please go through the checklist below and make
sure you've completed all the steps.
Please review the
[CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)
document in this repository if you haven't already.
The following items will ensure that your PR is handled as smoothly as
possible:
- PR Title must follow conventional commits format. For example, `feat:
my new feature`, `fix(plugin-seo): my fix`.
- Minimal description explained as if explained to someone not
immediately familiar with the code.
- Provide before/after screenshots or code diffs if applicable.
- Link any related issues/discussions from GitHub or Discord.
- Add review comments if necessary to explain to the reviewer the logic
behind a change
### What?
### Why?
### How?
Fixes #
-->
---------
Co-authored-by: Sasha <64744993+r1tsuu@users.noreply.github.com>
When updating password within the account view, the server console
throws an error because it is unable to find the remaining user fields
when building form state. This was because the field schema map sets
these fields within its own `_users.auth` key, separate from the other
fields. When the form submits, it uses this key as the schema path,
which may not contain all user fields, even though it sends full
document data through the request.
Fixes#10296. When an async `useEffect` runs twice or more before
resolving, we use the Abort Controller API to cancel previous events.
This works by instantiating a new ref on each run, and if a previous ref
was detected, it will be aborted and a new instance will be set up for
the next run. However, while the logic was aborting previous instances
as expected, it was failing to instantiate a new one.
Whenever form state fails, like when field conditions, validations, or
default value functions throw errors, blocks and array rows are stuck
within an infinite loading state. Examples of this might be when
accessing properties of undefined within these functions, etc. Although
these errors are logged to the server console, the UI is be misleading,
where the user often waits for the request to resolve rather than
understanding that an underlying API error has occurred. Now, we safely
execute these functions within a `try...catch` block and handle their
failures accordingly. On the client, form state will resolve as expected
using the default return values for these functions.
### What?
This PR aims to prevent a runtime error by allowing deletions in media
collections and preventing them from impacting workflows while using
`hasMany` upload fields.
### Why?
To prevent runtime issues during common tasks.
### How?
By treating deleted media documents as empty placeholders instead of
undefined objects.
Fixes#9328
Before:
[Dashboard-before--Payload.webm](https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/32cbfe1d-2569-43bc-be05-abd2d9913b9b)
After:
[Dashboard-after--Payload.webm](https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/b5cb67b8-21de-403c-879c-680e49fd380c)
Notes:
- There is room for improvement here: allow selection of existing media
in upload collection instead of forcing user to upload new. Workaround
is to remove the row and choose existing as usual.
- New uploads chosen will always replace the first instance of undefined
placeholder due to the simple check. If you have 3 deleted entries and
open the drawer on the second one, then it will populate the first one
anyway. This can be improved but will require more laborious code
changes.
- Noticed an issue where deleted non-hasMany upload fields do not
re-render after a file is uploaded. It only shows the previous deleted
doc, ie id: "untitled - ID: ...". Re-renders correctly when choosing
from existing. This is unrelated to this PR. I will investigate further.
- I'm realizing this actually diverges from what `db-postgres` does, as
deleted entries in a `hasMany` upload gets removed from the field in the
initial deletion probably due to cascading the deletion...
When hitting the delete or updates routes and no docs were effected, the
API returns success messages with improper verb tenses, i.e. `Deleted 0
Post successfully`.
fix#10197
The template was missing defining internalDocToHref.
This callback is necessary because Payload does not know which URLs each
document will be displayed on.
<!--
Thank you for the PR! Please go through the checklist below and make
sure you've completed all the steps.
Please review the
[CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)
document in this repository if you haven't already.
The following items will ensure that your PR is handled as smoothly as
possible:
- PR Title must follow conventional commits format. For example, `feat:
my new feature`, `fix(plugin-seo): my fix`.
- Minimal description explained as if explained to someone not
immediately familiar with the code.
- Provide before/after screenshots or code diffs if applicable.
- Link any related issues/discussions from GitHub or Discord.
- Add review comments if necessary to explain to the reviewer the logic
behind a change
### What?
### Why?
### How?
Fixes #
-->
This The plugin order in postcss.config.js was causing UI rendering
issues in mobile Safari (#10135). This pull request affects the website
template and the vercel website template.
Current version:
```
// Website template: /templates/website/postcss.config.js
// Vercel website template: /templates/with-vercel-website/postcss.config.js
export default {
plugins: {
autoprefixer: {},
tailwindcss: {},
},
}
```
PostCSS was loading Autoprefixer before Tailwind and the vendor prefixes
were not properly being prepended.
Fixed version (per [Tailwind
docs](https://tailwindcss.com/docs/browser-support)):
```
export default {
plugins: {
tailwindcss: {}, // this is first
autoprefixer: {}, // this is second
},
}
```
### What?
Previously, while uploading a file - if the uploading process took a bit
of time, users could still save the document prior to the upload fully
completing.
### Why?
During the uploading process - the save button should be disabled until
the upload is complete to prevent premature saving of an upload
document.
### How?
Now, we keep track of the state of the upload in a provider and disable
the save button until the file is fully uploaded.
Fixes an issue where if a checkbox field was in the first position of a
collection, and you tried to filter on it via the List view, the page
would crash.
<!--
Thank you for the PR! Please go through the checklist below and make
sure you've completed all the steps.
Please review the
[CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)
document in this repository if you haven't already.
The following items will ensure that your PR is handled as smoothly as
possible:
- PR Title must follow conventional commits format. For example, `feat:
my new feature`, `fix(plugin-seo): my fix`.
- Minimal description explained as if explained to someone not
immediately familiar with the code.
- Provide before/after screenshots or code diffs if applicable.
- Link any related issues/discussions from GitHub or Discord.
- Add review comments if necessary to explain to the reviewer the logic
behind a change
### What?
### Why?
### How?
Fixes #
-->
### What?
This PR fixes an issue with `plugin-search` where the ReindexButton was
not directing the reindex call to the correct endpoint location if the
user defined a custom config api route.
### Why?
To allow collection reindexing even when the default base api path gets
overriden with a user-provided one.
### How?
By threading the custom route to the ReindexButton component that calls
the reindex endpoint.
Fixes#10245
Notes:
- I think the `basePath` check/manipulation might be better in the RSC
instead of the client
Edit: @JessChowdhury Didn't see you were assigned until after! Felt bad
about this since it's my bad, wanted to take some ownership over the bug
here, my mistake!
Fixes#10234. Some fields, such as focal point fields for upload enabled
collections, were rendering in the condition selector despite being
hidden from the column selector. This was because the logic for the
column selector was filtering fields without labels, but the same was
not being done for the filter conditions. This, however, is not a good
way to filter these fields as it requires this specific logic to be
written in multiple places. Instead, they need to explicitly check for
`hidden` and `disabled` in addition to `disableListFilter` and
`disableListColumn`. The actual filtering logic has been improved across
the two instances as well, removing multiple duplicative loops.
This change has also exposed a underlying issue with the way columns
were handled within the table columns provider. When row selections were
enabled, the selector columns were present in column state. This caused
problems when interacting with column indices, such as when reordering
columns. Instead of needing to manually filter these out every time we
need to work with column state, they no longer appear there in the first
place. Instead, we inject the row selectors directly into the table
itself, completely isolating these row selectors from the column state.
Adds more control over how you can disable GraphQL queries / mutations
for collections and globals.
For example, you might want to disable all GraphQL queries and mutations
for a given collection, but you still have relationship fields that
relate to that collection, therefore depend on the types being
generated.
Now, instead of passing `graphQL: false` (which completely disables
everything, including types, which would break relationship fields) you
can now specify `graphQL.disableQueries: true` and
`graphQL.disableMutations: true`to keep the types, but disable just the
queries / mutations.
Closes#9893
What?
This PR fixes an issue with the WhereBuilder where if the first field in
a collection had disableListFilter enabled, the select in that fields
Condition would be rendered disabled, making it impossible to query docs
in list view.
Why?
To allow users to query their documents while still being able to set
disableListFilter on fields regardless of where they are in the
collection hierarchy.
How?
By setting the intitial field selection to the first
`admin.listDisabledColumn: false` field when clicking the Add Condition
button in the WhereBuilder and Condition components.
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/10110
### What?
On windows, the `payload-graphql generate:schema` command fails.
### Why?
Because the config it's trying to load is `c:\path\to\config.js`, which
node interprets as `\path\to\config.js` on the `c:` protocol.
### How?
By changing it to use a file URL, as in `file:\\\c:\path\to\config.js`.
The change is the same as what the main `payload` cli does:
https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/packages/payload/src/bin/index.ts#L54Fixes#9309
Co-authored-by: Violet Rosenzweig <rosenzweigv@leoncountyfl.gov>
There were a handful of list view e2e tests written into the text and
email field test suite, making them hard to find as they were isolated
from other related tests. A few of these tests were also duplicative
across suites, making CI run them twice unnecessarily.
### What?
Exit process after `payload jobs:run` without cron is executed
### Why?
I would expect the `payload jobs:run` command to exit normally after
execution. With mongodb this is not the case as database connections are
open so the node process itself will not exit.
### How?
Execute `payload.db.destroy` to close all db connections after queue is
execution is done.
Fixes: #9851
Removes the useless `_verified` checkbox from user creation. We can't
make it functional from the admin UI, because if we respected the
incoming `_verified` property from a user creation, then any user could
auto-verify themselves via REST / GraphQL APIs.
Fixes#10158
<!--
Thank you for the PR! Please go through the checklist below and make
sure you've completed all the steps.
Please review the
[CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)
document in this repository if you haven't already.
The following items will ensure that your PR is handled as smoothly as
possible:
- PR Title must follow conventional commits format. For example, `feat:
my new feature`, `fix(plugin-seo): my fix`.
- Minimal description explained as if explained to someone not
immediately familiar with the code.
- Provide before/after screenshots or code diffs if applicable.
- Link any related issues/discussions from GitHub or Discord.
- Add review comments if necessary to explain to the reviewer the logic
behind a change
### What?
### Why?
### How?
Fixes #
-->
Bumps Next.js to the latest version `15.1.3`. This affects only internal
`package.json` files (in the root dir and test)
Fixes errors from here https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/10209
Improves the admin e2e test splitting by grouping them by type with
semantic names as opposed to numerically. This will provide much needed
clarity to exactly _where_ new admin tests should be written and help to
quickly distinguish the areas of failure within the CI overview.
Adds a feature to allow editors to schedule publish / unpublish events
in the future. Must be enabled by setting
`versions.drafts.schedulePublish: true` in your Collection / Global
configs.
https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/ca1d7a8b-946a-4eac-b911-c2177dbe3b1c
Todo:
- [x] Translate new i18n keys
- [x] Wire up locale-specific scheduled publish / unpublish actions
Previously, the following MDX could not be parsed by lexical:
```tsx
<RestExamples
data={[
{
operation: "Find"
}
]}
```
Instead, it had to be converted into valid JSON:
```tsx
<RestExamples
data={[
{
"operation": "Find"
}
]}
```
This PR permits using the first example, as it swaps out JSON.parse with
them ore lenient [json5](https://www.npmjs.com/package/json5) package
parser
When using various controls within the List View, those selections are
sometimes not persisted. This is especially evident when selecting
`perPage` from the List View, where the URL and UI would reflect this
selection, but the controls would be stale. Similarly, after changing
`perPage` then navigating to another page through the pagination
controls, `perPage` would reset back to the original value. Same with
the sort controls, where sorting by a particular column would not be
reflected in the UI. This was because although we modify the URL search
params and fire off a new query with those changes, we were not updating
local component state.
Adds the ability to create a project using an existing in the Payload
repo example through `create-payload-app`:
For example:
`pnpx create-payload-app --example custom-server` - creates a project
from the
[custom-server](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples/custom-server)
example.
This is much easier and faster then downloading the whole repo and
copying the example to another folder.
Note that we don't configure the payload config with the storage / DB
adapter there because examples can be very specific.
Separates `exports`, `main`, `types` for publish / dev with
`publishConfig` for the plugin template. Previously, you needed a `dist`
folder to run payload bin scripts.
Based on https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/10154
If the actual database schema is not changed (no new columns, enums,
indexes, tables) - skip calling Drizzle push. This, potentially can
significantly reduce overhead on reloads in development mode especially
when using remote databases.
If for whatever reason you need to preserve the current behavior you can
use `PAYLOAD_FORCE_DRIZZLE_PUSH=true` env flag.
<!--
Thank you for the PR! Please go through the checklist below and make
sure you've completed all the steps.
Please review the
[CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)
document in this repository if you haven't already.
The following items will ensure that your PR is handled as smoothly as
possible:
- PR Title must follow conventional commits format. For example, `feat:
my new feature`, `fix(plugin-seo): my fix`.
- Minimal description explained as if explained to someone not
immediately familiar with the code.
- Provide before/after screenshots or code diffs if applicable.
- Link any related issues/discussions from GitHub or Discord.
- Add review comments if necessary to explain to the reviewer the logic
behind a change
### What?
### Why?
### How?
Fixes #
-->
### What?
This PR fixes an issue where multiple `upload` fields would sequentially
overwrite the `BulkUpload` internal `onSuccess` function causing new
uploads to populate the incorrect field from which the interaction
started.
### Why?
Sequential `upload` fields use a `useEffect` to set the success function
of the `BulkUpload` provider component, however this did not take into
account many `upload` fields in a single document. This PR prevents many
`upload` fields from overriding their sibling's `onSuccess` function in
order to populate those fields correctly.
### How?
By changing the way the bulk upload component handles success functions
from a singular function to a map of functions based on a string path of
the field, or if necessary, using a collection slug in the case of a
bulk upload on an `upload` collection list view.
Fixes#10177
Before (One hasMany, one single):
[Editing-hasmany-single--Post-before--Payload.webm](https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/01aeaa64-a065-4e66-8ab4-6bb9d4fa8556)
Before (Many hasMany):
[Editing-hasmany-two--Post-before--Payload.webm](https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/a65c58aa-9a15-4cca-b2c4-17484c020ddc)
After (One hasMany, one single):
[Editing-hasmany-single--Post-after--Payload.webm](https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/7206f94e-4ce2-41b3-8b45-625f4974d28d)
After (Many hasMany):
[Editing-hasmany-two--Post-after--Payload.webm](https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/72dbbdee-d4a5-4488-8ef0-3dd3918115a9)
Updates the plugin template and adds it to the monorepo
Includes:
* Integration testing setup
* Adding custom client / server components via a plugin
* The same building setup that we use for our plugins in the monorepo
* `create-payload-app` dynamically configures the project based on the
name:`dev/tsconfig.json`, `src/index.ts`, `dev/payload.config.ts`
For example, from project name: `payload-plugin-cool`
`src/index.ts`:
```ts
export type PayloadPluginCoolConfig = {
/**
* List of collections to add a custom field
*/
collections?: Partial<Record<CollectionSlug, true>>
disabled?: boolean
}
export const payloadPluginCool =
(pluginOptions: PayloadPluginCoolConfig) =>
/// ...
```
`dev/tsconfig.json`:
```json
{
"extends": "../tsconfig.json",
"exclude": [],
"include": [
"**/*.ts",
"**/*.tsx",
"../src/**/*.ts",
"../src/**/*.tsx",
"next.config.mjs",
".next/types/**/*.ts"
],
"compilerOptions": {
"baseUrl": "./",
"paths": {
"@payload-config": [
"./payload.config.ts"
],
"payload-plugin-cool": [
"../src/index.ts"
],
"payload-plugin-cool/client": [
"../src/exports/client.ts"
],
"payload-plugin-cool/rsc": [
"../src/exports/rsc.ts"
]
},
"noEmit": true
}
}
```
`./dev/payload.config.ts`
```
import { payloadPluginCool } from 'payload-plugin-cool'
///
plugins: [
payloadPluginCool({
collections: {
posts: true,
},
}),
],
```
Example of published plugin
https://www.npmjs.com/package/payload-plugin-cool
Previously we had been downgrading rimraf to v3 simply to handle clean
with glob patterns across platforms. In v4 and newer of rimraf you can
add `-g` to use glob patterns.
This change updates rimraf and adds the flag to handle globs in our
package scripts to be windows compatible.
Fixes#10180. When logged in as an unauthorized user who cannot access
the admin panel, the user is unable to log out through the prompted
`/admin/logout` page. This was because that page was using an incorrect
API endpoint, reading from `admin.user` instead of `user.collection`
when formatting the route. This page was also able to get stuck in an
infinite loading state when attempting to log out without any user at
all. Now, public users can properly log out and then back in with
another user who might have access. The messaging around this was also
misleading. Instead of displaying the "Unauthorized, you must be logged
in to make this request" message, we now display a new "Unauthorized,
this user does not have access to the admin panel" message for added
clarity.
As pointed out in #10164, parsing a `where` query from search params is
not exactly straightforward. Internally we rely on the `qs` module for
this, but it comes with a couple small nuances that are undocumented,
like the need to stringify them and specify depth. To standardize this,
we use a `parseSearchParams` utility internally that accepts the
`URLSearchParams` object that the `useSearchParams()` hook returns from
`next/navigation`. This PR exports that function for reuse and adds
JSDocs accordingly. Usage looks something like this:
```tsx
'use client'
import { useSearchParams } from 'next/navigation'
import { parseSearchParams } from '@payloadcms/ui'
function MyComponent() {
const searchParams = useSearchParams()
const parsedSearchParams = parseSearchParams(searchParams)
}
```
### What?
With Postgres, before join to self like:
```ts
import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload'
export const SelfJoins: CollectionConfig = {
slug: 'self-joins',
fields: [
{
name: 'rel',
type: 'relationship',
relationTo: 'self-joins',
},
{
name: 'joins',
type: 'join',
on: 'rel',
collection: 'self-joins',
},
],
}
```
wasn't possible, even though it's a valid usage.
### How?
Now, to differentiate parent `self_joins` and children `self_joins` we
do additional alias for the nested select -
`"4d3cf2b6_1adf_46a8_b6d2_3e1c3809d737"`:
```sql
select
"id",
"rel_id",
"updated_at",
"created_at",
(
select
coalesce(
json_agg(
json_build_object('id', "joins_alias".id)
),
'[]' :: json
)
from
(
select
"created_at",
"rel_id",
"id"
from
"self_joins" "4d3cf2b6_1adf_46a8_b6d2_3e1c3809d737"
where
"4d3cf2b6_1adf_46a8_b6d2_3e1c3809d737"."rel_id" = "self_joins"."id"
order by
"4d3cf2b6_1adf_46a8_b6d2_3e1c3809d737"."created_at" desc
limit
$1
) "joins_alias"
) as "joins_alias"
from
"self_joins"
where
"self_joins"."id" = $2
order by
"self_joins"."created_at" desc
limit
$3
```
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/10144
-->
Fixes#10070. Adding new blocks or array rows can randomly get stuck
within an infinite loading state. This was because the abort controllers
responsible for disregarding duplicate `onChange` and `onSave` events
was not properly resetting its refs across invocations. This caused
subsequent event handlers to incorrectly abort themselves, leading to
unresolved requests and a `null` form state. Similarly, the cleanup
effects responsible for aborting these requests on component unmount
were also referencing its `current` property directly off the refs,
which can possible be stale if not first set as a variable outside the
return function.
This PR also carries over some missing `onSave` logic from the default
edit view into the live preview view. In the future the logic between
these two views should be standardized, as they're nearly identical but
often become out of sync. This can likely be done through the use of
reusable hooks, such as `useOnSave`, `useOnChange`, etc. Same with the
document locking functionality which is complex and deeply integrated
into each of these views.
Live Preview message events were typed with the generic `MessageEvent`
interface without passing any of the Live Preview specific properties,
leading to unknown types upon use. To fix this, there is a new
`LivePreviewMessageEvent` which properly extends the underlying
`MessageEvent` interface, providing much needed type safety to these
functions. In the same vein, the `UpdatedDocument` type was not being
properly shared across packages, leading to multiple independent
definitions of this type. This type is now exported from `payload`
itself and renamed to `DocumentEvent` for improved semantics. Same with
the `FieldSchemaJSON` type. This PR also adjusts where globally scoped
variables are set, putting them within the shared `_payloadLivePreview`
namespace instead of setting them individually at the top-level.
### What?
This fixes a couple of broken links, specifically to the CSRF and the
e-mail verification doc pages, which appear to have been moved from the
root Authentication page.
### Why?
While it makes sense to familiarize one self with the Authentication
Overview page as well, if you are specifically looking for info on CSRF
protection (which I was doing while evaluting Payload for my agency),
the link should go to the right place.
Fix#9964
Now we make sure that the node for the previous selection exists before
restoring it to avoid a runtime error.
I also optimized the performance of a function in the client feature.
In the future, we should centralize the insertion of all decorator
blocks in one place. There are several things to improve. For example,
currently an additional paragraph is inserted (in addition to the one
for the selection we delete).
<!--
Thank you for the PR! Please go through the checklist below and make
sure you've completed all the steps.
Please review the
[CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)
document in this repository if you haven't already.
The following items will ensure that your PR is handled as smoothly as
possible:
- PR Title must follow conventional commits format. For example, `feat:
my new feature`, `fix(plugin-seo): my fix`.
- Minimal description explained as if explained to someone not
immediately familiar with the code.
- Provide before/after screenshots or code diffs if applicable.
- Link any related issues/discussions from GitHub or Discord.
- Add review comments if necessary to explain to the reviewer the logic
behind a change
### What?
### Why?
### How?
Fixes #
-->
### What?
This PR fixes an issue where assigning a label or description function
to a tab would cause a runtime error due to passing a function to a
client component.
### Why?
To prevent runtime errors when using non-static designations.
### How?
By properly evaluating label and description functions prior to
assignment to their `clientTab` counterpart.
Fixes#10114
Before:
After:
🤖 Automated bump of templates for v3.11.0
Triggered by user: @denolfe
Co-authored-by: github-actions[bot] <github-actions[bot]@users.noreply.github.com>
<!--
Thank you for the PR! Please go through the checklist below and make
sure you've completed all the steps.
Please review the
[CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)
document in this repository if you haven't already.
The following items will ensure that your PR is handled as smoothly as
possible:
- PR Title must follow conventional commits format. For example, `feat:
my new feature`, `fix(plugin-seo): my fix`.
- Minimal description explained as if explained to someone not
immediately familiar with the code.
- Provide before/after screenshots or code diffs if applicable.
- Link any related issues/discussions from GitHub or Discord.
- Add review comments if necessary to explain to the reviewer the logic
behind a change
### What?
### Why?
### How?
Fixes #
-->
### What?
This PR fixes an issue where deleting an entry in a `Join` via the
`Drawer` accessed through the `DrawerLink` would not update the table
until the page was refreshed.
### Why?
For a better, more reactive, deletion experience for end-users. Ideally,
the deletion is reflected in the table right away.
### How?
By passing an `onDrawerDelete` function to the `DrawerLink` which simply
filters out the existing doc according to an id.
Fixes#9580
Before:
[Editing---Post--before-Payload.webm](https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/3dd4df78-bb63-46b1-bf5f-7643935e15ad)
After:
[Editing---Post--after-Payload.webm](https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/97bb604f-41df-4cc9-8c46-9a59a19c72b7)
<!--
Thank you for the PR! Please go through the checklist below and make
sure you've completed all the steps.
Please review the
[CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)
document in this repository if you haven't already.
The following items will ensure that your PR is handled as smoothly as
possible:
- PR Title must follow conventional commits format. For example, `feat:
my new feature`, `fix(plugin-seo): my fix`.
- Minimal description explained as if explained to someone not
immediately familiar with the code.
- Provide before/after screenshots or code diffs if applicable.
- Link any related issues/discussions from GitHub or Discord.
- Add review comments if necessary to explain to the reviewer the logic
behind a change
### What?
### Why?
### How?
Fixes #
-->
### What?
This PR fixes an issue where the unpublish modal was unreachable due to
the high `z-index` on `Drawer` components. This makes unpublishing
documents from a drawer impossible. For example, when editting a
document from the drawer opened in a `RelationshipTable`.
### Why?
To allow editors to be able to unpublish docs regardless of drawer depth
and context.
### How?
By rendering the unpublish modal at a sufficiently high z-index, while
taking into account edit depth.
Fixes#10108
Before:
[Dashboard-unpublish-before--Payload.webm](https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/7acf1002-138e-48bd-81ec-76f5eabfb2d4)
After:
[Dashboard-unpublish-after--Payload.webm](https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/ff109ee9-5b63-43d0-931f-500ded8f6d3a)
IDs that are supplied directly through the API, such as client-side
generated IDs when adding new blocks and array rows, are overwritten on
create. This is because when adding blocks or array rows on the client,
their IDs are generated first before being sent to the server for
processing. Then when the server receives this data, it incorrectly
overrides them to ensure they are unique when using relational DBs. But
this only needs to happen when no ID was supplied on create, or
specifically when duplicating documents via the `beforeDuplicate` hook.
### What?
Exposes ability to enable
[AUTOINCREMENT](https://www.sqlite.org/autoinc.html) for Primary Keys
which ensures that the same ID cannot be reused from previously deleted
rows.
```ts
sqliteAdapter({
autoIncrement: true
})
```
### Why?
This may be essential for some systems. Enabled `autoIncrement: true`
also for the SQLite Adapter in our tests, which can be useful when
testing whether the doc was deleted or not when you also have other
create operations.
### How?
Uses Drizzle's `autoIncrement` option.
WARNING:
This cannot be enabled in an existing project without a custom
migration, as it completely changes how primary keys are stored in the
database.
🤖 Automated bump of templates for v3.10.0
Triggered by user: @denolfe
Co-authored-by: github-actions[bot] <github-actions[bot]@users.noreply.github.com>
I noticed that payload.secret was getting logged via console.log, adding
a significant security risk.
Removed the console.log statements from three preview/route.ts files.
### What?
Previously, the `with-vercel-website` template included a `DATABASE_URI`
env var in the `.env.example` file - which was unneeded.
### Why?
The `with-vercel-website` template uses a `POSTGRES_URL` env var for the
db connection string env var instead.
### How?
Removes the `DATABASE_URI` env var from the .env.example file.
Also, updates the `DATABASE_URI` db string names in the following
templates from `payloadtests` to `your-database-name` for a more generic
/ clear name:
- with-postgres
- with-vercel-mongodb
- with-vercel-postgres
- with-vercel-website
The auth example was not properly awaiting `getHeaders` from
`next/navigation`. This was simply outdated, as this function was
changed to async over the course of the various RC versions during our
beta phase.
* Avoids additional file system writes (1 for `await writeFile` and then
`npx prettier --write`) instead prettier now formats the javascript
string directly. Went from 650 MS to 250 MS for the prettify block.
* Disables database connection, since the `db.generateSchema` doesn't
need connection, this also disables Drizzle schema push.
* Properly exits the bin script process.
The auth example was still on `v3.0.0-beta.24`, was missing its users
collection config, and was not yet using the component paths pattern
established here: #7246. This updates to latest and fixes these issues.
This example can still use further improvements and housekeeping which
will come in future PRs.
🤖 Automated bump of templates for v3.9.0
Triggered by user: @paulpopus
Co-authored-by: github-actions[bot] <github-actions[bot]@users.noreply.github.com>
### What?
The join field had a limitation imposed that prevents it from targeting
polymorphic relationship fields. With this change we can support any
relationship fields.
### Why?
Improves the functionality of join field.
### How?
Extended the database adapters and removed the config sanitization that
would throw an error when polymorphic relationships were used.
Fixes #
This PR allows to have full type safety on `payload.drizzle` with a
single command
```sh
pnpm payload generate:db-schema
```
Which generates TypeScript code with Drizzle declarations based on the
current database schema.
Example of generated file with the website template:
https://gist.github.com/r1tsuu/b8687f211b51d9a3a7e78ba41e8fbf03
Video that shows the power:
https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/3ced958b-ec1d-49f5-9f51-d859d5fae236
We also now proxy drizzle package the same way we do for Lexical so you
don't have to install it (and you shouldn't because you may have version
mismatch).
Instead, you can import from Drizzle like this:
```ts
import {
pgTable,
index,
foreignKey,
integer,
text,
varchar,
jsonb,
boolean,
numeric,
serial,
timestamp,
uniqueIndex,
pgEnum,
} from '@payloadcms/db-postgres/drizzle/pg-core'
import { sql } from '@payloadcms/db-postgres/drizzle'
import { relations } from '@payloadcms/db-postgres/drizzle/relations'
```
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/discussions/4318
In the future we can also support types generation for mongoose / raw
mongodb results.
Previously, queries like this didn't work:
```ts
const res = await payload.find({
collection: 'polymorphic-relationships',
where: {
polymorphicLocalized: {
equals: {
relationTo: 'movies',
value: movie.id,
},
},
},
})
```
This was due to the incorrectly passed path to MongoDB without
`.{locale}` suffix.
Additionally, to MongoDB now we send:
```
{
$or: [
{
polymorphic: {
$eq: {
relationTo: formattedValue.relationTo,
value: formattedValue.value,
},
},
},
{
polymorphic: {
$eq: {
relationTo: 'movies',
value: 'some-id',
},
},
},
],
},
```
Instead of:
```
{
$and: [
{
'polymorphic.relationTo': {
$eq: 'movies ',
},
},
{
'polymorphic.value': {
$eq: 'some-id ',
},
},
],
}
```
To match the _exact_ value. This is essential when we do querying by
relationships with `hasMany: true` and custom IDs that can be repeated.
`$or` is needed if for some reason keys are stored in the DB in a
different order
We merged https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/9773 that adds
support for join field with relationships inside arrays, it just happens
that now it's also true for relationships inside blocks, added a test
case with blocks.
This just corrects initial data drawer calculation with the "add new"
button if we encounter a blocks field in join's `on`.
### What?
Previously, the `req` argument:
In database operations (e.g `payload.db`) was required and you needed to
pass the whole `req` with all the properties. This is confusing because
in database operations we never use its properties outside of
`req.transactionID` and `req.t`, both of which should be optional as
well.
Now, you don't have to do that cast:
```ts
payload.db.findOne({
collection: 'posts',
req: {} as PayloadRequest,
where: {
id: {
equals: 1,
},
},
})
```
Becomes:
```ts
payload.db.findOne({
collection: 'posts',
where: {
id: {
equals: 1,
},
},
})
```
If you need to use transactions, you're not required to do the `as` cast
as well now, as the `req` not only optional but also partial -
`Partial<PayloadRequest>`.
`initTransaction`, `commitTransaction`, `killTransaction` utilities are
typed better now as well. They do not require to you pass all the
properties of `req`, but only `payload` -
`MarkRequired<Partial<PayloadRequest>, 'payload'>`
```ts
const req = { payload }
await initTransaction(req)
await payload.db.create({
collection: "posts",
data: {},
req
})
await commitTransaction(req)
```
The same for the Local API. Internal operations (for example
`packages/payload/src/collections/operations/find.ts`) still accept the
whole `req`, but local ones
(`packages/payload/src/collections/operations/local/find.ts`) which are
used through `payload.` now accept `Partial<PayloadRequest>`, as they
pass it through to internal operations with `createLocalReq`.
So now, this is also valid, while previously you had to do `as` cast for
`req`.
```ts
const req = { payload }
await initTransaction(req)
await payload.create({
collection: "posts",
data: {},
req
})
await commitTransaction(req)
```
Marked as deprecated `PayloadRequest['transactionIDPromise']` to remove
in the next major version. It was never used anywhere.
Refactored `withSession` that returns an object to `getSession` that
returns just `ClientSession`. Better type safety for arguments
Deduplicated in all drizzle operations to `getTransaction(this, req)`
utility:
```ts
const db = this.sessions[await req?.transactionID]?.db || this.drizzle
```
Added fallback for throwing unique validation errors in database
operations when `req.t` is not available.
In migration `up` and `down` functions our `req` is not partial, while
we used to passed `req` with only 2 properties - `payload` and
`transactionID`. This is misleading and you can't access for example
`req.t`.
Now, to achieve "real" full `req` - we generate it with `createLocalReq`
in all migration functions.
This all is backwards compatible. In all public API places where you
expect the full `req` (like hooks) you still have it.
### Why?
Better DX, more expected types, less errors because of types casting.
### What?
Querying by nested to rows fields in has many relationships like this:
```ts
const result = await payload.find({
collection: 'relationship-fields',
where: {
'relationToRowMany.title': { equals: 'some-title' },
},
})
```
Where the related collection:
```ts
const RowFields: CollectionConfig = {
slug: rowFieldsSlug,
fields: [
{
type: 'row',
fields: [
{
name: 'title',
label: 'Title within a row',
type: 'text',
required: true,
},
],
},
],
}
```
was broken
### Why?
We migrated to use `flattenedFields`, but not in this specific case.
This error would be caught earlier we used `noImplictAny` typescript
rule. https://www.typescriptlang.org/tsconfig/#noImplicitAny which
wouldn't allow us to create variable like this:
```ts
let relationshipFields // relationshipFields is any here
```
Instead, we should write:
```ts
let relationshipFields: FlattenedField[]
```
We should migrate to it and `strictNullChecks` as well.
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/9534
Although we have a dedicated e2e test suite for custom IDs, tests for
custom unnamed tab and row IDs were still located within the admin test
suite. This consolidates these tests into the appropriate test suite as
expected.
The forgotPassword operation exits silently if no user is found, but
because we don't throw an error the transaction never gets committed
leading to a timeout.
🤖 Automated bump of templates for v3.9.0
Triggered by user: @denolfe
Co-authored-by: github-actions[bot] <github-actions[bot]@users.noreply.github.com>
This PR makes changes to every storage adapter in order to add
browser-based caching by returning etags, then checking for them into
incoming requests and responding a status code of `304` so the data
doesn't have to be returned again.
Performance improvements for cached subsequent requests:
This respects `disableCache` in the dev tools.
Also fixes a bug with getting the latest image when using the Vercel
Blob Storage adapter.
By default, if a task has passed previously and a workflow is re-run,
the task will not be re-run. Instead, the output from the previous task
run will be returned. This is to prevent unnecessary re-runs of tasks
that have already passed.
This PR allows you to configure this behavior through the
`retries.shouldRestore` property. This property accepts a boolean or a
function for more complex restore behaviors.
### What?
Previously, upload files urls were not being encoded.
### Why?
As a result, this could lead to discrepancies where upload filenames
with spaces - the spaces would not be encoded as %20 in the URL.
### How?
To address this issue, we simply need to encode the filename of the
upload media.
Fixes#9698
In Payload Cloud, an unhelpful message would be surfaced if attempting
to retrieve a non-existent file. This improves the log message and
response to be more helpful.
Adds the ability to pass additional schema options for collections with:
```ts
mongooseAdapter({
collectionsSchemaOptions: {
posts: {
strict: false,
},
},
})
```
This changes relates to these:
- https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4533
- https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/discussions/4534
It is a proposal to set custom schema options for mongoose driver.
I understand this got introduced into `main` v2 after `beta` branch was
created so this feature got lost.
- [x] I have read and understand the
[CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)
document in this repository.
<!--
Thank you for the PR! Please go through the checklist below and make
sure you've completed all the steps.
Please review the
[CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)
document in this repository if you haven't already.
The following items will ensure that your PR is handled as smoothly as
possible:
- PR Title must follow conventional commits format. For example, `feat:
my new feature`, `fix(plugin-seo): my fix`.
- Minimal description explained as if explained to someone not
immediately familiar with the code.
- Provide before/after screenshots or code diffs if applicable.
- Link any related issues/discussions from GitHub or Discord.
- Add review comments if necessary to explain to the reviewer the logic
behind a change
### What?
### Why?
### How?
Fixes #
-->
---------
Co-authored-by: Sasha <64744993+r1tsuu@users.noreply.github.com>
Previously, if you selected only upload `hasMany: true` field, you would
receive an empty arrays always, because the `_rels` table wasn't joined
in this case. Fixes the condition to count `field.type === 'upload'` .
### What?
Previously, setting the `admin.rows` property did not change the height
of the `textarea` field input.
### Why?
Although `rows` was being properly set on the textarea element - it's
absolute positioning prevented the height from actually changing.
### How?
Updates the styles of the textarea field component to properly allow the
rows prop to change the height of the field.
Example w/:
```
{
name: 'someTextArea',
type: 'textarea',
admin: {
rows: 5,
}
}
```
Before:
After:
Fixes#10017
Should fix messed up import suggestions and simplifies all tsconfigs
through inheritance.
One main issue was that packages were inheriting `baseURL: "."` from the
root tsconfig. This caused incorrect import suggestions that start with
"packages/...".
This PR ensures that packages do not inherit this baseURL: "." property,
while ensuring the root, non-inherited tsconfig still keeps it to get
tests to work (the importMap needs it)
CPA projects generated with the `vercel-postgres` db type were not
receiving the proper DB env vars in the .env.example & .env files
With the `vercel-postgres` db type, the DB env var needs to be
`POSTGRES_URL` not `DATABASE_URI`.
Additionally, updates the generated .env.example file to show generic
env var strings.
#### Blank w/ MongoDB:
- `.env.example`:
```
DATABASE_URI=mongodb://127.0.0.1/your-database-name
PAYLOAD_SECRET=YOUR_SECRET_HERE
```
- `.env`:
```
# Added by Payload
DATABASE_URI=mongodb://127.0.0.1/test-cpa-blank-mongodb
PAYLOAD_SECRET=aef857429edc7f42a90bb374
```
#### Blank w/ Postgres:
- `.env.example`:
```
DATABASE_URI=postgres://postgres:<password>@127.0.0.1:5432/your-database-name
PAYLOAD_SECRET=YOUR_SECRET_HERE
```
- `.env`:
```
# Added by Payload
DATABASE_URI=postgres://postgres:<password>@127.0.0.1:5432/test-cpa-blank-postgres
PAYLOAD_SECRET=241bfe11fbe0a56dd9757019
```
#### Blank w/ SQLite:
- `.env.example`:
```
DATABASE_URI=file:./your-database-name.db
PAYLOAD_SECRET=YOUR_SECRET_HERE
```
- `.env`:
```
# Added by Payload
DATABASE_URI=file:./test-cpa-blank-sqlite.db
PAYLOAD_SECRET=a7808731b93240a73a11930c
```
#### Blank w/ vercel-postgres:
- `.env.example`:
```
POSTGRES_URL=postgres://postgres:<password>@127.0.0.1:5432/your-database-name
PAYLOAD_SECRET=YOUR_SECRET_HERE
```
- `.env`:
```
# Added by Payload
POSTGRES_URL=postgres://postgres:<password>@127.0.0.1:5432/test-cpa-blank-vercel-postgres
PAYLOAD_SECRET=af3951e923e8e4662c9c3d9e
```
Fixes#9996
### What?
Allow the join field to have a configuration `on` relationships inside
of an array, ie `on: 'myArray.myRelationship'`.
### Why?
This is a more powerful and expressive way to use the join field and not
be limited by usage of array data. For example, if you have a roles
array for multinant sites, you could add a join field on the sites to
show who the admins are.
### How?
This fixes the traverseFields function to allow the configuration to
pass sanitization. In addition, the function for querying the drizzle
tables needed to be ehanced.
Additional changes from https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/9995:
- Significantly improves traverseFields and the 'join' case with a raw
query injection pattern, right now it's internal but we could expose it
at some point, for example for querying vectors.
- Fixes potential issues with not passed locale to traverseFields (it
was undefined always)
- Adds an empty array fallback for joins with localized relationships
Fixes #
https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/discussions/9643
---------
Co-authored-by: Because789 <thomas@because789.ch>
Co-authored-by: Sasha <64744993+r1tsuu@users.noreply.github.com>
Fixes#9888. Field permissions were not being passed into custom
components. This led to custom components, such as arrays and blocks,
unable to render default Payload fields. This was because their props
lacked the permissions object required for rendering. For example:
```ts
'use client'
import type { ArrayFieldClientComponent } from 'payload'
import { ArrayField } from '@payloadcms/ui'
export const MyArray: ArrayFieldClientComponent = (props) => <ArrayField {...props} />
```
In this example the array field itself would render, but the fields
within each row would not, because the array field did not pass its
permissions down to the rows.
### What?
`previousValue` was incorrect. It would always return the current value.
### Why?
It was accessing siblingData instead of siblingDoc. Other hooks use
siblingDoc, but this one was using siblingData.
<!--
Thank you for the PR! Please go through the checklist below and make
sure you've completed all the steps.
Please review the
[CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)
document in this repository if you haven't already.
The following items will ensure that your PR is handled as smoothly as
possible:
- PR Title must follow conventional commits format. For example, `feat:
my new feature`, `fix(plugin-seo): my fix`.
- Minimal description explained as if explained to someone not
immediately familiar with the code.
- Provide before/after screenshots or code diffs if applicable.
- Link any related issues/discussions from GitHub or Discord.
- Add review comments if necessary to explain to the reviewer the logic
behind a change
### What?
### Why?
### How?
Fixes #
-->
### What?
This PR fixes an issue where bulk upload on an upload field with
hasMany, which had errors on sequential uploads, caused only the last
successful upload to be saved to the field value.
### Why?
To save all successful uploads to the field value and sync what was
shown in the ui to the actual field data.
### How?
By triggering a rerender that syncs `populatedDocs` to the fields
`value` on each sequential successful upload after form errors were
resolved.
Fixes#9890
Before:
[Bulk-upload-before--Post---Payload.webm](https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/6396a88b-21c2-4037-b1ef-fd7f8d16103f)
After:
[Bulk-upload-after---Payload.webm](https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/8566a022-6e86-46c7-87fe-78d01e6dd8c9)
Notes:
- The core issue was that onSuccess function was not properly syncing
the correct field values resulting in stale values that would overwrite
old docs.
---------
Co-authored-by: Patrik Kozak <patrik@payloadcms.com>
This PR fixes an issue in the hero banner of website templates where
`priority` was passed to `ImageMedia` component but was incompatible with
NextImage `loading="lazy"`, causing error. The fix is to add a ternary
condition to check if `priority` prop is passed before setting `loading.
<!--
Thank you for the PR! Please go through the checklist below and make
sure you've completed all the steps.
Please review the
[CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)
document in this repository if you haven't already.
The following items will ensure that your PR is handled as smoothly as
possible:
- PR Title must follow conventional commits format. For example, `feat:
my new feature`, `fix(plugin-seo): my fix`.
- Minimal description explained as if explained to someone not
immediately familiar with the code.
- Provide before/after screenshots or code diffs if applicable.
- Link any related issues/discussions from GitHub or Discord.
- Add review comments if necessary to explain to the reviewer the logic
behind a change
### What?
### Why?
### How?
Fixes #
-->
### What?
This PR fixes a runtime error encountered when navigating into a search
doc that had its' related collection doc deleted, but it itself remained
(if for example `deleteFromSearch` deletion failed for some reason).
### Why?
To prevent runtime errors for end-users using `plugin-search`.
### How?
By returning earlier if the field value is undefined or missing required
values in `LinkToDoc`.
Fixes#9443 (partially, see also: #9623)
🤖 Automated bump of templates for v3.8.0
Triggered by user: @denolfe
Co-authored-by: github-actions[bot] <github-actions[bot]@users.noreply.github.com>
### What?
This PR allows you to use a local database when using
`vercelPostgresAdapter`. This adapter doesn't work with them because it
requires an SSL connection and Neon's WS proxy. Instead we fallback to
using pool from `pg` if `hostname` is either `127.0.0.1` or `localhost`.
If you still want to use `@vercel/postgres` even locally you can pass
`disableUsePgForLocalDatabase: true` here and you'd have to spin up the
DB with a special Neon's Docker Compose setup -
https://vercel.com/docs/storage/vercel-postgres/local-development#option-2:-local-postgres-instance-with-docker
### Why?
Forcing people to use a cloud database locally isn't great. Not only
they are slow but also paid.
---------
Co-authored-by: Dan Ribbens <dan.ribbens@gmail.com>
Extension of #9933. Custom components are returned by form state,
meaning that if we don't wait for form state to return before rendering
row labels, the default row label component will render in briefly
before being swapped by a custom component (if applicable). Using the
new `isLoading` prop on array and block rows, we can conditionally
render them just as we currently do for the row fields themselves.
Previously with `@payloadcms/plugin-storage-blob`, if token was not set,
the plugin would throw an error. This caused a less-than-ideal developer
experience.
With this change, if the `token` value is undefined:
- Local storage will be used as a fallback
- The error will no longer be thrown.
Hero images should use the `priority` property so that browsers will
preload them. This is because hero images, by definition, are rendered
"above the fold" and should be treated as such, optimizing LCP. This
also means these images should _not_ define a `loading` strategy, as
this disregards the priority flag.
🤖 Automated bump of templates for v3.7.0
Triggered by user: @paulpopus
Co-authored-by: github-actions[bot] <github-actions[bot]@users.noreply.github.com>
Rework of https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/5912
### What?
Now, when `defaultValue` is defined as function you can receive the
`req` argument:
```ts
{
name: 'defaultValueFromReq',
type: 'text',
defaultValue: async ({ req, user, locale }) => {
return Promise.resolve(req.context.defaultValue)
},
},
```
`user` and `locale` even though are repeated in `req`, this potentially
leaves some room to add more args in the future without removing them
now.
This also improves type for `defaultValue`:
```ts
type SerializableValue = boolean | number | object | string
export type DefaultValue =
| ((args: {
locale?: TypedLocale
req: PayloadRequest
user: PayloadRequest['user']
}) => SerializableValue)
| SerializableValue
```
### Why?
To access the current URL / search params / Local API and other things
directly in `defaultValue`.
### How?
Passes `req` through everywhere where we call `defaultValue()`
### What?
Removes the `localized` property from typescript suggestion for row and
collapsible fields.
### Why?
Currently, this property doesn't do anything for them. This may be
changed when/if we support `name` for them, but it'll work only with
`name`.
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/4720
Add the ability to specify which columns should appear in the
relationship table of a join fields
The new property is in the Join field `admin.defaultColumns` and can be
set to an array of strings containing the field names in the desired
order.
In PR #9930 we added `overrideAccess: false` to the find operation and
failed to pass the user. This caused
https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/9974 where any access
control causes the edit view to error.
The fix was to pass the user through.
This change also adds Join Field e2e tests to the CI pipeline which was
previously missing and would have caught the error.
When installing Payload, `react-select` currently throws a dependency
warning because `v5.8.0` does not include React 19 in its peer deps. As
of `v5.9.0`, it now does thanks to
https://github.com/JedWatson/react-select/pull/5984.
The post-release-templates workflow gets triggered whenever we create a
github release. It is fed the git tag. A script is then run to update
the templates' migrations and lockfile (if applicable).
There was a scenario where despite the packages already being published
to npm a few minutes prior, this process would error out saying that the
latest version was not available.
This PR adds a script that polls for 5 minutes against npm to wait for
the newly published version to resolve and match the git release tag.
### What?
Adds the ability to set custom validation rules on the root `graphQL`
config property and the ability to define custom complexity on
relationship, join and upload type fields.
### Why?
**Validation Rules**
These give you the option to add your own validation rules. For example,
you may want to prevent introspection queries in production. You can now
do that with the following:
```ts
import { GraphQL } from '@payloadcms/graphql/types'
import { buildConfig } from 'payload'
export default buildConfig({
// ...
graphQL: {
validationRules: (args) => [
NoProductionIntrospection
]
},
// ...
})
const NoProductionIntrospection: GraphQL.ValidationRule = (context) => ({
Field(node) {
if (process.env.NODE_ENV === 'production') {
if (node.name.value === '__schema' || node.name.value === '__type') {
context.reportError(
new GraphQL.GraphQLError(
'GraphQL introspection is not allowed, but the query contained __schema or __type',
{ nodes: [node] }
)
);
}
}
}
})
```
**Custom field complexity**
You can now increase the complexity of a field, this will help users
from running queries that are too expensive. A higher number will make
the `maxComplexity` trigger sooner.
```ts
const fieldWithComplexity = {
name: 'authors',
type: 'relationship',
relationship: 'authors',
graphQL: {
complexity: 100, // highlight-line
}
}
```
🤖 Automated bump of templates for v3.7.0
Triggered by user: @denolfe
Co-authored-by: github-actions[bot] <github-actions[bot]@users.noreply.github.com>
Currently, custom components do not respect `admin.condition` unless
manually wrapped with the `withCondition` HOC, like all default fields
currently do. This should not be a requirement of component authors.
Instead, we can automatically detect custom client and server fields and
wrap them with the underlying `WatchCondition` component which will
subscribe to the `passesCondition` property within client-side form
state.
For my future self: there are potentially multiple instances where
fields subscribe to conditions duplicately, such as when rendering a
default Payload field within a custom field component. This was always a
problem and it is non-breaking, but needs to be reevaluated and removed
in the future for performance. Only the default fields that Payload
renders client-side need to subscribe to field conditions in this way.
When importing a Payload field into your custom field component, for
example, it should not include the HOC, because custom components now
watch conditions themselves.
As field tests grow in size, they need to be moved out of the greater
fields test spec and into their own standalone files for readability,
maintainability, and speed. This way they we can write field tests in a
more isolated environment, and they can run in parallel in CI.
## Bug Fix
### Issue
Draft children documents get overwritten when the parent document is
published.
### Fix
Correctly retrieve all documents, including drafts, during the resave
process. Add test to ensure parent documents can be published without
impacting the state of any children docs.
When a condition exists on a field and it resolves to `false`, it
currently "blinks" in and out when rendered within an array or block
row. This is because when add rows to form state, we iterate over the
_fields_ of that row and render their respective components. Then when
conditions are checked for that field, we're expecting `passesCondition`
to be explicitly `false`, ultimately _rendering_ the field for a brief
moment before form state returns with evaluated conditions. The fix is
to set these fields into local form state with a new `isLoading: true`
prop, then display a loader within the row until form state returns with
its proper conditions.
Exposes `pagination: false` to REST / GraphQL to improve performance on
large collections by avoiding count query.
This will also be nice for our SDK
https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/9463 to have the same
properties.
### What?
The `readOnly` prop was not being passed down to the `email` &
`username` auth fields.
Resulting in these fields not being disabled properly if `update` access
was restricted.
### How?
Passes the `readOnly` prop through to the fields and now properly
disables these fields if `update` access is restricted.
### What?
Previously, only `.` & `-` special chars were allowed in usernames
### How?
Now - all special chars are accepted during username creating like `@`
When opening payload in our monorepo and then working on a different
project that comes with a frontend, it will automatically redirect me
from localhost:3000 => localhost:3000/admin, not letting me view the
landing page until I clear my browser cache.
I'm hoping this will fix it
- Refactoring that simplifies finding things:
```md
## BEFORE
- Rich Text
- Overview
- Slate
- Lexical
- Lexical
- Overview
- Converters
- Migration
- Custom Features
## AFTER
- Rich Text
- Overview
- Converters
- Custom Features
- Migration
- Slate (legacy)
```
- It takes some of the spotlight away from Slate. Lexical is assumed as
the default editor and a banner at the beginning refers to the Slate
documentation.
- Various writing improvements.
PENDING:
- [ ] some 301 redirects needed
- `/docs/rich-text/lexical` to `/docs/rich-text/overview`
- `/docs/lexical/overview` to `/docs/rich-text/overview`
- `/docs/lexical/converters` to `/docs/rich-text/converters`
- `/docs/lexical/migration` to `/docs/rich-text/migration`
<!--
Thank you for the PR! Please go through the checklist below and make
sure you've completed all the steps.
Please review the
[CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)
document in this repository if you haven't already.
The following items will ensure that your PR is handled as smoothly as
possible:
- PR Title must follow conventional commits format. For example, `feat:
my new feature`, `fix(plugin-seo): my fix`.
- Minimal description explained as if explained to someone not
immediately familiar with the code.
- Provide before/after screenshots or code diffs if applicable.
- Link any related issues/discussions from GitHub or Discord.
- Add review comments if necessary to explain to the reviewer the logic
behind a change
### What?
update YouTube "What is Payload?" video
### Why?
Reflect 3.0 changes.
### How?
Fixes #
-->
It is still not indicated whether the email exists or not for security
reasons, but:
1. It is indicated that it is a possibility (if the email exists, the
email will be sent).
2. The user is advised to check the spam and junk mail folders.
`relationTo` was specified incorrectly which led to
```
● Joins Field › rEST API should not populate individual join by providing schemaPath=false
error: insert or update on table "collection_restricted" violates foreign key constraint "collection_restricted_category_id_restricted_categories_id_fk"
18 | .returning()
19 | } else {
> 20 | result = await (db as TransactionPg).insert(table).values(values).returning()
```
Currently, predefined migrations can only be loaded if they are part of
one of our db adapters.
With this PR, plugins will be able to export their own predefined
migrations that can be created like this:
`pnpm payload migrate:create --file
@payloadcms/plugin-someplugin/someMigration`
with the plugin exporting it in their package.json:
```json
"exports": {
"./someMigration": {
"import": "./someMigration.mjs",
"types": "./someMigration.mjs",
"default": "./someMigration.mjs"
}
},
```
### What?
`payload.db.updateOne` (and so `payload.db.upsert`) with drizzle
adapters used incoming `where` incorrectly and worked properly only
either if you passed `id` or some where query path required table joins
(like `where: { 'array.title'`) which is also the reason why `upsert`
_worked_ with user preferences specifically, because we need to join the
`preferences_rels` table to query by `user.relationTo` and `user.value`
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/9915
This was found here - https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/9913,
the database KV adapter uses `upsert` with `where` by unique fields.
### What?
Previously, the `admin.group` property on `collection` / `global`
configs allowed for a custom group and the `admin.hidden` property would
not only hide the entity from the nav sidebar / dashboard but also
disable its routes.
### Why?
There was not a simple way to hide an entity from the nav sidebar /
dashboard but still keep the entities routes.
### How?
Now - we've added the `false` type to the `admin.group` field to account
for this.
Passing `false` to `admin.group` will hide the entity from the sidebar
nav and dashboard but keep the routes available to navigate.
I.e
```
admin: {
group: false,
},
```
🤖 Automated bump of templates for v3.6.0
Triggered by user: @denolfe
Co-authored-by: github-actions[bot] <github-actions[bot]@users.noreply.github.com>
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/9895
We were still including field custom components in the ClientConfig,
which will throw an error if actual server-only properties were passed
to `PayloadComponent.serverProps`. This PR removes them from the
ClientConfig
This PR adds a feature which fixes another issue with migrations in
Postgres and does few refactors that significantly reduce code
duplication.
Previously, if you needed to use the underlying database directly in
migrations with the active transaction (for example to execute raw SQL),
created from `payload create:migration`, as `req` doesn't work there you
had to do something like this:
```ts
// Postgres
export async function up({ payload, req }: MigrateUpArgs): Promise<void> {
const db = payload.db.sessions?.[await req.transactionID!].db ?? payload.db
const { rows: posts } = await db.execute(sql`SELECT * from posts`)
}
// MongoDB
export async function up({ payload, req }: MigrateUpArgs): Promise<void> {
const session = payload.db.sessions?.[await req.transactionID!]
const posts = await payload.db.collections.posts.collection.find({ session }).toArray()
}
```
Which was:
1. Awkward to write
2. Not documented anywhere
Now, we expose `session` and `db` to `up` and `down` functions for you:
#### MongoDB:
```ts
import { type MigrateUpArgs } from '@payloadcms/db-mongodb'
export async function up({ session, payload, req }: MigrateUpArgs): Promise<void> {
const posts = await payload.db.collections.posts.collection.find({ session }).toArray()
}
```
#### Postgres:
```ts
import { type MigrateUpArgs, sql } from '@payloadcms/db-postgres'
export async function up({ db, payload, req }: MigrateUpArgs): Promise<void> {
const { rows: posts } = await db.execute(sql`SELECT * from posts`)
}
```
#### SQLite:
```ts
import { type MigrateUpArgs, sql } from '@payloadcms/db-sqlite'
export async function up({ db, payload, req }: MigrateUpArgs): Promise<void> {
const { rows: posts } = await db.run(sql`SELECT * from posts`)
}
```
This actually was a thing with Postgres migrations, we already were
passing `db`, but:
1. Only for `up` and when running `payload migrate`, not for example
with `payload migrate:fresh`
2. Not documented neither in TypeScript or docs.
By ensuring we use `db`, this also fixes an issue that affects all
Postgres/SQLite migrations:
Currently, if we run `payload migration:create` with the postgres
adapter we get a file like this:
```ts
import { MigrateUpArgs, MigrateDownArgs, sql } from '@payloadcms/db-postgres'
export async function up({ payload, req }: MigrateUpArgs): Promise<void> {
await payload.db.drizzle.execute(sql`
CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS "users" (
"id" serial PRIMARY KEY NOT NULL,
);
```
Looks good?
Not exactly!
`payload.db.drizzle.execute()` doesn't really use the current
transaction which can lead to some problems.
Instead, it should use the `db` from `payload.db.sessions?.[await
req.transactionID!].db` because that's where we store our Drizzle
instance with the transaction.
But now, if we generate `payload migrate:create` we get:
```ts
import { MigrateUpArgs, MigrateDownArgs, sql } from '@payloadcms/db-postgres'
export async function up({ db, payload, req }: MigrateUpArgs): Promise<void> {
await db.execute(sql`
CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS "users" (
"id" serial PRIMARY KEY NOT NULL,
);
```
Which is what we want, as the `db` is passed correctly here:
76428373e4/packages/drizzle/src/migrate.ts (L88-L90)
```ts
export async function up({ db, payload, req }: MigrateUpArgs): Promise<void> {
const dbWithTransaction = payload.db.sessions?.[await req.transactionID!].db
payload.logger.info({ one: db === dbWithTransaction })
payload.logger.info({ two: db === payload.db.drizzle })
```
<img width="336" alt="image"
src="https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/f9fab5a9-44c2-44a9-95dd-8e5cf267f027">
Additionally, this PR refactors:
* `createMigration` with Drizzle - now we have sharable
`buildCreateMigration` in `@payloadcms/drizzle` to reduce copy-pasting
of the same logic.
* the `v2-v3` relationships migration for Postgres is now shared between
`db-postgres` and `db-vercel-postgres`, again to reduce copy-paste.
This PR threads default `serverProps` to Edit and List view action slots, as well as other various components that were missing them.
---------
Co-authored-by: Alessio Gravili <alessio@gravili.de>
Previously, Autosave could trigger 2 parallel fetches where the second
could outpace the first, leading to inconsistent results.
Now, we use a simple queue-based system where we can push multiple
autosave events into a queue, and only the latest autosave will be
performed.
This also prevents multiple autosaves from ever running in parallel.
### What?
There are scenarios where the server-rendered HTML might intentionally
differ from the client-rendered DOM causing `Hydration` errors in the
DOM.
### How?
Added a new prop to the payload config `admin` object called
`suppressHydrationWarning` that allows control to display these warnings
or not.
If you set `suppressHydrationWarning` to `true`, React will not warn you
about mismatches in the attributes and the content of that element.
Defaults to `false` - so if there is a mismatch and this prop is not
defined in your config, the hydration errors will show.
```
admin: {
suppressHydrationWarning: true // will suppress the errors if there is a mismatch
}
```
The logic for creating a timestamp for use in resetPassword was not
correctly returning a valid date.
---------
Co-authored-by: Patrik Kozak <patrik@payloadcms.com>
Continuation of #9846 and partial fix for #9774. When setting
`admin.disableListFilter` retroactively, it remains active within the
list filter controls. Same for when the URL search query contains one of
these fields, except this will actually display the _wrong_ field,
falling back to the _first_ field from the config. The fix is to
properly disable the condition for this field if it's an active filter,
while still preventing it from ever rendering as an option within the
field selector itself.
Partial fix for #9774. When `admin.disableListColumn` is set
retroactively, it continues to appear in column state, but shouldn't.
This was because the table column context was not refreshing after HMR
runs, and would instead hold onto these stale columns until the page
itself refreshes. Similarly, this was also a problem when the user had
saved any of these columns to their list preferences, where those prefs
would take precedence despite these properties being set on the
underlying fields. The fix is to filter these columns from all requests
that send them, and ensure local component state properly refreshes
itself.
### What?
It became possible for fields to reset to a defined `defaultValue` when
bulk editing from the `edit-many` drawer.
### Why?
The form-state of all fields were being considered during a bulk edit -
this also meant using their initial states - this meant any fields with
default values or nested fields (`arrays`) would be overwritten with
their initial states
I.e. empty values or default values.
### How?
Now - we only send through the form data of the fields specifically
being edited in the edit-many drawer and ignore all other fields.
Leaving all other fields stay their current values.
Fixes#9590
---------
Co-authored-by: Dan Ribbens <dan.ribbens@gmail.com>
### What?
Custom auth collections default `useAsTitle` to `id`.
### Why?
It is more expected for auth collections to search on email or username.
### How?
Defaults useAsTitle to `username` if loginWithUsername is used, else
`email`. Can still be overridden by setting a custom `admin.useAsTitle`
property.
- Adds missing types, especially the `Where` type. Will be helpful for
people to see that they can type their queries like that
- Mention pnpm first and prefer pnpm > npm > yarn throughout docs
- Add `payload` to function arguments in examples to discourage people
from doing `import payload from 'payload'`
- PNPM => pnpm, NPM => npm
- Fix some typos
🤖 Automated bump of templates for v3.5.0
Triggered by user: @paulpopus
Co-authored-by: github-actions[bot] <github-actions[bot]@users.noreply.github.com>
Fixes#9830. Continuation of #9755 and #9746. Instead of automatically
appending TLDs to the `admin.preview` and the `livePreview.url` URLs, we
should instead ensure that `req` is passed through these functions, so
that you can have full control over the format of this URL without
Payload imposing any of its own formatting.
Adds the missing tests to the `needs:` dependency array for `all-green`
step in CI so that all-green doesn't pass if these tests fail or are in
progress
```
- build-templates
- tests-types
- tests-type-generation
```
### What?
`@lexical-html` is missing from the `lexical-proxy` exports.
### Why?
To allow `@lexical-html` functionality to be used without needing to
install the package separately.
### How?
Adds `@lexical-html` to the `lexical-proxy` exports.
Fixes#9792
As proposed here
https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/9782#issuecomment-2522090135
with additional testing of our types we can be more sure that we don't
break them between updates.
This PR already adds types testing for most Local API methods
6beb921c2e/test/types/types.spec.ts
but new tests for types can be easily added, either to that same file or
you can create `types.spec.ts` in any other test folder.
The new test folder uses `strict: true` to ensure our types do not break
with it.
---------
Co-authored-by: Tom Mrazauskas <tom@mrazauskas.de>
🤖 Automated bump of templates for v3.5.0
Triggered by user: @denolfe
Co-authored-by: github-actions[bot] <github-actions[bot]@users.noreply.github.com>
### What?
Previously, the create-payload-app install would properly update the env
vars in the new created `.env` file but kept outdated env vars in the
`.env.example` file.
I.e
If selecting a `postgres` DB for the blank or website template:
`.env` --> `DATABASE_URI` -->
`postgres://postgres:<password>@127.0.0.1:5432/test-cpa`
`.env.example` --> `DATABASE_URI` -->
`mongodb://127.0.0.1/payload-template-blank-3-0`
### Now
`.env` --> `DATABASE_URI` -->
`postgres://postgres:<password>@127.0.0.1:5432/test-cpa`
`.env.example` --> `DATABASE_URI` -->
`postgres://postgres:<password>@127.0.0.1:5432/test-cpa`
### What?
* Exposes to `payload` these functions: `sanitizeSelectParam`,
`sanitizePopulateParam`, `senitizeJoinParams`.
* Refactors `sanitizeSelect` and `sanitizePopulate` to
`sanitizeSelectParam` and `sanitizePopulateParam` for clarity.
* Moves them from `@payloadcms/next` to `payload` as they aren't related
to next.
### Why?
To use these functions externally, for example in custom endpoints.
### What?
Previously, `initCollapsed: true` `array` fields would auto collapse
when typing in their respective inputs while in the create new view.
### Why?
This was due to the fact that we were only checking if `preferences`
existed in `form state` to handle the current state of the array row and
then falling back on the `initCollapsed` prop if `preferences` didn't
exist.
This was a problem because during create - `preferences` do not exist
yet. As a result, the state of the array row would keep falling back to
collapsed if `initCollapsed` was set to `true`.
### How?
To fix this, we now check the actual form state first before falling
back to preferences and then falling back to the initCollapsed prop
value.
Fixes#9775
### What?
Enhanced Serbian translations for the lexical editor have been
implemented. The updates correct inaccuracies in the Serbian Cyrillic
translations and address various errors in the previous versions.
### Why?
- Incorrect use of Latin script in place of Cyrillic.
- Contextual errors in translations.
The runner image `ubuntu-latest` image will be switching from Ubuntu
22.04 to Ubuntu 24.04 as specified in
https://github.com/actions/runner-images/issues/10636.
> Rollout will begin on December 5th and will complete on January 17th,
2025.
Breaking changes
Ubuntu 24.04 is ready to be the default version for the "ubuntu-latest"
label in GitHub Actions and Azure DevOps.
This PR moves us to explicitly use `ubuntu-24.04` to ensure
compatibility and to allow explicit upgrades in the future.
Adds documentation for the feature introduced with [plugin-search
collection reindexing](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/9391).
This also fixes an invalid scss import in one of the examples.
Credit to @rilrom for the invalid css import find!
The join field was not respecting the defaultSort or defaultLimit of the
field configuration.
### Why?
This was never implemented.
### How?
This fix applies these correct limit and sort properties to the query,
first based on the field config and as a fallback, the collection
configuration.
- Improvements to seed speed on the website template
- Update hero on mobile
- Fields are collapsed by default where possible now
- Add rowlabel components for nav items
In addition to requiring fewer files, it supports more nodes. If you
currently initialize a website template and want to use features such as
images or tables, they are not rendered. With this change that happens
automatically.
Credits to @AlessioGr for the [JSX
serializer](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/8795).
---------
Co-authored-by: Paul Popus <paul@nouance.io>
Similar to #9746. When deploying to Vercel, preview deployment URLs are
dynamically generated. This breaks `admin.preview` within those
deployments because there is no mechanism by which we can detect and set
that URL within Payload. Although Vercel provides various environment
variables at our disposal, they provide no concrete identifier for
exactly which URL is being currently previewed (you can access the same
deployment from a number of different URLs).
The fix is to support relative `admin.preview` URLs, that way Payload
can prepend the application's top-level domain dynamically at
render-time in order to create a fully qualified URL. So when you visit
a Vercel preview deployment, for example, that deployment's unique URL
is used as the preview redirect, instead of the application's
root/production domain. Note: this does not fix multi-tenancy
single-domain setups, as those still require a static top-level domain
for each tenant.
### What?
Fixes issue with stale locale from searchParams
### Why?
Bad use of useEffect/useState inside our useSearchParams provider.
### How?
Memoize the locale instead of relying on the useEffect which was causing
unnecessary renders with stale values.
When deploying to Vercel, preview deployment URLs are dynamically
generated. This breaks Live Preview within those deployments because
there is no mechanism by which we can detect and set that URL within
Payload. Although Vercel provides various environment variables at our
disposal, they provide no concrete identifier for exactly _which_ URL is
being currently previewed (you an access the same deployment from a
number of different URLs).
The fix is to support _relative_ live preview URLs, that way Payload can
prepend the application's top-level domain dynamically at render-time in
order to create a fully qualified URL. So when you visit a Vercel
preview deployment, for example, that deployment's unique URL is used to
load the iframe of the preview window, instead of the application's
root/production domain. Note: this does not fix multi-tenancy
single-domain setups, as those still require a static top-level domain
for each tenant.
### What?
The `<header>` dom node was rendering even if empty for group fields.
Causing extra margin to be added even if no label/description were
provided.
### Why?
If the field had no label, description or errors it would still render.
### How?
Wraps the header node in an additional condition that checks for label,
description or errors before rendering the node.
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/9606
With Postgres / SQLite, select fields (non `hasMany: true`) weren't
properly handled in the `traverseFields.ts` function for `select` query.
### What
Updates auth.forgotPassword.expiration prop type to include JSDocs
I.e
```
/**
* The number of milliseconds that the forgot password token should be valid for.
* @default 3600000 // 1 hour
*/
```
Adds details about `output: 'standalone'` to Docker deployment section.
This is required in order for Next.js to be dockerized.
```
const nextConfig = {
output: 'standalone',
}
```
### What?
Unable to configure expiration time for the password reset tokens.
### Why?
Prior to this change, the expiration time for password reset tokens were
defaulted.
### How?
Adds new `expiration` prop to `auth.forgotPassword` object which allows
for the option to configure the expiration time of password reset
tokens.
This create a workflow that will trigger upon every release and do the
following:
- Re-generate all template lockfiles as needed (only blank and website
need them for payload cloud)
- Re-generate all postgres migrations for any pg-based template
- Commit changes
- Create PR
Fix broken links.
<!--
Thank you for the PR! Please go through the checklist below and make
sure you've completed all the steps.
Please review the
[CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)
document in this repository if you haven't already.
The following items will ensure that your PR is handled as smoothly as
possible:
- PR Title must follow conventional commits format. For example, `feat:
my new feature`, `fix(plugin-seo): my fix`.
- Minimal description explained as if explained to someone not
immediately familiar with the code.
- Provide before/after screenshots or code diffs if applicable.
- Link any related issues/discussions from GitHub or Discord.
- Add review comments if necessary to explain to the reviewer the logic
behind a change
### What?
Fix broken links to collections and access control overview.
### Why?
### How?
Fixes #
-->
fixed small typo
<!--
Thank you for the PR! Please go through the checklist below and make
sure you've completed all the steps.
Please review the
[CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)
document in this repository if you haven't already.
The following items will ensure that your PR is handled as smoothly as
possible:
- PR Title must follow conventional commits format. For example, `feat:
my new feature`, `fix(plugin-seo): my fix`.
- Minimal description explained as if explained to someone not
immediately familiar with the code.
- Provide before/after screenshots or code diffs if applicable.
- Link any related issues/discussions from GitHub or Discord.
- Add review comments if necessary to explain to the reviewer the logic
behind a change
### What?
Small typo fix in Docs
### Why?
### How?
Fixes #
-->
- [fix: join field shows loading when creating a
document](9f7a2e7936)
- [fix: join field
descriptions](90e8cdb464)
- [feat(ui): adds before & after inputs to join
field](19d43329ad)
---------
Co-authored-by: Patrik <patrik@payloadcms.com>
### What?
### Why?
`user.id` was being used as a dependency is callbacks and when the user
was logged out due to inactivity the above error would throw.
### How?
Added optional chaining to the dependency.
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/9701
### What?
Previously, when defining `localization.locales` like this:
```ts
localization: {
defaultLocale: 'en',
locales: [{ label: { en: 'ESLocale' }, code: 'es' },{ label: { en: 'ESLocale' }, code: 'en' }],
},
```
The title in "copy to locale" modal was displayed incorrectly
```
Copy to locale: Copying from [object Object] to [object Object]
```
### How?
Uses the `getTranslation` function to handle this behavior properly
Removes maxDepth from link fields which can cause issues sometimes
depending on how deep the reference is
Also removes bottom border on website header.
### What?
Write conflict errors can arise when collections have hooks.
### Why?
The copyDataFromLocale local API calls to update were not passsing req
so changes could be made on different transcations.
### How?
Fixed the error by passing `req` and also introduced some perf
optimizations using `depth` and disabling `joins` since that data isn't
needed for this operation.
Adds configuration options to `auth.disableLocalStrategy` to allow
customization of how payload treats an auth enabled collection.
Two new properties have been added to `disableLocalStrategy`:
- `enableFields` Include auth fields on the collection even though the
local strategy is disabled. Useful when you do not want the database or
types to vary depending on the auth configuration used.
- `optionalPassword`: makes the password field not required
### What?
Migrates the `form-builder` example to payload `3.0`.
`Updates`:
- Now has a next app directly along side payload.
- Removes `form-builder/next-app` & `form-builder/next-pages` example
front-ends and only uses new recommended approach (i.e admin panel &
front-end on the same port - `3000`)
### What?
https://payloadcms.com/docs does not document the `payload.auth`
feature.
### Why?
With custom components, there is no explanation as to how you can get
the current user on the server side. It is also something useful to know
for many other scenarios. A Discord user even mentioned today, that they
spent quite some time, trying to figure out how to get the current user,
while on the server.
While I don't think it's the cleanest "place" to document it, I think
its what makes the most sense, given the current state of the
documentation. I tried to follow the existing format as close as
possible. The comments are longer, but I feel the information is
absolutely necessary to provide.
Confirmed that formatting works as expected and there are no errors
parsing the addition:
Fixes#9631
## Fix default retries
By default, if no `retries` property has been set, jobs / tasks should
not be retried. This was not the case previously, as the `maxRetries`
variable was `undefined`, causing jobs to retry endlessly. This PR sets
them to `0` by default.
Additionally, this fixes some undesirable behavior of the workflow
retries property. Workflow retries now act as **maximum**,
workflow-level retries. Only tasks that do not have a retry property set
will inherit the workflow-level retries.
## Fix error messages
Previously, you were able to encounter error messages with undefined
values like these:
Reason is that it was always using `job.workflowSlug` for the error
messages. However, if you queue a task directly, without a workflow,
`job.workflowSlug` is undefined and `job.taskSlug` should be used
instead.
This PR then gets rid of the second undefined value by ensuring that
`maxRetries´ is never undefined
More commit types will now show in the release notes. The full list of
allowable types are the following and will show in order:
```ts
const commitTypesForChangelog = [
'feat',
'fix',
'perf',
'refactor',
'docs',
'style',
'test',
'templates',
'examples',
'build',
'ci',
'chore',
]
```
What?
Fixes issue when on parallel writes in result you can have 0 latest:
true versions.
Why?
There must be always a version with latest: true
How?
Ensures that we always have a version with latest: true by adding a
filter on createdAt < createdVersion.createdAt.
Instead, this ponentially can lead to a situation where we have 2
versions with latest: true, if they were created at the exact same time,
but this shouldn't happen in a real world scenario and it's much less
problematic than not having a version with latest: true.
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/5895
Changes from #8986
---------
Co-authored-by: Sasha <64744993+r1tsuu@users.noreply.github.com>
As described in #9576, the `SearchParamsProvider` can become stale when
navigating routes and relying on search params during initial render.
This is because this context, along with the `ParamsProvider`, is
duplicative to the internal lifecycle of `useSearchParams` and
`useParams` from `next/navigation`– but always one render behind.
Instead, we need to use the hooks directly from `next/navigation` as
described in the jsdocs. This will also remove any abstraction over top
the web standard for `URLSearchParams`.
For this reason, these providers and their corresponding hooks have been
marked with the deprecated flag and will continue to behave as they do
now, but will be removed in the next major release. This PR replaces all
internal reliance on these hooks with `next/navigation` as suggested,
except for the `useParams` hook, which was never used in the first
place.
```diff
'use client'
- import { useSearchParams } from '@payloadcms/ui'
+ import { useSearchParams } from 'next/navigation'
+ import { parseSearchParams } from '@payloadcms/ui'
export function MyClientComponent() {
- const { searchParams } = useSearchParams()
+ const searchParams = useSearchParams()
+ const parsedParams = parseSearchParams(searchParams)
// ...
}
```
_MyClientComponent.tsx_
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/9567. When using the
`AnimateHeight` component on a patched browser such as Webkit,
components with dynamically rendered children are not properly animating
in, such as blocks with rich text. This is because the height of that
content is unable to be calculated before it's rendered, preventing the
component from acquiring a target height to animate toward. This change
was originally introduced in #9456 in effort to remove unnecessary
dependencies.
The fix is to setup a ResizeObserver during animation to watch for
changes to the content's height. This way, as components dynamically
render in based on the "open" state, the hook will simply increment the
target height accordingly.
This PR updates all react and next-related packages to the latest
version in our test directory and in our templates, while still allowing
older versions to be used.
Additionally, this ensures that the "scheduler" package version we
install matches the version installed by react-dom
We should fix all the flaky tests in the future - in the meantime this
PR will reduce collectively wasted engineer hours, as we now don't have
to manually open the awkward GH actions UI and press the retry button -
often multiple times for each PR.
It may not be enough to simply retry the test:int / test:e2e commands to
get the tests not to flake for the next run, but let's see how this goes
Assume you had the following workflow:
```ts
handler: async ({ job, inlineTask, req }) => {
const { customerData } = await inlineTask('Fetch Customer Data', {
task: ({ req }) => {
if (Math.random() < 0.2) {
throw new Error('Failed on purpose')
}
return {
output: {
customerData: 'test',
},
}
},
retries: {
attempts: 40,
},
})
console.log('customer Data', customerData)
await inlineTask('Analyze Segments', {
// Rest of task...
```
It was possible for the following to happen:
Run attempt 1:
- Task "Fetch Customer Data" fails
- Task is added to job log without output data and state "failed"
Run attempt 2:
- Task "Fetch Customer Data" succeeds
- Task is added to job log with correct output data and state
"succeeded"
- Task "Analyze Segments" fails
- Task is added to job log without output data and state "failed"
Run attempt 3:
- Task "Fetch Customer Data" has already run successfully => restore
from DB
- Task "Analyze Segments" fails because input data is undefined.
The restoration of the already-succeeded "Fetch Customer Data" task did
not fetch and restore the correct output data, as it was taking the
output data from the previously failed task that did not save any, even
though it should have been taking and restoring the output data of the
last-run, successful task run.
This PR fixed that
### What?
Adds Serbian `rs` and `rs-Latin` to `importDateFNSLocale` as well as
changes their `dateFNSKey` in the language definition to the appropriate
key instead of `en-US`
### Why?
To support Serbian language with appropriately localized dates.
### How?
Minor changes in translations package.
Fixes: #9610.
### What?
Currently some links inside the main nav are still focusable with a
keyboard when the main nav is closed.
### Why?
This leads to the active keyboard focus getting lost until it eventually
finds its way to the hamburger menu button. It can also lead to links
that are not currently visible being selected accidentally.
### How?
When the [inert
attribute](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTML/Global_attributes/inert)
is set to `true`, we can prevent focus on any child elements
automatically. We simply toggle the attribute on or off based on whether
the nav is open or closed.
The inert attribute has [great
compatibility](https://caniuse.com/mdn-html_global_attributes_inert)
with modern browsers these days, making it a solid choice to resolve
this issue.
### Recordings
#### Before
You can see down the bottom left of the screen that links available in
the main nav are still focusable even when the main nav is closed.
https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/e16d5336-7d2b-42f1-886b-cfa3ed82dbb1
#### After
You can see that focus is immediately moved to the hamburger menu when
the main nav is closed.
https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/8c81197a-53aa-4af1-8e5c-f6835ba955a5
Fixes#5026. When using client-side Live Preview, switching locale would
not populate relationships in that locale, and would use the default
locale instead. This was because locale was simply not being handled.
Now, we pass the locale through the event, and use it to make localized
queries when populating those relationships.
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/9612
Previously, the plugin search with different collections but the same
IDs could delete a wrong search document on synchronization, because we
queried the search document only by `doc.value`. Instead, we should also
query by `doc.relationTo`.
When creating custom translations and merging the custom translation
keys with the default translation keys, and then pass it to the generic
TFunction type, Typescript complains that the function does not satisfy
the LabelFunction type in a label field.
The reason for this is that the LabelFunction type is not generic, and
it's always using the default TFunction which itself uses the
DefaultTranslationKey if no type is passed to it.
This is solved by making the LabelFunction generic and forward the
TTranslationKeys to the TFunction type.
Following this documentation:
https://payloadcms.com/docs/configuration/i18n#typescript
Example:
Updates the "More details" link URLs in the generateEmailHTML and
generateEmailSubject rows to link to the correct element.
The links current use camelcase but the corresponding element IDs are
lowercase.
See this page: https://payloadcms.com/docs/authentication/email
### What?
The examples in nestedDocs and formBuilder plugins were referencing the
plugins incorrectly.
### Why?
To prevent confusion for readers.
### How?
Changes to `docs/plugins/form-builder.mdx` and
`docs/plugins/nested-docs.mdx`.
We were sending unrendered `PayloadComponent`s to the client, which is a
remnant of old betas where those were actually rendered.
There is no point sending them to the client as they are useless there
and cannot be rendered without the server-only importMap. Additionally,
this could have potentially caused server-only modules to be sent to the
client (e.g. if serverProps was used), which would have lead to a
webpack error.
The types were also incorrect, as admin.dependencies on the ClientConfig
did not contain the React nodes.
### What?
When the document is saved the formState was not being reset from the
server.
### Why?
getFormState was not being called onSuccess of the form submission
### How?
The `Form` onSuccess function now allows for an optional return type of
`FormState` if the functions returns formState then we check to see if
that differs from the current formState on the client. If it does then
we dispatch the `REPLACE_STATE` action with the newState.
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/9423
Closes#8653.
Originally this PR was for making the `IndentFeature` opt-in instead of
opt-out, which would have been a breaking change. After some discussion
it was determined it would be better if we could keep the
`IndentFeature` by default and instead come up with a custom escape key
solution to prevent keyboard users from becoming trapped in the editor.
These changes are my interpretation of how we can solve this problem in
a way that feels natural for a keyboard user. When a keyboard user
becomes trapped, the usual approach is to press the escape key (e.g.
modals) to be able to leave the current context and continue navigating.
These changes allow that to happen while minimising the cognitive load
by not needing to remember whether the `IndentFeature` is toggled on or
off.
I've also ensured the `IndentFeature` can actually be turned off if
consciously removed from the lexical editor features (previously it was
still enabled even if it was removed).
Ideally this should be handled on the lexical side in the
`TabIndentationPlugin` itself (I will begin to look into the feasibility
of this), but for now this should be suitable to ensure the experience
for keyboard users isn't completely blocked (there are a number of other
improvements that could be made but I will create more specific issues
for those).
Open to discussion and amendments. Once we're aligned on the approach
I'm happy to implement tests as needed.
### Before
https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/95183bb6-f36e-4b44-8c3b-d880c822d315
### After
https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/d34be50a-8f31-4b81-83d1-236d5ce9d8b5
---------
Co-authored-by: Germán Jabloñski <43938777+GermanJablo@users.noreply.github.com>
Closes#9132. When query params are present in the URL, such as after
searching or filtering in the list view, they are not being retained
after navigating back to that view via `history.back()` (i.e. the back
button). This makes it difficult to quickly navigate in and out of
documents from the list view when an underlying search exists. This was
because the `SearchParamsProvider` is stale when the new view renders,
which then replaces the URL with these stale params. The fix here is to
_not_ use the `SearchParamsProvider` at all, and instead use
`next/navigation` directly. Ultimately, this provider should likely be
marked deprecated and then removed in the next major release for this
very reason.
.tsx files were introduced into the plugin-search package, but an
appropriate `copyfiles` script was not introduced to get these files
into the dist output.
This was causing a `Module not found: Can't resolve './index.scss'`
error on build.
---------
Co-authored-by: Alessio Gravili <alessio@gravili.de>
### What?
Extracted `hasText` helper method in `richTextValidateHOC`
### Why?
The new exported `hasText` helper method can now also be used during
front-end serialization - for example, to check whether a caption
element should be rendered when text is optional and therefore possibly
empty (which would allow us to prevent rendering an empty caption
element).
Fixes#8811
Before this PR, even if you did not include text formatting features
(such as BoldFeature, ItalicFeature, etc), it was possible to apply that
formatting by (a) pasting content from the clipboard and (b) using
keyboard shortcuts.
This PR fixes that by requiring the formatting features to be registered
so that they can be inserted in the editor.
When using the `admin.hidden: true` property on a collection, it
rightfully removes all navigation and routing for that particular
collection. However, this also affects the expected behavior of hidden
entities when they are rendered within a drawer, such as the document
drawer or list drawer. For example, when creating a new _admin.hidden_
document through the relationship or join field, the drawer should still
render the view, despite the underlying route for that view being
disabled. This change was a result of the introduction of on-demand
server components in #8364, where we now make a server roundtrip to
render the view in its entirety, which include the logic that redirects
these hidden entities.
Now, we pass a new `overrideEntityVisibility` argument through the
server function that, when true, skips this step. This way documents can
continue to respect `admin.hidden` while also having the ability to
override on a case-by-case basis throughout the UI.
### What?
This PR aims to add reindexing capabilities to `plugin-search` to allow
users to reindex entire searchable collections on demand.
### Why?
As it stands, end users must either perform document reindexing manually
one-by-one or via bulk operations. Both of these approaches are
undesirable because they result in new versions being published on
existing documents. Consider the case when `plugin-search` is only added
_after_ the project has started and documents have been added to
existing collections. It would be nice if users could simply click a
button, choose the searchable collections to reindex, and have the
custom endpoint handle the rest.
### How?
This PR adds on to the existing plugin configuration, creating a custom
endpoint and a custom `beforeListTable` component in the form of a popup
button. Upon clicking the button, a dropdown/popup is opened with
options to select which collection to reindex, as well as a useful `All
Collections` option to run reindexing on all configured search
collections. It also adds a `reindexBatchSize` option in the config to
allow users to specify in what quantity to batch documents to sync with
search.
Big shoutout to @paulpopus & @r1tsuu for the triple-A level support on
this one!
Fixes#8902
See it in action:
https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/ee8dd68c-ea89-49cd-adc3-151973eea28b
Notes:
- Traditionally these kinds of long-running tasks would be better suited
for a job. However, given how many users enjoy deploying to serverless
environments, it would be problematic to offer this feature exclusive to
jobs queues. I thought a significant amount about this and decided it
would be best to ship the feature as-is with the intention of creating
an opt-in method to use job queues in the future if/when this gets
merged.
- In my testing, the collection description somehow started to appear in
the document views after the on-demand RSC merge. I haven't reproduced
this, but this PR has an example of that problem. Super strange.
---------
Co-authored-by: Sasha <64744993+r1tsuu@users.noreply.github.com>
Co-authored-by: Paul Popus <paul@nouance.io>
### What?
Adds ability to copy data from one locale to another at a document
level.
### How?
For any localized collection, you will find a new option in the document
controls called `Copy to Locale`.
This option will open a drawer, from here you can select your origin and
destination locales.
If data already exists in the destination locale, you can choose to:
1. Overwrite this data (this will copy any empty fields in your origin
locale)
2. Not overwrite existing data (this will only copy data into empty
fields in the destination locale)
---------
Co-authored-by: Jarrod Flesch <jarrodmflesch@gmail.com>
In an effort to keep the Examples Directory as easy to navigate as
possible, and to keep the Payload Monorepo only as verbose as it needs
to be, we need to remove all alternatives from the Examples Directory.
This includes setups that interact with Payload from a standalone
server, keeping only the Payload recommended "combined" Next.js +
Payload setups.
### What?
Migrates the `live-preview` example to payload `3.0`.
`Updates`:
- `live-preview/payload` now has a next app directly along side payload.
- Removes `live-preview/next-app` & `live-preview/next-pages` example
front-ends and only uses new recommended approach (i.e admin panel &
front-end on the same port - `3000`)
If you had a lot of fields and collections, createClientConfig would be
extremely slow, as it was copying a lot of memory. In my test config
with a lot of fields and collections, it took 4 seconds(!!).
And not only that, it also ran between every single page navigation.
This PR significantly speeds up the createClientConfig function. In my
test config, its execution speed went from 4 seconds to 50 ms.
Additionally, createClientConfig is now properly cached in both dev &
prod. It no longer runs between every single page navigation. Even if
you trigger a full page reload, createClientConfig will be cached and
not run again. Despite that, HMR remains fully-functional.
This will make payload feel noticeably faster for large configs -
especially if it contains a lot of richtext fields, as it was previously
deep-copying the relatively large richText editor configs over and over
again.
## Before - 40 sec navigation speed
https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/fe6b707a-459b-44c6-982a-b277f6cbb73f
## After - 1 sec navigation speed
https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/384fba63-dc32-4396-b3c2-0353fcac6639
## Todo
- [x] Implement ClientSchemaMap and cache it, to remove
createClientField call in our form state endpoint
- [x] Enable schemaMap caching for dev
- [x] Cache lexical clientField generation, or add it to the parent
clientConfig
## Lexical changes
Red: old / removed
Green: new
### Speed up version queries
This PR comes with performance optimizations for fetching versions
before a document is loaded. Not only does it use the new select API to
limit the fields it queries, it also completely skips a database query
if the current document is published.
### Speed up lexical init
Removes a bunch of unnecessary deep copying of lexical objects which
caused higher memory usage and slower load times. Additionally, the
lexical default config sanitization now happens less often.
### What?
When you prevent users from authenticating with their email, we should
not enforce uniqueness on the email field.
### Why?
We never set the unique property to false.
### How?
Set the unique property to false if `loginWithUsername.allowEmailLogin`
is `false`.
The version diff view at
`/admin/collections/:collection/:id/versions/:version` was not properly
displaying diffs for iterable fields, such as blocks. There were two
main things wrong here:
1. Fields not properly inheriting parent permissions based on the new
sanitized permissions pattern in #7335
1. The diff components were expecting `permissions` but receiving
`fieldPermissions`. This was not picked up by TS because of our use of
dynamic keys when choosing which component to render for that particular
field. We should change this in the future to use a switch case that
explicitly renders each diff component. This way props are strictly
typed.
In effort to keep the Examples Directory as easy to navigate as
possible, and to keep the Payload Monorepo only as verbose as it needs
to be, we need to remove all alternatives from the Examples Directory.
This includes setups that interact with Payload from a standalone
server, keeping only the Payload recommended "combined" Next.js +
Payload setups. This will also be applied to all other examples that use
this setup, i.e. draft preview, live preview, etc.
### What?
Previously, `payload.findByID` with `overrideAccess: false` and this
collection config
```ts
{
slug: 'fields-and-top-access',
access: {
read: () => ({
secret: {
equals: '12345',
},
}),
},
fields: [
{
type: 'text',
name: 'secret',
access: { read: () => false },
},
],
},
```
Led to the `The following path cannot be queried: secret` error because
`where` input to `validateQueryPaths` also includes the result from
access control, which shouldn't be.
This works when using `payload.find`.
The same applies to find with drafts / joins `where`. We need to
validate only user `where` input, not access control that we defined in
our config.
Also, this exact logic seems be used in `find` without drafts - we don't
use `fullWhere` here but `where`, that's why this error isn't being
thrown with `find` but only `findByID`.
d9c6288cb2/packages/payload/src/collections/operations/find.ts (L134)d9c6288cb2/packages/payload/src/collections/operations/find.ts (L166-L171)
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/9210
### What?
Plugin-seo fields were not set to disabled when a user did not have
permissions.
### Why?
The `readOnly` property was not being used.
### How?
Uses the `readOnly` property to disable buttons and set inputs to
readOnly.
### What?
Fixes a link to the `storage-uploadthing` adapter in Github.
### Why?
To link readers to the correct package location.
### How?
Change to `docs/upload/storage-adapters.mdx`.
Credit to rik in Discord for the catch.
Deprecates `react-animate-height` in favor of native CSS, specifically
the `interpolate-size: allow-keywords;` property which can be used to
animate to `height: auto`—the primary reason this package exists. This
is one less dependency in our `node_modules`. Tried to replicate the
current DOM structure, class names, and API of `react-animate-height`
for best compatibility.
Note that this CSS property is experimental BUT this PR includes a patch
for browsers without native support. Once full support is reached, the
patch can be safely removed.
### What?
Adds custom anchor tags to docs where duplicate headings exist.
### Why?
Anchor links would not correctly navigate to the proper point on the
page if there were multiple headings with the same string.
### How?
The website now supports adding custom `#anchor` to a heading in
markdown that will attach to the headings and table of content list
items. This PR adds custom anchors to the docs that have duplicate
headings.
**Example:**
```md
/docs/upload/storage-adapters.mdx
### Usage#vercel-blob-installation
```
Generates the path:
`/docs/upload/storage-adapters#vercel-blob-installation`
Ensures `sanitizeRelationshipIDs` works properly in any case
Updates predefinedMigration to work with new globals
Skips ObjectID creation errors to not fail with outdated data to the
schema.
<!--
Thank you for the PR! Please go through the checklist below and make
sure you've completed all the steps.
Please review the
[CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)
document in this repository if you haven't already.
The following items will ensure that your PR is handled as smoothly as
possible:
- PR Title must follow conventional commits format. For example, `feat:
my new feature`, `fix(plugin-seo): my fix`.
- Minimal description explained as if explained to someone not
immediately familiar with the code.
- Provide before/after screenshots or code diffs if applicable.
- Link any related issues/discussions from GitHub or Discord.
- Add review comments if necessary to explain to the reviewer the logic
behind a change
### What?
### Why?
### How?
Fixes #
-->
### What?
This PR adds `'sl'` to list of accepted languages, dedupes languages not
implemented from langs that have been supported, and adjusts the string
match for `'sl'` in importDateFNSLocale to the correct locale.
### Why?
To fix TS errors and runtime errors encountered while adding Slovenian
language to config, and then selecting it in `/account` view.
### How?
- Addition of `'sl'` to `acceptLanguages` array
- Change from `'sl'` to `'sl-SI'` in `importDateFNSLocale.ts`
Fixes#9504
---------
Co-authored-by: Jessica Chowdhury <jessica@trbl.design>
The [previous fix](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/8735)
worked but was a breaking change because it set a `z-index` in the
`.react-select` wrapper instead of the `.rs__menu`, creating a new
stacking-context, therefore making any existing customizations to the
menu's `z-index` not work. This was a way to fix a regression introduced
by the css-layers, in which Payload's custom `z-index: 4` no longer took
precedence over react-select's default `z-index: 1`.
With this PR we remove the default `z-index: 1` applied by react-select,
so that the `z-index: 4` set in the "payload-default" css layer can take
effect. An alternative to this fix would be to use `z-index: 4
!important`, but this has the advantage of allowing the `z-index` to be
easily customized by the consumers of the CMS, as with all the other
styles.
### Screenshots
### What?
This log was appearing when the DatePicker loaded without a registered
locale:
```
A locale object was not found for the provided string ["enUS"].
```
Also fixes css misalignment of icons inside date picker field
### Why?
If i`18n.dateFNS` had not loaded, we were registering the locale with an
undefined value.
### How?
Only register the locale for react-datepicker if i18n.dateFNS is
present.
List preferences were improperly saving their own records onto
themselves when building table state through the server function. This
was happening because the entire preference document was being spread
onto the new preferences, as opposed to just the value itself:
```diff
const mergedPrefs = {
- ...(preferencesResult || {}),
+ ...(preferencesResult?.value || {}),
columns,
}
```
This PR also swaps `dequal` out for `dequal/lite`.
### What?
We sorted migrations by `-name` in `getMigrations` as by assumption from
generated file names, however, it may be not true as the improved (+
unflaked, previously it failed sometimes) test for `migrate:down` can
reproduce. As in result, `migrateDown` / `migrateRefresh` may execute in
order different from `migrate`.
Unflakes the 'should commit multiple operations async' test.
We shouldn't pass the same `req` that doesn't contain a transaction to
different operations that execute in parallel (via `Promise.all`)
without either creating a transaction before or using
`isolateObjectProperty(req, 'transactionID')`. It leads to a race
condition because operation can commit a wrong transaction, different
from inited
### What?
Previously, using Postgres, select fields with `hasMany: true` weren't
clearable.
Meaning, you couldn't pass an empty array:
```ts
const updatedDoc = await payload.update({
id,
collection: 'select-fields',
data: {
selectHasMany: [],
},
})
```
### Why?
To achieve the same behavior with MongoDB.
### How?
Modifies logic in `packages/drizzle/src/upsertRow/index.ts` to include
empty arrays.
- Update lock files for blank, website
- Delete unneeded lock files
- Adds git hook to ensure no new lockfiles are added for _other than_
blank and website.
- Uses `pagination: false` where we don't need `totalDocs`.
- in `preview/route.ts` uses `depth: 0`, select of only ID to improve
performance
- in `search` uses `select` to select only needed properties
- adds type safety best practices to collection configs with
`defaultPopulate`
- uses `payload.count` to resolve SSG `pageNumber`s
Removes unnecessary `deepCopyObject(docPermissions)` in the Version View
which slows down loading speed.
The comment seems to be resolved, I'm not getting this error and here
for example in the same case
3c0e832a9a/packages/next/src/views/Document/index.tsx (L327)
we don't do deep copying.
### What?
The "noResults" translation key, for Russian, which is displayed when
searching a collection list and receiving no results.
### Why?
Unlike English, Slavic languages like Russian have the concept of
genders and depending on the ending of a particular word, the endings of
adjectives can be different, to correspond with those genders. The
current version only works with feminine words, directly translating to
"No {{label}} found. Either {{label}} doesn't exist yet, or none of them
match the filters you specified above."
The new version translates to "Nothing found. {{label}} may not exist
yet or doesn't match the specified filters.", which is a more loose
translation, but holds the same meaning, while being grammatically
correct in all scenarios, regardless of the gender.
### What?
This PR fixes a variety of links around the docs.
### Why?
To link readers to the correct location in the docs
### How?
Changes and fixes to a number of doc links.
TS 5.7 added support for ES2024. By keeping target: “esnext”, we would
have accidentally set our minimum supported ES version to ES2024.
This sets it to ES2022, which is the version supported by Node 18
When using Client-side Live Preview, array fields are unable to clear
all their rows. This is because `reduceFieldsToValues` sets the array's
value as 0 within form-state when no rows exist, as opposed to an empty
array as one might expect. For now, we can simply handle this data shape
within Live Preview's merge logic. In the future we may want to take to
consider changing the behavior of empty arrays within form-state itself.
1. Adds flag `--skip-empty` to `migrate:create` to bypass the empty
migration file prompt.
- Blank migration file will not be created if this flag is passed.
3. Adds flag `--force-accept-warning` to `migrate:fresh` to bypass the
drop database prompt
Now, custom Lexical block & inline block components are re-rendered if
the fields drawer is saved. This ensures that RSCs receive the updated
values, without having to resort to a client component that utilizes the
`useForm` hook.
Additionally, this PRs fixes the lexical selection jumping around after
opening a Block or InlineBlock drawer and clicking inside of it.
### What?
`payload.collections` was improperly typed.
This doesn't seem to work: (the type is `{}`)
```
collections: {
[slug: CollectionSlug]: Collection
} = {}
```
<img width="794" alt="image"
src="https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/7daceab9-8f43-433b-9201-1bf8c48fb8ca">
However, this does:
```ts
collections: Record<CollectionSlug, Collection> = {}
```
<img width="540" alt="image"
src="https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/e37d595d-f5b4-4b02-b190-bb5d4063787d">
Additionally, the same fix applied to `Permissions`,
`PolymorphicUploadField['admin']['sortOptions']`,
`PolymorphicRelationshipField['admin']['sortOptions']`
When defining custom providers as server components, they currently do
not receive any of the server props that custom components expect to
receive, like `payload`, `i18n`, `user`, and so on.
### What?
Although the following examples:
- `custom-components`
- `email`
- `multi-tenant`
were recently migrated to 3.0 - they were still using the latest `beta`
version instead of latest payload (i.e `3.0`)
- Removes mention of custom providers needing to be client components
- Documents custom field `Filter` components
- Adjusts language and other misc. grammar and spelling
### What?
Non-standard ids caused an issue when finding the document on the
server.
This is an odd regression, in 2.0 we were fetching the document on the
client so the request would handle decoding the url. Now we are fetching
the document on the server and need to do this manually when reading id
from route params.
### Why?
The slug pulled out of the url for an id of `id 1` would equate to
`id%201` which would fail in the `payload.find` call since there is not
an id stored as `id%201` but instead `id 1`.
### How?
Wherever we are calling payload.find in the views and querying by `id`
it gets ran through a helper function that decodes it properly.
Fixes#9373
Added patch to `withPayload` for hiding turbopack external deps warnings
from this PR https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/9147 didn't work
on `next@15.0.3`, now it works on both `15.0.0` and `15.0.3`.
### What?
`viewActions` are not easily accessible in custom views.
### Why?
We extract view actions when we call `getViewFromConfig`, but never pass
them to the custom views.
### How?
Properly types return type for serverProps inside `getViewFromConfig`
and adds viewActions to serverProps so they are spread into props when
we build the custom view components.
Now custom server views will get the viewActions as a prop.
Fixes#9338
Fixes errors when having joins with versions +drafts on `hasMany: true`
relationships.
Removes `joinQuery` overhead if we don't need it for the current
operation. Right now, in all adapters we support joins only for `find`,
`findOne`, and `queryDrafts`.
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/9369
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/9363
This fixes the following issues that caused fields to be either hidden,
or incorrectly set to readOnly in certain configurations:
- In some cases, permissions were sanitized incorrectly. This PR
rewrites the sanitizePermissions function and adds new unit tests
- after a document save, the client was receiving unsanitized
permissions. Moving the sanitization logic to the endpoint fixes this
- Various incorrect handling of permissions in our form state endpoints
/ RenderFields
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/9378
We’ve found out that @lexical/markdown imports cannot be reliably
dynamically imported by Node.js for an unknown reason. Frequently,
Node.js simply exits before the dynamic import is done.
We’re suspecting the reason for this to be its dependency on
@lexical/code that installs prism.
This will not only (hopefully) fix the import issue, but also reduce the
bundle size & compilation speed of richtext-lexical.
Fixes#9351. When using Postgres, doc ids were being treated as a string
as opposed to a number within the admin panel. This led to issues for
anything relying on the `docID` from context, such as the join field not
properly populating initial data when creating new documents, etc.
### What?
Fixes links for custom components in a few places in admin docs.
### Why?
To link users to the correct location in the docs.
### How?
Changes to `docs/admin/components.mdx` and
`docs/admin/customizing-css.mdx`
Closes#9242 and #9365. Autosave-enabled documents rendered within a
drawer were not being properly handled. This was causing multiple draft
documents to be created upon opening the drawer, as well as an empty
document returned from the server function, etc.
### What?
Unable to add collections to the config dynamically if they reference
their own collection in a relationship field.
This was discovered while working on the folder view feature which
dynamically adds collections to your config if it is enabled per
collection.
### Why?
When `sanitizeCollection` runs, it takes the current config. If you are
sanitizing a collection before adding it to the config, that collection
cannot have any self referencing relationship fields on it otherwise it
fails the validRelationships check.
### How?
Using a reducer we now initialize the validRelationships variable with
the incoming collection slug.
### What?
When a document is saved the data from useDocumentInfo was stale.
### Why?
Previously we would refresh the entire document by calling the
form-state endpoint, we no longer do that.
### How?
Adds a new variable accessible from useDocumentInfo,
`savedDocumentData`, that is updated when the document is successfully
saved and defaults to initialData.
Fixes#9337. The version view was not able to render its diff because of
an invalid permissions lookup. This was a result of a change to how
access results are returned from the API, which are now sanitized:
https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/7335
Updates the `Custom Components` example, including packages, readme,
lockfile, types and the custom fields.
---------
Co-authored-by: Patrik Kozak <patrik@payloadcms.com>
Fixes#9264. When externally updating array or block rows through the
`addFieldRow` or `replaceFieldRow` methods, nested rich text fields
along with any custom components within them are never rendered. This is
because unless the form is explicitly set to modified, as the default
array and blocks fields currently do, the newly generated form-state
will skip the rendering step. Now, the underlying callbacks themselves
automatically set the form to modified to trigger rendering.
### What?
Could not finalize selection of `hasMany` uploads inside of the drawer.
### Why?
The Select component was not being rendered in the beforeActions prop of
the ListControls when row selections was enabled.
### How?
Renders the Select component when row selections are enabled and
onBulkSelect is present.
The biggest difference comes from calling `RenderServerComponent` as a
function, instead of rendering it by using `<RenderServerComponent`.
This gets rid of wasteful blocks of codes sent to the client that look
like this:
HTML size comparison:
## Admin test suite
| View | Before | After |
|------|---------|--------|
| Dashboard | 331 kB | 83 kB |
| collections/custom-views-one Edit | 285 kB | 76.6 kB |
## Fields test suite
| View | Before | After |
|------|---------|--------|
| collections/lexical Edit | 189 kB | 94.4 kB |
| collections/lexical List | 152 kB | 62.9 kB |
## Community test suite
| View | Before | After |
|------|---------|--------|
| Dashboard | 78.9 kB | 43.1 kB |
The problem was that the uploads test suite was trying to log in to
payload before it was even initialized.
In the rare event where payload started up before the uploads test suite
was trying to log in, our tests passed.
### What?
In the WhereBuilder Condition DefaultFilter component, there is a switch
statement that contains components to return based on the built filter
in the admin ui. Having a filter built out then navigating to another
collection list view causes an error to occur due to InternalField being
undefined but the DefaultFilter tries to access the field on it.
### Why?
To fix unexpected `cannot access property field of undefined` errors.
### How?
Adding a conditional chaining operator.
Odd thing here is that the `Text` component where this error originates
from doesn't actually make use of the passed `InternalField`. Might be
worth it to take a closer look at it.
Fixes#9179
Removes examples that are now duplicative or unnecessary due to new
features in 3.0:
### Custom server
This one can be removed in favor of [Next.js
documentation](https://nextjs.org/docs/pages/building-your-application/configuring/custom-server)
### Hierarchy
The new `join` field can solve for many of the use cases for the
`hierarchy` example. Bi-directional relationships with the `join` field
should be preferred here.
### Nested Docs, Redirects
Our website template showcases how to use the `nested-docs` and
`redirects` plugins in-depth, with real-world examples.
### Virtual Fields
Virtual fields have gotten significantly easier and can now be defined
by specifying `virtual: true`. Not a big need for a full example any
longer.
---------
Co-authored-by: Jacob Fletcher <jacobsfletch@gmail.com>
Fixes types for workflows / jobs `input` and `output` when using
`strict: true` or `strictNullChecks: true` by ensuring that all
properties in generates types are requried
The Edit and Live Preview views were duplicately making the same Local
API requests for document data. This is because while the top-level
document view handler makes these requests _before_ rendering the Live
Preview view, it wasn't passing it's data through as props. This has
also led to inconsistencies in the options being passed through the
requests themselves, such as `locale`, `user`, and `overrideAccess:
false`. Everything is now standardized as expected through the existing
`getDocumentData` utility.
If you start a fresh dev server and open payload, the nav will initially
show as closed and then jump to its open state. This is because no
preferences are set, so the server tells the client to initially keep it
closed, despite the default nav state being _open_.
### What?
Custom providers could not be resolved because payload was not
initialized in the Root layout with the importMap passed in from props.
### How?
Pass importMap from props into the getPayload function in the Root
layout.
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/9288
### What?
When a block had a subfield named `blocks`, sanitization would throw an
error.
### Why?
An incorrect check for the key of `"fields"` would then attempt to pass
`data.blocks[key].fields` aka `data.blocks.fields.fields` to the next
call of `areAllPermissionsTrue` which would be undefined. Instead if the
key is `fields` it should pass `data.blocks[key]`.
### How?
Remove the second `.fields` property accessor.
Optimizes initial page responses by removing unnecessary inline field
styles that were being sent through the HTML response. The Client Config
contains a large number of duplicates of the string:
`"style\":{\"flex\":\"1 1 auto\"}`, one for every single field within
the entirely of the config. This leads to hundreds or potentially
thousands of instances of this same string, depending on the number of
fields within the config itself. This is regardless of custom field
widths being defined. Instead, we can do this entirely client-side,
preventing this string from ever being transmitted over the network in
the first place.
## Breaking Changes
This only effects those who are importing Payload's field components
into your own Custom Components or front-end application. The `width`
prop no longer exists. It has been consolidated into the existing
`style` prop. To migrate, simply move this prop as follows:
```diff
import { TextInput } from '@payloadcms/ui
export const MyCustomComponent = () => {
return (
<TextInput
- width="60%"
style={{
+ width: "60%,
}}
/>
)
}
```
### What?
Fixes potential errors when passed to `sanitizeRelationships` `ref`
could potentially be a non object (for example `string`) because of
having in the database data in old structure.
```
"Cannot create property 'a' on string 'B'",
```
### Why?
Necessary particularly for the migration script, as it migrates
everything including versions that can have outdated data.
### How?
Ensures passed `ref` is an `object`.
### What?
When a script attempts to load payload using `getPayload()`, it will end
with: `Error: connect ECONNREFUSED 127.0.0.1:3000` etc...
### Why?
Even though there is a try/catch, it still errors because WebSocket
connection failures happen asynchronously after the ws object is
instantiated.
### How?
Added the error handling function cached.ws.onerror to prevent exit.
Custom field description functions were being duplicately called in both
the Client Config and form state. Static field descriptions were also
being rendered in form state unnecessarily. Now, field description
functions are only executed once within form state, and static
descriptions are deferred to the client for rendering.
Supports bi-directional import/export between MDX <=> Lexical. JSX will
be mapped to lexical blocks back and forth.
This will allow editing our mdx docs in payload while keeping mdx as the
source of truth
---------
Co-authored-by: Germán Jabloñski <43938777+GermanJablo@users.noreply.github.com>
### What?
Fixes the issue when visiting the create view with the Join Field and
using postgres adapter
```
invalid input syntax for type integer: "NaN"
```
This happens because we don't have an ID yet and we send to the
database:
`WHERE id = NaN`
### How?
Avoids calling `getTableState` inside of `RelationshipTable` if there's
no ID yet, as it will always lead to the same empty result. While we
_could_ avoid error directly in the database adapter, I don't think we
should do that render request
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/9193
### What?
Previously, this code led to a validation error because `movie` is an
object and you needed to use `movie.id` instead.
```ts
const movie = await payload.create({ collection: 'movies', data: {} })
const result = await payload.create({
collection: 'object-writes',
data: {
many: [movie],
manyPoly: [{ relationTo: 'movies', value: movie }],
one: movie,
onePoly: {
relationTo: 'movies',
value: movie,
},
},
})
```
While it's simple to modify this example, it's more painful when you
have a data with `depth` > 0 and then you want to update that document.
### Why?
Better DX as less checks needed, and TypeScript says that we can pass an
object.
### How?
Sanitizes the field value in the root `beforeValidate` hook
The field RSC now provides an initial state for all lexical blocks. This
completely obliterates any flashes and lexical block loading states when
loading or saving a document.
Previously, when a document is loaded or saved, every lexical block was
sending a network request in order to fetch their form state. Now, this
is batched and handled in the lexical server component. All lexical
block form states are sent to the client together with the parent
lexical field, and are thus available immediately.
We also do the same with block collapsed preferences. Thus, there are no
loading states or layout shifts/flashes of blocks anymore.
Additionally, when saving a document while your cursor is inside a
lexical field, the cursor position is preserved. Previously, a document
save would kick your cursor out of the lexical field.
## Look at how nice this is:
https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/21d736d4-8f80-4df0-a782-7509edd993da
**BREAKING:**
This removes the `feature.hooks.load` and `feature.hooks.save`
interfaces from custom lexical features, as they weren't used internally
and added unnecessary, additional overhead.
If you have custom features that use those, you can migrate to using
normal payload hooks that run on the server instead of the client.
Documents more breaking changes within the migration guide, improves
overview, reorganizes everything, adds section headings, table of
contents, and more.
With this PR, you can now customize the way that `blocks` and
`inlineBlocks` are rendered within Lexical's `BlocksFeature` by passing
your own React components.
This is super helpful when you need to create "previews" or more
accurate UI for your Lexical blocks.
For example, let's say you have a `gallery` block where your admins
select a bunch of images. By default, Lexical would just render a
collapsible with your block's fields in it. But now you can customize
the `admin.components.Block` property on your `block` config by passing
it a custom React component for us to render instead.
So using that, with this `gallery` example, you could make a dynamic
gallery React component that shows the images to your editors - and then
render our built-in `BlockEditButton` to allow your editors to manage
your gallery in a drawer.
Here is an example where the BlockEditButton is added to the default
Block Collapsible/Header:
---------
Co-authored-by: James <james@trbl.design>
Deprecates `getPayloadHMR` and simplifies this pattern into a single
`import { getPayload } from 'payload'`.
We will still retain the exported `getPayloadHMR` but it now will throw
a deprecation warning with instructions for how to migrate.
Custom `account` and `dashboard` views now defined as lowercase in the
config. This is to maintain consistency with all other custom views
throughout the config. The underlying reason for this change is that
previously, you could define React Components directly on these
properties. Now, these are strictly _view configuration objects_, and
the property names have been adjusted in order to semantically reflect
that. These two views in particular, however, were never updated
accordingly.
## Breaking Changes
```diff
import { buildConfig } from 'payload'
const config = buildConfig({
// ...
admin: {
components: {
// ...
views: {
// ...
- Account: ...
- Dashboard: ...
+ account: ...
+ dashboard: ...
},
},
},
})
```
Fixes#9246. Custom default root views (account and dashboard) were not
being properly thread to the custom component renderer. Custom account
views were also improperly _stacking_ instead of _replacing_ the default
view.
Tests for this are incoming. To properly test this we need to wrap our
default root views with custom ones, so that out existing `admin` test
suite can continue to work alongside tests specifically for this issue.
This PR fixes cases where you may have a field called `id` within a
group or a named tab, which would have incorrectly been treated as a
custom ID field for the collection.
However, custom IDs need to be defined at the root level - and now
Payload only respects custom IDs defined at the root level.
Protects the `/api/access` endpoint behind authentication and sanitizes
the result, making it more secure and significantly smaller. To do this:
1. The `permission` keyword is completely omitted from the result
2. Only _truthy_ access results are returned
3. All nested permissions are consolidated when possible
---------
Co-authored-by: Dan Ribbens <dan.ribbens@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: Jacob Fletcher <jacobsfletch@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: James <james@trbl.design>
### What?
Fixes links in Queries/Operators table for `within` and `intersects`
operator descriptions.
### Why?
So that they point to the correct destination in the docs.
### How?
Changes to `docs/queries/overview.mdx`
See here:
**BREAKING:**
Improves type-safety of collection / global slugs by using `CollectionSlug` / `UploadCollectionSlug` and `GlobalSlug` types instead of `string` in these places:
Adds `UploadCollectionSlug` and `TypedUploadCollection` utility types
This also changes how we suggest to add an upload collection to a cloud-storage adapter:
Before:
```ts
azureStorage({
collections: {
[Media.slug]: true,
},
})
```
After:
```ts
azureStorage({
collections: {
media: true,
},
})
```
The collection list columns are stored as user preferences to the
payload-preferences collection. Normally one user should never have
duplicate documents with the same key. This is controlled by using an
upsert normally. The collection list does not have a good way to call
upsert and was creating preferences documents every time. This change
makes it so that existing preferences are updated rather than created
with each column change.
Changes:
- Migrates `email` example project to `3.0` from `2.0`
- Replaces `inline-css` dependency with `juice` package instead.
- Replaces `Handlebars` dependency with `ejs` package instead.
Reason for replacing packages:
- Both `inline-css` & `Handlebars` had issues with Nextjs and its
Webpack bundling i.e does not support `require.extensions`.
- `ejs` & `juice` do not rely on `require.extensions`.
### What?
Upgrades mongoose from 6 to latest `v8.8.1`
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/9171
### Why?
Compatibilty with Mongodb Atlas
### How?
- Updates deps
- Changed ObjectId from bson-objectid to use `new Type.ObjectId` from
mongoose for compatibility (only inside of db-mongodb)
- Internal type adjustments
https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/discussions/9088
BREAKING CHANGES:
All projects with existing data having versions enabled, or relationship or upload fields will want to create the predefined migration that converts all strings to ObjectIDs where needed. This can be created using `payload migrate:create --file @payloadcms/mongodb/relationships-v2-v3`.
For projects making use of the exposed Models from mongoose, review the
upgrade guides from [v6 to
v7](https://mongoosejs.com/docs/7.x/docs/migrating_to_7.html) and [v7 to
v8](https://mongoosejs.com/docs/migrating_to_8.html) and make
adjustments as needed.
---------
Co-authored-by: Sasha <64744993+r1tsuu@users.noreply.github.com>
The mongodb adapter `updateOne` method accepts an `options` argument
that allows query options to be passed to mongoose. This parameter was
added in https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/8397 to support the
`upsert` operation.
This `options` parameter can also be useful when using the database
adaptor directly without going through the local api. It is true that
the Mongoose models could be used directly in such situations, but the
adapter methods include a lot of useful functionality, like for instance
the sanitization of document and relationship ids, so it is desirable to
be able to use the adapter functions while still being able to provide
mongoose query options (e.g. `{timestamps: false}`).
This PR adds the same options parameter to the other update methods of
the mongodb adapter.
### What?
Aligns types for HiddenField and the WatchCondition component with the
rest of the fields. Since path is required when rendering a Field
component, there is no need to keep it optional in the WatchCondition
component.
### Why?
Hidden fields were requiring the `field` property to be passed, but the
only reason it needed it was to allow the path to fallback to name if
path was not passed. But path is required so there is no need for this
anymore.
This makes using the HiddenField simpler now.
### How?
Adjusts type on the HiddenField and the WatchCondition component.
Similar to https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/9195 but
specifically removing `i18n.supportedLanguages` from the client config.
This is a potentially large object that does not need to be sent through
the network when making RSC requests.
### What?
Changes the order of the `DefaultCellComponentProps` generic type,
allowing us to infer the type of cellData when a ClientField type is
passed as the first generic argument. You can override the cellData type
by passing the second generic.
Previously:
```ts
type DefaultCellComponentProps<TCellData = any, TField extends ClientField = ClientField>
```
New:
```ts
type DefaultCellComponentProps<TField extends ClientField = ClientField, TCellData = undefined>
```
### Why?
Changing the ClientField type to be the first argument allows us to
infer the cellData value type based on the type of field.
I could have kept the same signature but the usage would look like:
```ts
// Not very DX friendly
const MyCellComponent<DefaultCellComponentProps<,ClientField>> = () => null
```
### How?
The changes made
[here](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/compare/chore/beta/simplify-DefaultCellComponentProps?expand=1#diff-24f3c92e546c2be3fed0bab305236bba83001309a7239c20a3e3dbd6f5f71dc6R29-R73)
allow this. You can override the type by passing in the second argument
to the generic.
### What?
Exposes DefaultServerCellComponentProps type for custom server cell
components.
### Why?
So users can type their custom server cell components properly.
Adds documentation for `within` and `intersects` operators.
#### Querying - within
In order to do query based on whether points are within a specific area
defined in GeoJSON, you can use the `within` operator.
Example:
```ts
const polygon: Point[] = [
[9.0, 19.0], // bottom-left
[9.0, 21.0], // top-left
[11.0, 21.0], // top-right
[11.0, 19.0], // bottom-right
[9.0, 19.0], // back to starting point to close the polygon
]
payload.find({
collection: "points",
where: {
point: {
within: {
type: 'Polygon',
coordinates: [polygon],
},
},
},
})
```
#### Querying - intersects
In order to do query based on whether points intersect a specific area
defined in GeoJSON, you can use the `intersects` operator.
Example:
```ts
const polygon: Point[] = [
[9.0, 19.0], // bottom-left
[9.0, 21.0], // top-left
[11.0, 21.0], // top-right
[11.0, 19.0], // bottom-right
[9.0, 19.0], // back to starting point to close the polygon
]
payload.find({
collection: "points",
where: {
point: {
intersects: {
type: 'Polygon',
coordinates: [polygon],
},
},
},
})
```
Upgrade uploadthing to v7
The `options` that can be passed to the plugin now mirror the
`UTApiOptions` of v7.
The most notable change is to pass `token` with
`process.env.UPLOADTHING_TOKEN` instead of `apiKey` with
`process.env.UPLOADTHING_SECRET`.
```diff
options: {
- apiKey: process.env.UPLOADTHING_SECRET,
+ token: process.env.UPLOADTHING_TOKEN,
acl: 'public-read',
},
### What?
List column state could become out of sync if toggling columns happened
in rapid succession as seen in CI. Or when using a spotty connection
where responses could come back out of order.
### Why?
State was not being preserved between toggles. Leading to incorrect
columns being toggled on/off.
### How?
Updates internal column state before making the request to the server so
when a future toggle occurs it has up to date state of all columns. Also
introduces an abort controller to prevent the out of order response
issue.
This is a first pass at updating the 3.0 migration guide. While this
makes significant changes and improvements to the guide, it does not
necessarily reflect _all_ of the migration steps needed in their
entirety quite yet. Those will continue to come in.
Key changes:
- Cleans up outdated examples and removes old ones
- Updates code snippets to latest patterns
- Diffs everything for improved readability
### What?
This command from here:
https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/6339
```sh
payload migrate:create --file @payloadcms/db-postgres/relationships-v2-v3
```
stopped working after db-postgers and drizzle packages were separated
### How?
Passes correct `dirname` to `getPredefinedMigration`
Additionally, adds support for `.js` files in `getPredefinedMigration`
### What?
Ensures `path` is required and only present on the fields that expect it
(all fields except row).
Deprecates `useFieldComponents` and `FieldComponentsProvider` and
instead extends the RenderField component to account for all field
types. This also improves type safety within `RenderField`.
### Why?
`path` being optional just adds DX overhead and annoyance.
### How?
Added `FieldPaths` type which is added to iterable field types. Placed
`path` back onto the ClientFieldBase type.
This PR fixes and improves a few things around localisation and
fallbackLocale:
- For the REST API `fallbackLocale` and `fallback-locale` are treated
the same for consistency with the Local API
- `fallback: false` in config is now respected, by default results will
not fallback to `defaultLocale` unless this config is true, can also be
overridden by providing an explicit `fallbackLocale` in the request
- locale specific fallbacks will now take priority over `defaultLocale`
unless an explicit fallback is provided
- Fixes types on operations to allow `'none'` as a value for
fallbackLocale
- `fallback` is now true by default if unspecified
Closes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/8443
### What?
Allows configuration of the log level based on the error being thrown
and also downgrades common errors to be info instead of error by
default.
### Why?
Currently all errors result in logger.error being called which can
polute the logs with junk that is normal and doesn't need attention.
### How?
Adds a config property called `loggingLevels` that is used to override
the default log levels based on the name of the error being thrown.
Sanitize config will provide the defaulted 'info' level errors which can
be overriden in the config.
Before
After
### What?
Adds `serverProps` and `clientProps` to custom list view slot
components.
### Why?
They were missing and should be exposed.
### How?
Created custom types for list slot components and threads them through
into `renderListSlots` function and passes them through to each
`RenderServerComponent` that renders list view slot components.
### What?
Uses the `collection.dbName` property for the Mongoose model, if
defined.
### Why?
Currently, `collection.dbName` is used for the version name but not for
the actual collection name. Additionally, `autoPluralization` modifies
the `dbName` regardless. This behavior is inconsistent and contradicts
the documentation.
### How?
- Utilize `collection.dbName` instead of `collection.slug`.
- Disable `autoPluralization` for collections with a defined `dbName`.
Related: https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/discussions/9058
**BREAKING CHANGES**
If a `dbName` was previously provided, it will now be used as the
MongoDB collection name instead of the collection `slug`.
`autoPluralization` will not be applied to `dbName`.
---------
Co-authored-by: Dan Ribbens <dan.ribbens@gmail.com>
### What?
Removes abort controllers that were shared globally inside the server
actions provider.
### Why?
Constructing them in this way will cause different fetches using the
same function to cancel one another accidentally.
These are currently causing issues when two components call server
functions, even different functions, because the global ref inside was
being overwritten and aborting the previous one.
### How?
Standardizes how we construct and destroy abort controllers. This PR is focused around creating them to pass into the exposed serverAction provider functions. There are other places where this pattern can be applied.
This fixes a peer dependency error in our monorepo, as
eslint-plugin-jsx-a11y finally supports eslint v9.
Additionally, this officially adds TypeScript 5.6 support for
typescript-eslint.
Now we show not only the collection being linked to, but also the
document title:
Previously this example was just displayed as: `Linked to Users`
- I've added a loading state in case the request is slow (verified with
fake slow connection).
- I have verified that if the `useAsTitle` is not defined, it correctly
fallbacks to the id
Please let me know if the same needs to be done with Slate.
---------
Co-authored-by: Alessio Gravili <alessio@gravili.de>
Previously, when filtering the internal link relationship in lexical by
typing in the relationship field, it would throw an error, as that
relationship field has a relation to "date-fields".
I'm needing https://github.com/facebook/lexical/pull/6693
I'm going to keep the dependency bump and feature updates in separate
PRs unless they're breaking changes.*
**BREAKING:**
This upgrades our lexical dependencies from 0.18.0 to 0.20.0. If you
have lexical dependencies installed in your project, you will have to
upgrade those.
Additionally, the lexical team may introduce breaking changes in this
upgrade. If you use lexical APIs directly, please consult their
changelog for more information:
https://github.com/facebook/lexical/releases
1. Open fields test suite
2. Type in relationship field, that has a relation to the numbers
collection
3. Scroll
You will get an error, as the label for the entry corresponding to the
numbers collection is of type number, and it attempts to use the
.toString() method on it
Live preview e2e tests had no CSS when tested against prod.
For all our other tests, we have a separate test/app directory that
imports CSS. Otherwise, the root-level /app directory is used.
For live-preview, we currently always run against test/live-preview/app,
that has no CSS import.
This PR adds a new test/live-preview/prod/app directory that imports CSS
and is used when we run tests against prod.
In order for this to work, I had to make import map generation smarter
Currently, Payload renders all custom components on initial compile of
the admin panel. This is problematic for two key reasons:
1. Custom components do not receive contextual data, i.e. fields do not
receive their field data, edit views do not receive their document data,
etc.
2. Components are unnecessarily rendered before they are used
This was initially required to support React Server Components within
the Payload Admin Panel for two key reasons:
1. Fields can be dynamically rendered within arrays, blocks, etc.
2. Documents can be recursively rendered within a "drawer" UI, i.e.
relationship fields
3. Payload supports server/client component composition
In order to achieve this, components need to be rendered on the server
and passed as "slots" to the client. Currently, the pattern for this is
to render custom server components in the "client config". Then when a
view or field is needed to be rendered, we first check the client config
for a "pre-rendered" component, otherwise render our client-side
fallback component.
But for the reasons listed above, this pattern doesn't exactly make
custom server components very useful within the Payload Admin Panel,
which is where this PR comes in. Now, instead of pre-rendering all
components on initial compile, we're able to render custom components
_on demand_, only as they are needed.
To achieve this, we've established [this
pattern](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/8481) of React
Server Functions in the Payload Admin Panel. With Server Functions, we
can iterate the Payload Config and return JSX through React's
`text/x-component` content-type. This means we're able to pass
contextual props to custom components, such as data for fields and
views.
## Breaking Changes
1. Add the following to your root layout file, typically located at
`(app)/(payload)/layout.tsx`:
```diff
/* THIS FILE WAS GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY BY PAYLOAD. */
/* DO NOT MODIFY IT BECAUSE IT COULD BE REWRITTEN AT ANY TIME. */
+ import type { ServerFunctionClient } from 'payload'
import config from '@payload-config'
import { RootLayout } from '@payloadcms/next/layouts'
import { handleServerFunctions } from '@payloadcms/next/utilities'
import React from 'react'
import { importMap } from './admin/importMap.js'
import './custom.scss'
type Args = {
children: React.ReactNode
}
+ const serverFunctions: ServerFunctionClient = async function (args) {
+ 'use server'
+ return handleServerFunctions({
+ ...args,
+ config,
+ importMap,
+ })
+ }
const Layout = ({ children }: Args) => (
<RootLayout
config={config}
importMap={importMap}
+ serverFunctions={serverFunctions}
>
{children}
</RootLayout>
)
export default Layout
```
2. If you were previously posting to the `/api/form-state` endpoint, it
no longer exists. Instead, you'll need to invoke the `form-state` Server
Function, which can be done through the _new_ `getFormState` utility:
```diff
- import { getFormState } from '@payloadcms/ui'
- const { state } = await getFormState({
- apiRoute: '',
- body: {
- // ...
- },
- serverURL: ''
- })
+ const { getFormState } = useServerFunctions()
+
+ const { state } = await getFormState({
+ // ...
+ })
```
## Breaking Changes
```diff
- useFieldProps()
- useCellProps()
```
More details coming soon.
---------
Co-authored-by: Alessio Gravili <alessio@gravili.de>
Co-authored-by: Jarrod Flesch <jarrodmflesch@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: James <james@trbl.design>
Updated README asset URL
<!--
Thank you for the PR! Please go through the checklist below and make
sure you've completed all the steps.
Please review the
[CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)
document in this repository if you haven't already.
The following items will ensure that your PR is handled as smoothly as
possible:
- PR Title must follow conventional commits format. For example, `feat:
my new feature`, `fix(plugin-seo): my fix`.
- Minimal description explained as if explained to someone not
immediately familiar with the code.
- Provide before/after screenshots or code diffs if applicable.
- Link any related issues/discussions from GitHub or Discord.
- Add review comments if necessary to explain to the reviewer the logic
behind a change
### What?
Update README asset URL for hero
### Why?
Reflect latest Payload branding
### How?
URL change for correct asset
-->
### What?
Adds full support for the point field to Postgres and Vercel Postgres
adapters through the Postgis extension. Fully the same API as with
MongoDB, including support for `near`, `within` and `intersects`
operators.
Additionally, exposes to adapter args:
*
`tablesFilter`https://orm.drizzle.team/docs/drizzle-kit-push#including-tables-schemas-and-extensions.
* `extensions` list of extensions to create, for example `['vector',
'pg_search']`, `postgis` is created automatically if there's any point
field
### Why?
It's essential to support that field type, especially if the postgres
adapter should be out of beta on 3.0 stable.
### How?
* Bumps `drizzle-orm` to `0.36.1` and `drizzle-kit` to `0.28.0` as we
need this change https://github.com/drizzle-team/drizzle-orm/pull/3141
* Uses its functions to achieve querying functionality, for example the
`near` operator works through `ST_DWithin` or `intersects` through
`ST_Intersects`.
* Removes MongoDB condition from all point field tests, but keeps for
SQLite
Resolves these discussions:
https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/discussions/8996https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/discussions/8644
fix: migrateRefresh migrates without previously ran migrations
chore: adds tests for database migrate:fresh and migrate:refresh
---------
Co-authored-by: Sasha <64744993+r1tsuu@users.noreply.github.com>
### What?
Moved the logic for copying the data.id to data._id to the mongoose
adapter.
### Why?
If you have any hooks that need to set the `id`, the value does not get
sent to mongodb as you would expect since it was copied before the
beforeValidate hooks.
### How?
Now data._id is assigned only in the mongodb adapter's `create`
function.
BREAKING CHANGES:
When using custom ID fields, if you have any collection hooks for
beforeValidate, beforeChange then `data._id` will no longer be assigned
as this happens now in the database adapter. Use `data.id` instead.
Closes#9000
When you update a relationship document via the document drawer, the
initial document is registering `modified: true`. We should only set
modified to true on the initial document if the relationship id has
changed.
### What?
Fixes issue with incorrect `totalDocs` value when an aggregation is used
for `find`.
Previously, `limit: 5` for example always returned `totalDocs: 5`.
### Why?
`totalDocs` must be returned correctly.
### How?
Removes `$limit` from the pipeline, as `Model.aggregatePaginate` handles
it by itself.
### What?
Because of my error, we didn't pass `populate` to `findOperation` from
the Local API.
### Why?
`populate` must work for every operation that has `depth`.
### How?
Passes `populate` in `operations/local/find.ts`, ensures it works with
the test, checked that other operations pass it.
### What?
Updated the Bulgarian translations for improved accuracy.
- Fixed translations that were not in Bulgarian. (Czech and Russian)
- Fixed translations that contained typos.
- Improved some translations to use more accurate wording.
Co-authored-by: Teodora Yaneva <theodorayaneva@gmail.com>
## Description
Corrected `emailOrPasswordIncorrect` translation for Danish (da)
- [x] I have read and understand the
[CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)
document in this repository.
Type of change
- [x] fix (non-breaking change)
### What?
Fixes a formatting issue that prevents
payloadcms.com/docs/beta/jobs-queue/overview from displaying properly.
There were a couple `<strong>` tags in the `jobs-queue/overview` docs
that did not have proper closing `</strong>` tags.
`create-payload-app` will now use git tags when cloning down the
templates instead of using latest from a branch.
The mechanism is cpa will read its own package.json version and use that
as a git tag prefixed w/ `v`
### What?
- Makes `jobs.workflows` optional
- Dynamically include the `workflowSlugs` select field in the jobs
collection as needed
### Why?
When configuring jobs, it should be possible to define `job` with just
some simple tasks and not be forced to define workflows.
### How?
Workflows type was made optional and optional chaining is added where
needed. The workflowSlugs field is added to the jobs collection if
workflows are defined.
Fixes #
When using postgres, the workflowSlugs being an empty enum cause an
error when drizzle fails to detect the enum already exists. This results
in the error `"enum_payload_jobs_workflow_slug" already exists`. Drizzle
tries to make the enum as: `enum_payload_jobs_workflow_slug as enum();`
and the check for existing enums only works when it has values.
## Problem
When `PayloadRequest` objects are logged using `console.log`, it creates
unstructured, multiline entries in logging services like DataDog and
Sentry. This circumvents the structured logging approach used throughout
the rest of the codebase.
## Solution
Replace `console.x` calls with the structured logging system when
logging `payload.logger.x` objects. This ensures consistent log
formatting and better integration with monitoring tools.
## Changes
- Replaced instances of `console.log` with structured logging methods
only in `@payloadcms/next`
- Maintains logging consistency across the codebase
- Improves log readability in DataDog, Sentry, and other monitoring
services
## First
<img width="914" alt="Screenshot 2024-11-06 at 09 53 44"
src="https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/019b6f4b-40ed-4e54-a92a-8d1b50baa303">
## Then
<img width="933" alt="Screenshot 2024-11-06 at 00 50 29"
src="https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/0a339db4-d706-4ff9-ba8c-80445bbef5d0">
### What?
Generates types for `joins` property.
Example from our `joins` test, keys are type-safe:
<img width="708" alt="image"
src="https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/f1fbbb9d-7c39-49a2-8aa2-a4793ae4ad7e">
Output in `payload-types.ts`:
```ts
collectionsJoins: {
categories: {
relatedPosts: 'posts';
hasManyPosts: 'posts';
hasManyPostsLocalized: 'posts';
'group.relatedPosts': 'posts';
'group.camelCasePosts': 'posts';
filtered: 'posts';
singulars: 'singular';
};
};
```
Additionally, we include type information about on which collection the
join is, it will help when we have types generation for `where` and
`sort`.
### Why?
It provides a better DX as you don't need to memoize your keys.
### How?
Modifies `configToJSONSchema` to generate the json schema for
`collectionsJoins`, uses that type within `JoinQuery`
### What?
Adds `populate` property to Local API and REST API operations that can
be used to specify `select` for a specific collection when it's
populated
```ts
const result = await payload.findByID({
populate: {
// type safe if you have generated types
posts: {
text: true,
},
},
collection: 'pages',
depth: 1,
id: aboutPage.id,
})
result.relatedPost // only has text and id properties
```
```ts
fetch('https://localhost:3000/api/pages?populate[posts][text]=true') // highlight-line
.then((res) => res.json())
.then((data) => console.log(data))
```
It also overrides
[`defaultPopulate`](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/8934)
Ensures `defaultPopulate` doesn't affect GraphQL.
### How?
Implements the property for all operations that have the `depth`
argument.
### What?
Handles database name with special characters. For example: `-` -
`my-awesome-app`.
### Why?
Previously, `my-awesome-app` led to this error:
```
Error: failed to create database my-awesome-app.
Details: syntax error at or near "-"
```
This can reproduced for example with `create-payload-app`, as the
generated db name is based on project's name.
### How?
Wraps the query variable to quotes, `create database "my-awesome-app"`
instead of `create database my-awesome-app`.
### What?
Uses sequential pattern for Bulk Upload instead of `Promise.all`.
### Why?
* Concurrent uploads led to filename conflicts for example when you have
`upload.png` and `upload(1).png` already and you try to upload
`upload.png`
* Potentially expensive for resources, especially with high amount of
files / sizes
### How?
Replaces `Promise.all` with `for` loop, adds indicator "Uploaded 2/20"
to the loading overlay.
---------
Co-authored-by: James <james@trbl.design>
Setting a custom `id` field within unnamed fields causes duplicative ID
fields to be appear in the client config. When a top-level `id` field is
detected in your config, Payload uses that instead of injecting its
default field. But when nested within unnamed fields, such as an unnamed
tab, these custom `id` fields were not being found, causing the default
field to be duplicately rendered into tables columns, etc.
### What?
Makes it possible to filter join documents using a `where` added
directly in the config.
### Why?
It makes the join field more powerful for adding contextual meaning to
the documents being returned. For example, maybe you have a
`requiresAction` field that you set and you can have a join that
automatically filters the documents to those that need attention.
### How?
In the database adapter, we merge the requested `where` to the `where`
defined on the field.
On the frontend the results are filtered using the `filterOptions`
property in the component.
Fixes
https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/discussions/8936https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/discussions/8937
---------
Co-authored-by: Sasha <64744993+r1tsuu@users.noreply.github.com>
### What?
Fixes support for custom endpoints with `method: 'put'`.
Previously, this didn't work:
```ts
export default buildConfigWithDefaults({
collections: [ ],
endpoints: [
{
method: 'put',
handler: () => new Response(),
path: '/put',
},
],
})
```
### Why?
We supported this in 2.0 and docs are saying that we can use `'put'` as
`method`
https://payloadcms.com/docs/beta/rest-api/overview#custom-endpoints
### How?
Implements the `REST_PUT` export for `@payloadcms/next/routes`, updates
all templates. Additionally, adds tests to ensure root/collection level
custom endpoints with all necessary methods execute properly.
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/8807
-->
### What?
Makes this to actually work
```ts
import type { RequestContext as OriginalRequestContext } from 'payload'
declare module 'payload' {
// Create a new interface that merges your additional fields with the original one
export interface RequestContext extends OriginalRequestContext {
myObject?: string
// ...
}
}
```
<img width="502" alt="image"
src="https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/38570d3c-e8a8-48aa-a57d-6d11e79394f5">
### Why?
This is described in our docs
https://payloadcms.com/docs/beta/hooks/context#typescript therefore it
should work.
### How?
In order to get the declaration work, we need to reuse the type from the
root file `payload/src/index.js`. Additionally, removes `RequestContext`
type duplication in both `payload/src/types/index.js` and
`payload/src/index.js`.
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/8851
### What?
Any changes inside edit popup for the field with type `upload` and the
`relationTo` collection does nothing in context of the field, it has
affect only to collection.
I.e. when you make an edit to an uploads field in the edit drawer -
after saving and existing the drawer, your new changes are not present
until a refresh of the page.
### Why?
Previously, we were not performing a reload of the document fetch upon
saving of the doc in the edit drawer.
### How?
Now, we perform a reload (fetch) for updated docs on save within the
edit drawer.
Fixes#8837
### What?
If you have a custom field that sets the value of the field using the
`useField` hook on entry into a document - the `updatedAt` field would
be updated even when a non-owner tries to enter a locked document.
### Why?
When a field is updated in the edit view - we perform an update in
`form-state` to keep the doc in `payload-locked-documents` up to date
with the current editing status. The above scenario would hit this
update operation even on non-owner users because it was previously only
checking for `updateLastEdited` (which would get hit by the `setValue`
in the `useField` hook) so we also need to check to make sure the
current user entering a locked doc is also the owner of the document.
### How?
When performing an update to `payload-locked-documents` in
`buildFormState` - only perform the update if the current user is also
the owner of the locked document otherwise skip the `update` operation.
Fixes#8781
Adds the `x-powered-by` header to include Payload alongside Next.js
End result looks like this
```
x-powered-by:
Next.js, Payload
```
It also respects the nextConfig `poweredBy: false` to completely disable
it
_REQUIRED_: Please provide a link to your reproduction. Note, if the URL is invalid (404 or a private repository), we may close the issue.
Either use `npx create-payload-app@beta -t blank` then push to a repo or follow the [reproduction-guide](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/.github/reproduction-guide.md) for more information.
Either use `pnpx create-payload-app@latest -t blank` then push to a repo or follow the [reproduction-guide](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/.github/reproduction-guide.md) for more information.
validations:
required:true
@@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ body:
- 'db-postgres'
- 'db-sqlite'
- 'db-vercel-postgres'
- 'email-nodemailer'
- 'plugin:cloud'
- 'plugin:cloud-storage'
- 'plugin:form-builder'
@@ -56,7 +57,7 @@ body:
- type:textarea
attributes:
label:Environment Info
description:Paste output from `pnpm payload info` (>= beta.92) _or_ Payload, Node.js, and Next.js versions.
description:Paste output from `pnpm payload info` _or_ Payload, Node.js, and Next.js versions.
description:'A regular expression string with "(.*)" matching a valid URL in the issue body. The result is trimmed. Example: "### Link to reproduction(.*)### To reproduce"'
default:'### Link to reproduction(.*)### To reproduce'
tag-only:
description:Log and tag only. Do not perform closing or commenting actions.
default:false
actions-to-perform:
description: 'Comma-separated list of actions to perform on the issue. Example:"tag,comment,close"'
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ There are a couple ways run integration tests:
- **Granularly** - you can run individual tests in vscode by installing the Jest Runner plugin and using that to run individual tests. Clicking the `debug` button will run the test in debug mode allowing you to set break points.
- **Manually** - you can run all int tests in the `/test/_community/int.spec.ts` file by running the following command:
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ The easiest way to run E2E tests is to install
Once they are installed you can open the `testing` tab in vscode sidebar and drill down to the test you want to run, i.e. `/test/_community/e2e.spec.ts`
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ Each test directory is split up in this way specifically to reduce friction when
The following command will start Payload with your config: `pnpm dev my-test-dir`. Example: `pnpm dev fields` for the test/`fields` test suite. This command will start up Payload using your config and refresh a test database on every restart. If you're using VS Code, the most common run configs are automatically added to your editor - you should be able to find them in your VS Code launch tab.
By default, payload will [automatically log you in](https://payloadcms.com/docs/authentication/overview#admin-autologin) with the default credentials. To disable that, you can either pass in the --no-auto-login flag (example: `pnpm dev my-test-dir --no-auto-login`) or set the `PAYLOAD_PUBLIC_DISABLE_AUTO_LOGIN` environment variable to `false`.
By default, payload will [automatically log you in](https://payloadcms.com/docs/authentication/overview#auto-login) with the default credentials. To disable that, you can either pass in the --no-auto-login flag (example: `pnpm dev my-test-dir --no-auto-login`) or set the `PAYLOAD_PUBLIC_DISABLE_AUTO_LOGIN` environment variable to `false`.
The default credentials are `dev@payloadcms.com` as E-Mail and `test` as password. These are used in the auto-login.
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ There are a couple ways to do this:
- **Granularly** - you can run individual tests in vscode by installing the Jest Runner plugin and using that to run individual tests. Clicking the `debug` button will run the test in debug mode allowing you to set break points.
- **Manually** - you can run all int tests in the `/test/_community/int.spec.ts` file by running the following command:
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ The easiest way to run E2E tests is to install
Once they are installed you can open the `testing` tab in vscode sidebar and drill down to the test you want to run, i.e. `/test/_community/e2e.spec.ts`
> 🎉 <strong>Payload 2.0 is now available!</strong> Read more in the <a target="_blank" href="https://payloadcms.com/blog/payload-2-0" rel="dofollow"><strong>announcement post</strong></a>.
> 🎉 <strong>We've released 3.0!</strong> Star this repo or keep an eye on it to follow along.
Payload is the first-ever Next.js native CMS that can install directly in your existing `/app` folder. It's the start of a new era for headless CMS.
<h3>Benefits over a regular CMS</h3>
<ul>
<li>Don’t hit some third-party SaaS API, hit your own API</li>
<li>Use your own database and own your data</li>
<li>It's just Express - do what you want outside of Payload</li>
<li>No need to learn how Payload works - if you know JS, you know Payload</li>
<li>Deploy anywhere, including serverless on Vercel for free</li>
<li>Combine your front+backend in the same <code>/app</code> folder if you want</li>
<li>Don't sign up for yet another SaaS - Payload is open source</li>
<li>Query your database in React Server Components</li>
<li>Both admin and backend are 100% extensible</li>
<li>No vendor lock-in</li>
<li>Avoid microservices hell - get everything (even auth) in one place</li>
<li>Never touch ancient WP code again</li>
<li>Build faster, never hit a roadblock</li>
<li>Both admin and backend are 100% extensible</li>
</ul>
## ☁️ Deploy instantly with Payload Cloud.
Create a cloud account, connect your GitHub, and [deploy in minutes](https://payloadcms.com/new).
## 🚀 Get started by self-hosting completely free, forever.
## Quickstart
Before beginning to work with Payload, make sure you have all of the [required software](https://payloadcms.com/docs/getting-started/installation).
```text
npx create-payload-app@latest
pnpx create-payload-app@latest
```
Alternatively, it only takes about five minutes to [create an app from scratch](https://payloadcms.com/docs/getting-started/installation#from-scratch).
**If you're new to Payload, you should start with the website template** (`pnpx create-payload-app@latest -t website`). It shows how to do _everything_ - including custom Rich Text blocks, on-demand revalidation, live preview, and more. It comes with a frontend built with Tailwind all in one `/app` folder.
## 🖱️ One-click templates
## One-click templates
Jumpstart your next project by starting with a pre-made template. These are production-ready, end-to-end solutions designed to get you to market as fast as possible.
Eliminate the need to combine Shopify and a CMS, and instead do it all with Payload + Stripe. Comes with a beautiful, fully functional front-end complete with shopping cart, checkout, orders, and much more.
Build any kind of website, blog, or portfolio from small to enterprise. Comes with a beautiful, fully functional front-end complete with posts, projects, comments, and much more.
Build any kind of website, blog, or portfolio from small to enterprise. Comes with a fully functional front-end built with RSCs and Tailwind.
We're constantly adding more templates to our [Templates Directory](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/templates). If you maintain your own template, consider adding the `payload-template` topic to your GitHub repository for others to find.
@@ -67,20 +64,19 @@ We're constantly adding more templates to our [Templates Directory](https://gith
## ✨ Features
- Completely free and open-source
-[GraphQL](https://payloadcms.com/docs/graphql/overview), [REST](https://payloadcms.com/docs/rest-api/overview), and [Local](https://payloadcms.com/docs/local-api/overview) APIs
- [Document and field-level hooks](https://payloadcms.com/docs/hooks/overview) for every action Payload provides
- Built with Typescript & very Typescript-friendly
- Intensely fast API
- Highly secure thanks to HTTP-only cookies, CSRF protection, and more
@@ -90,7 +86,7 @@ We're constantly adding more templates to our [Templates Directory](https://gith
Check out the [Payload website](https://payloadcms.com/docs/getting-started/what-is-payload) to find in-depth documentation for everything that Payload offers.
Migrating from v1 to v2? Check out the [2.0 Release Notes](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/releases/tag/v2.0.0) on how to do it.
Migrating from v2 to v3? Check out the [3.0 Migration Guide](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/docs/migration-guide/overview.mdx) on how to do it.
## 🙋 Contributing
@@ -100,7 +96,11 @@ If you want to add contributions to this repository, please follow the instructi
The [Examples Directory](./examples) is a great resource for learning how to setup Payload in a variety of different ways, but you can also find great examples in our blog and throughout our social media.
If you'd like to run the examples, you can either copy them to a folder outside this repo or run them directly by (1) navigating to the example's subfolder (`cd examples/your-example-folder`) and (2) using the `--ignore-workspace` flag to bypass workspace restrictions (e.g., `pnpm --ignore-workspace install` or `pnpm --ignore-workspace dev`).
If you'd like to run the examples, you can use `create-payload-app` to create a project from one:
Collection Access Control is [Access Control](../access-control) used to restrict access to Documents within a [Collection](../collections/overview), as well as what they can and cannot see within the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview) as it relates to that Collection.
Collection Access Control is [Access Control](../access-control/overview) used to restrict access to Documents within a [Collection](../getting-started/concepts#collections), as well as what they can and cannot see within the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview) as it relates to that Collection.
To add Access Control to a Collection, use the `access` property in your [Collection Config](../configuration/collections):
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ If a Collection supports [Versions](../versions/overview), the following additio
Returns a boolean which allows/denies access to the `create` request.
To add create Access Control to a Collection, use the `create` property in the [Collection Config](../collections/overview):
To add create Access Control to a Collection, use the `create` property in the [Collection Config](../configuration/collections):
```ts
import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload'
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ The following arguments are provided to the `create` function:
Returns a boolean which allows/denies access to the `read` request.
To add read Access Control to a Collection, use the `read` property in the [Collection Config](../collections/overview):
To add read Access Control to a Collection, use the `read` property in the [Collection Config](../configuration/collections):
Return a [Query](../queries/overview) to limit the Documents to only those that match the constraint. This can be helpful to restrict users' access to specific Documents. [More details](../queries/overview).
</Banner>
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ The following arguments are provided to the `read` function:
Returns a boolean which allows/denies access to the `update` request.
To add update Access Control to a Collection, use the `update` property in the [Collection Config](../collections/overview):
To add update Access Control to a Collection, use the `update` property in the [Collection Config](../configuration/collections):
Return a [Query](../queries/overview) to limit the Documents to only those that match the constraint. This can be helpful to restrict users' access to specific Documents. [More details](../queries/overview).
</Banner>
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ The following arguments are provided to the `update` function:
Similarly to the Update function, returns a boolean or a [query constraint](/docs/queries/overview) to limit which documents can be deleted by which users.
To add delete Access Control to a Collection, use the `delete` property in the [Collection Config](../collections/overview):
To add delete Access Control to a Collection, use the `delete` property in the [Collection Config](../configuration/collections):
| **`req`** | The [Request](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/API/Request) object with additional `user` property, which is the currently logged in user. |
| **`id`** | `id` of document requested to delete.
| **`id`** | `id` of document requested to delete. |
### Admin
If the Collection is use to access the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview#the-admin-user-collection), the `Admin` Access Control function determines whether or not the currently logged in user can access the admin UI.
If the Collection is used to access the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview#the-admin-user-collection), the `Admin` Access Control function determines whether or not the currently logged in user can access the admin UI.
To add Admin Access Control to a Collection, use the `admin` property in the [Collection Config](../collections/overview):
To add Admin Access Control to a Collection, use the `admin` property in the [Collection Config](../configuration/collections):
```ts
import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload'
@@ -286,9 +286,9 @@ The following arguments are provided to the `admin` function:
### Unlock
Determines which users can [unlock](/docs/authentication/operations#unlock) other users who may be blocked from authenticating successfully due to [failing too many login attempts](/docs/authentication/overview#options).
Determines which users can [unlock](/docs/authentication/operations#unlock) other users who may be blocked from authenticating successfully due to [failing too many login attempts](/docs/authentication/overview#config-options).
To add Unlock Access Control to a Collection, use the `unlock` property in the [Collection Config](../collections/overview):
To add Unlock Access Control to a Collection, use the `unlock` property in the [Collection Config](../configuration/collections):
```ts
import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload'
@@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ The following arguments are provided to the `unlock` function:
If the Collection has [Versions](../versions/overview) enabled, the `readVersions` Access Control function determines whether or not the currently logged in user can access the version history of a Document.
To add Read Versions Access Control to a Collection, use the `readVersions` property in the [Collection Config](../collections/overview):
To add Read Versions Access Control to a Collection, use the `readVersions` property in the [Collection Config](../configuration/collections):
Field Access Control is [Access Control](../access-control) used to restrict access to specific [Fields](../fields/overview) within a Document.
Field Access Control is [Access Control](../access-control/overview) used to restrict access to specific [Fields](../fields/overview) within a Document.
To add Access Control to a Field, use the `access` property in your [Field Config](../fields/overview):
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ export const FieldWithAccessControl: Field = {
```
<Banner type="warning">
<strong>Note:</strong>
**Note:**
Field Access Controls does not support returning [Query](../queries/overview) constraints like [Collection Access Control](./collections) does.
Global Access Control is [Access Control](../access-control) used to restrict access to [Global](../globals/overview) Documents, as well as what they can and cannot see within the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview) as it relates to that Global.
Global Access Control is [Access Control](../access-control/overview) used to restrict access to [Global](../configuration/globals) Documents, as well as what they can and cannot see within the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview) as it relates to that Global.
To add Access Control to a Global, use the `access` property in your [Global Config](../configuration/globals):
Access Control is specific to the operation of the request.
To add Access Control to a [Global](../configuration/globals), use the `access` property in the [Global Config](../globals/overview):
To add Access Control to a [Global](../configuration/globals), use the `access` property in the [Global Config](../configuration/globals):
```ts
import { GlobalConfig } from 'payload'
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ If a Global supports [Versions](../versions/overview), the following additional
Returns a boolean result or optionally a [query constraint](../queries/overview) which limits who can read this global based on its current properties.
To add read Access Control to a [Global](../configuration/globals), use the `read` property in the [Global Config](../globals/overview):
To add read Access Control to a [Global](../configuration/globals), use the `read` property in the [Global Config](../configuration/globals):
```ts
import { GlobalConfig } from 'payload'
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ The following arguments are provided to the `read` function:
Returns a boolean result or optionally a [query constraint](../queries/overview) which limits who can update this global based on its current properties.
To add update Access Control to a [Global](../configuration/globals), use the `access` property in the [Global Config](../globals/overview):
To add update Access Control to a [Global](../configuration/globals), use the `access` property in the [Global Config](../configuration/globals):
```ts
import { GlobalConfig } from 'payload'
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ The following arguments are provided to the `update` function:
If the Global has [Versions](../versions/overview) enabled, the `readVersions` Access Control function determines whether or not the currently logged in user can access the version history of a Document.
To add Read Versions Access Control to a Collection, use the `readVersions` property in the [Global Config](../globals/overview):
To add Read Versions Access Control to a Collection, use the `readVersions` property in the [Global Config](../configuration/globals):
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ There are three main types of Access Control in Payload:
## Default Access Control
Payload provides default Access Control so that your data is secured behind [Authentication](../authentication) without additional configuration. To do this, Payload sets a default function that simply checks if a user is present on the request. You can override this default behavior by defining your own Access Control functions as needed.
Payload provides default Access Control so that your data is secured behind [Authentication](../authentication/overview) without additional configuration. To do this, Payload sets a default function that simply checks if a user is present on the request. You can override this default behavior by defining your own Access Control functions as needed.
Here is the default Access Control that Payload provides:
In the [Local API](../local-api/overview), all Access Control is _skipped_ by default. This allows your server to have full control over your application. To opt back in, you can set the `overrideAccess` option to `false` in your requests.
</Banner>
@@ -53,8 +53,27 @@ The Admin Panel responds dynamically to your changes to Access Control. For exam
To accomplish this, Payload exposes the [Access Operation](../authentication/operations#access). Upon login, Payload executes each Access Control function at the top level, across all Collections, Globals, and Fields, and returns a response that contains a reflection of what the currently authenticated user can do within your application.
<Banner type="warning">
<strong>Important:</strong>
**Important:**
When your access control functions are executed via the [Access Operation](../authentication/operations#access), the `id` and `data` arguments will be `undefined`. This is because Payload is executing your functions without referencing a specific Document.
</Banner>
If you use `id` or `data` within your access control functions, make sure to check that they are defined first. If they are not, then you can assume that your Access Control is being executed via the Access Operation to determine solely what the user can do within the Admin Panel.
## Locale Specific Access Control
To implement locale-specific access control, you can use the `req.locale` argument in your access control functions. This argument allows you to evaluate the current locale of the request and determine access permissions accordingly.
The behavior of [Collections](../configuration/collections) within the [Admin Panel](./overview) can be fully customized to fit the needs of your application. This includes grouping or hiding their navigation links, adding [Custom Components](./components), selecting which fields to display in the List View, and more.
To configure Admin Options for Collections, use the `admin` property in your Collection Config:
| **`group`** | Text used as a label for grouping Collection and Global links together in the navigation. |
| **`hidden`** | Set to true or a function, called with the current user, returning true to exclude this Collection from navigation and admin routing. |
| **`hooks`** | Admin-specific hooks for this Collection. [More details](../hooks/collections). |
| **`useAsTitle`** | Specify a top-level field to use for a document title throughout the Admin Panel. If no field is defined, the ID of the document is used as the title. A field with `virtual: true` cannot be used as the title. |
| **`description`** | Text to display below the Collection label in the List View to give editors more information. Alternatively, you can use the `admin.components.Description` to render a React component. [More details](#components). |
| **`defaultColumns`** | Array of field names that correspond to which columns to show by default in this Collection's List View. |
| **`hideAPIURL`** | Hides the "API URL" meta field while editing documents within this Collection. |
| **`enableRichTextLink`** | The [Rich Text](../fields/rich-text) field features a `Link` element which allows for users to automatically reference related documents within their rich text. Set to `true` by default. |
| **`enableRichTextRelationship`** | The [Rich Text](../fields/rich-text) field features a `Relationship` element which allows for users to automatically reference related documents within their rich text. Set to `true` by default. |
| **`meta`** | Page metadata overrides to apply to this Collection within the Admin Panel. [More details](./metadata). |
| **`preview`** | Function to generate preview URLs within the Admin Panel that can point to your app. [More details](#preview). |
| **`livePreview`** | Enable real-time editing for instant visual feedback of your front-end application. [More details](../live-preview/overview). |
| **`components`** | Swap in your own React components to be used within this Collection. [More details](#components). |
| **`listSearchableFields`** | Specify which fields should be searched in the List search view. [More details](#list-searchable-fields). |
| **`pagination`** | Set pagination-specific options for this Collection. [More details](#pagination). |
### Components
Collections can set their own [Custom Components](./components) which only apply to [Collection](../configuration/collections)-specific UI within the [Admin Panel](./overview). This includes elements such as the Save Button, or entire layouts such as the Edit View.
To override Collection Components, use the `admin.components` property in your [Collection Config](../configuration/collections):
```ts
import type { SanitizedCollectionConfig } from 'payload'
| **`beforeList`** | An array of components to inject _before_ the built-in List View |
| **`beforeListTable`** | An array of components to inject _before_ the built-in List View's table |
| **`afterList`** | An array of components to inject _after_ the built-in List View |
| **`afterListTable`** | An array of components to inject _after_ the built-in List View's table
| **`Description`** | A component to render below the Collection label in the List View. An alternative to the `admin.description` property. |
| **`edit.SaveButton`** | Replace the default Save Button with a Custom Component. [Drafts](../versions/drafts) must be disabled. |
| **`edit.SaveDraftButton`** | Replace the default Save Draft Button with a Custom Component. [Drafts](../versions/drafts) must be enabled and autosave must be disabled. |
| **`edit.PublishButton`** | Replace the default Publish Button with a Custom Component. [Drafts](../versions/drafts) must be enabled. |
| **`edit.PreviewButton`** | Replace the default Preview Button with a Custom Component. [Preview](#preview) must be enabled. |
| **`views`** | Override or create new views within the Admin Panel. [More details](./views). |
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Note:</strong>
For details on how to build Custom Components, see [Building Custom Components](./components#building-custom-components).
</Banner>
### Preview
It is possible to display a Preview Button within the Edit View of the Admin Panel. This will allow editors to visit the frontend of your app the corresponds to the document they are actively editing. This way they can preview the latest, potentially unpublished changes.
To configure the Preview Button, set the `admin.preview` property to a function in your [Collection Config](../configuration/collections):
```ts
import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload'
export const Posts: CollectionConfig = {
// ...
admin: {
// highlight-start
preview: (doc, { locale }) => {
if (doc?.slug) {
return `/${doc.slug}?locale=${locale}`
}
return null
},
// highlight-end
},
}
```
The preview function receives two arguments:
| Argument | Description |
| --- | --- |
| **`doc`** | The Document being edited. |
| **`ctx`** | An object containing `locale` and `token` properties. The `token` is the currently logged-in user's JWT. |
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Note:</strong>
For fully working example of this, check of the official [Draft Preview Example](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples/draft-preview) in the [Examples Directory](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples).
</Banner>
### Pagination
All Collections receive their own List View which displays a paginated list of documents that can be sorted and filtered. The pagination behavior of the List View can be customized on a per-Collection basis, and uses the same [Pagination](../queries/pagination) API that Payload provides.
To configure pagination options, use the `admin.pagination` property in your [Collection Config](../configuration/collections):
| `defaultLimit` | Integer that specifies the default per-page limit that should be used. Defaults to 10. |
| `limits` | Provide an array of integers to use as per-page options for admins to choose from in the List View. |
### List Searchable Fields
In the List View, there is a "search" box that allows you to quickly find a document through a simple text search. By default, it searches on the ID field. If defined, the `admin.useAsTitle` field is used. Or, you can explicitly define which fields to search based on the needs of your application.
To define which fields should be searched, use the `admin.listSearchableFields` property in your [Collection Config](../configuration/collections):
```ts
import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload'
export const Posts: CollectionConfig = {
// ...
admin: {
// highlight-start
listSearchableFields: ['title', 'slug'],
// highlight-end
},
}
```
<Banner type="warning">
<strong>Tip:</strong>
If you are adding `listSearchableFields`, make sure you index each of these fields so your admin queries can remain performant.
desc: Fully customize your Admin Panel by swapping in your own React components. Add fields, remove views, update routes and change functions to sculpt your perfect Dashboard.
The Payload [Admin Panel](./overview) is designed to be as minimal and straightforward as possible to allow for both easy customization and full control over the UI. In order for Payload to support this level of customization, Payload provides a pattern for you to supply your own React components through your [Payload Config](../configuration/overview).
All Custom Components in Payload are [React Server Components](https://react.dev/reference/rsc/server-components) by default, with the exception of [Custom Providers](#custom-providers). This enables the use of the [Local API](../local-api/overview) directly on the front-end. Custom Components are available for nearly every part of the Admin Panel for extreme granularity and control.
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Note:</strong>
Client Components continue to be fully supported. To use Client Components in your app, simply include the `use client` directive. Payload will automatically detect and remove all default, [non-serializable props](https://react.dev/reference/rsc/use-client#serializable-types) before rendering your component. [More details](#client-components).
</Banner>
There are four main types of Custom Components in Payload:
To swap in your own Custom Component, consult the list of available components. Determine the scope that corresponds to what you are trying to accomplish, then [author your React component(s)](#building-custom-components) accordingly.
## Defining Custom Components in the Payload Config
In the Payload Config, you can define custom React Components to enhance the admin interface. However, these components should not be imported directly into the server-only Payload Config to avoid including client-side code. Instead, you specify the path to the component. Here’s how you can do it:
src/components/Logout.tsx
```tsx
'use client'
import React from 'react'
export const MyComponent = () => {
return (
<button>Click me!</button>
)
}
```
payload.config.ts:
```ts
import { buildConfig } from 'payload'
const config = buildConfig({
// ...
admin: { // highlight-line
components: {
logout: {
Button: '/src/components/Logout#MyComponent'
}
}
},
})
```
In the path `/src/components/Logout#MyComponent`, `/src/components/Logout` is the file path, and `MyComponent` is the named export. If the component is the default export, the export name can be omitted. Path and export name are separated by a `#`.
### Configuring the Base Directory
Component paths, by default, are relative to your working directory - this is usually where your Next.js config lies. To simplify component paths, you have the option to configure the *base directory* using the `admin.baseDir.baseDir` property:
```ts
import { buildConfig } from 'payload'
import { fileURLToPath } from 'node:url'
import path from 'path'
const filename = fileURLToPath(import.meta.url)
const dirname = path.dirname(filename)
const config = buildConfig({
// ...
admin: { // highlight-line
importMap: {
baseDir: path.resolve(dirname, 'src'),
},
components: {
logout: {
Button: '/components/Logout#MyComponent'
}
}
},
})
```
In this example, we set the base directory to the `src` directory - thus we can omit the `/src/` part of our component path string.
### Passing Props
Each React Component in the Payload Config is typed as `PayloadComponent`. This usually is a string, but can also be an object containing the following properties:
| `clientProps` | Props to be passed to the React Component if it's a Client Component |
| `exportName` | Instead of declaring named exports using `#` in the component path, you can also omit them from `path` and pass them in here. |
| `path` | Path to the React Component. Named exports can be appended to the end of the path, separated by a `#` |
| `serverProps` | Props to be passed to the React Component if it's a Server Component |
To pass in props from the config, you can use the `clientProps` and/or `serverProps` properties. This alleviates the need to use an HOC (Higher-Order-Component) to declare a React Component with props passed in.
It's essential to understand how `PayloadComponent` paths function behind the scenes. Directly importing React Components into your Payload Config using import statements can introduce client-only modules like CSS into your server-only config. This could error when attempting to load the Payload Config in server-only environments and unnecessarily increase the size of the Payload Config, which should remain streamlined and efficient for server use.
Instead, we utilize component paths to reference React Components. This method enhances the Payload Config with actual React Component imports on the client side, without affecting server-side usage. A script is deployed to scan the Payload Config, collecting all component paths and creating an `importMap.js`. This file, located in app/(payload)/admin/importMap.js, must be statically imported by your Next.js root page and layout. The script imports all the React Components from the specified paths into a Map, associating them with their respective paths (the ones you defined).
When constructing the `ClientConfig`, Payload uses the component paths as keys to fetch the corresponding React Component imports from the Import Map. It then substitutes the `PayloadComponent` with a `MappedComponent`. A `MappedComponent` includes the React Component and additional metadata, such as whether it's a server or a client component and which props it should receive. These components are then rendered through the `<RenderComponent />` component within the Payload Admin Panel.
Import maps are regenerated whenever you modify any element related to component paths. This regeneration occurs at startup and whenever Hot Module Replacement (HMR) runs. If the import maps fail to regenerate during HMR, you can restart your application and execute the `payload generate:importmap` command to manually create a new import map. If you encounter any errors running this command, see the [Troubleshooting](../local-api/outside-nextjs#troubleshooting) section.
### Component paths in external packages
Component paths are resolved relative to your project's base directory, which is either your current working directory or the directory specified in `config.admin.baseDir`. When using custom components from external packages, you can't use relative paths. Instead, use an import path that's accessible as if you were writing an import statement in your project's base directory.
For example, to export a field with a custom component from an external package named `my-external-package`:
Despite `MyFieldComponent` living in `src/components/MyFieldComponent.tsx` in `my-external-package`, this will not be accessible from the consuming project. Instead, we recommend exporting all custom components from one file in the external package. For example, you can define a `src/client.ts file in `my-external-package`:
```ts
'use client'
export { MyFieldComponent } from './components/MyFieldComponent'
```
Then, update the package.json of `my-external-package:
```json
{
...
"exports": {
"./client": {
"import": "./dist/client.js",
"types": "./dist/client.d.ts",
"default": "./dist/client.js"
}
}
}
```
This setup allows you to specify the component path as `my-external-package/client#MyFieldComponent` as seen above. The import map will generate:
```ts
import { MyFieldComponent } from 'my-external-package/client'
```
which is a valid way to access MyFieldComponent that can be resolved by the consuming project.
### Custom Components from unknown locations
By default, any component paths from known locations are added to the import map. However, if you need to add any components from unknown locations to the import map, you can do so by adding them to the `admin.dependencies` array in your Payload Config. This is mostly only relevant for plugin authors and not for regular Payload users.
Example:
```ts
export default {
// ...
admin: {
// ...
dependencies: {
myTestComponent: { // myTestComponent is the key - can be anything
This way, `TestComponent` is added to the import map, no matter if it's referenced in a known location or not. On the client, you can then use the component like this:
```tsx
'use client'
import { RenderComponent, useConfig } from '@payloadcms/ui'
| **`Nav`** | Contains the sidebar / mobile menu in its entirety. |
| **`beforeNavLinks`** | An array of Custom Components to inject into the built-in Nav, _before_ the links themselves. |
| **`afterNavLinks`** | An array of Custom Components to inject into the built-in Nav, _after_ the links. |
| **`beforeDashboard`** | An array of Custom Components to inject into the built-in Dashboard, _before_ the default dashboard contents. |
| **`afterDashboard`** | An array of Custom Components to inject into the built-in Dashboard, _after_ the default dashboard contents. |
| **`beforeLogin`** | An array of Custom Components to inject into the built-in Login, _before_ the default login form. |
| **`afterLogin`** | An array of Custom Components to inject into the built-in Login, _after_ the default login form. |
| **`logout.Button`** | The button displayed in the sidebar that logs the user out. |
| **`graphics.Icon`** | The simplified logo used in contexts like the the `Nav` component. |
| **`graphics.Logo`** | The full logo used in contexts like the `Login` view. |
| **`providers`** | Custom [React Context](https://react.dev/learn/scaling-up-with-reducer-and-context) providers that will wrap the entire Admin Panel. [More details](#custom-providers). |
| **`actions`** | An array of Custom Components to be rendered _within_ the header of the Admin Panel, providing additional interactivity and functionality. |
| **`header`** | An array of Custom Components to be injected above the Payload header. |
| **`views`** | Override or create new views within the Admin Panel. [More details](./views). |
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Note:</strong>
You can also use set [Collection Components](./collections#components) and [Global Components](./globals#components) in their respective configs.
</Banner>
### Custom Providers
As you add more and more Custom Components to your [Admin Panel](./overview), you may find it helpful to add additional [React Context](https://react.dev/learn/scaling-up-with-reducer-and-context)(s). Payload allows you to inject your own context providers in your app so you can export your own custom hooks, etc.
To add a Custom Provider, use the `admin.components.providers` property in your [Payload Config](../getting-started/overview):
<strong>Reminder:</strong> Custom Providers are by definition Client Components. This means they must include the `use client` directive at the top of their files and cannot use server-only code.
</Banner>
## Building Custom Components
All Custom Components in Payload are [React Server Components](https://react.dev/reference/rsc/server-components) by default, with the exception of [Custom Providers](#custom-providers). This enables the use of the [Local API](../local-api/overview) directly on the front-end, among other things.
To make building Custom Components as easy as possible, Payload automatically provides common props, such as the [`payload`](../local-api/overview) class and the [`i18n`](../configuration/i18n) object. This means that when building Custom Components within the Admin Panel, you do not have to get these yourself.
Here is an example:
```tsx
import React from 'react'
const MyServerComponent = async ({
payload // highlight-line
}) => {
const page = await payload.findByID({
collection: 'pages',
id: '123',
})
return (
<p>{page.title}</p>
)
}
```
Each Custom Component receives the following props by default:
| `payload` | The [Payload](../local-api/overview) class. |
| `i18n` | The [i18n](../configuration/i18n) object. |
Custom Components also receive various other props that are specific to the context in which the Custom Component is being rendered. For example, [Custom Views](./views) receive the `user` prop. For a full list of available props, consult the documentation related to the specific component you are working with.
<Banner type="success">
See [Root Components](#root-components), [Collection Components](#collection-components), [Global Components](#global-components), or [Field Components](#custom-field-components) for a complete list of all available components.
</Banner>
### Client Components
When [Building Custom Components](#building-custom-components), it's still possible to use client-side code such as `useState` or the `window` object. To do this, simply add the `use client` directive at the top of your file. Payload will automatically detect and remove all default, [non-serializable props](https://react.dev/reference/rsc/use-client#serializable-types) before rendering your component.
Client Components cannot be passed [non-serializable props](https://react.dev/reference/rsc/use-client#serializable-types). If you are rendering your Client Component _from within_ a Server Component, ensure that its props are serializable.
</Banner>
### Accessing the Payload Config
From any Server Component, the [Payload Config](../configuration/overview) can be accessed directly from the `payload` prop:
```tsx
import React from 'react'
export default async function MyServerComponent({
payload: {
config // highlight-line
}
}) {
return (
<Link href={config.serverURL}>
Go Home
</Link>
)
}
```
But, the Payload Config is [non-serializable](https://react.dev/reference/rsc/use-client#serializable-types) by design. It is full of custom validation functions, React components, etc. This means that the Payload Config, in its entirety, cannot be passed directly to Client Components.
For this reason, Payload creates a Client Config and passes it into the Config Provider. This is a serializable version of the Payload Config that can be accessed from any Client Component via the [`useConfig`](./hooks#useconfig) hook:
To make it easier to [build your Custom Components](#building-custom-components), you can use [Payload's built-in React Hooks](./hooks) in any Client Component. For example, you might want to interact with one of Payload's many React Contexts:
See the [Hooks](./hooks) documentation for a full list of available hooks.
</Banner>
### Getting the Current Language
All Custom Components can support multiple languages to be consistent with Payload's [Internationalization](../configuration/i18n). To do this, first add your translation resources to the [I18n Config](../configuration/i18n).
From any Server Component, you can translate resources using the `getTranslation` function from `@payloadcms/translations`. All Server Components automatically receive the `i18n` object as a prop by default.
```tsx
import React from 'react'
import { getTranslation } from '@payloadcms/translations'
export default async function MyServerComponent({ i18n }) {
See the [Hooks](./hooks) documentation for a full list of available hooks.
</Banner>
### Getting the Current Locale
All [Custom Views](./views) can support multiple locales to be consistent with Payload's [Localization](../configuration/localization). They automatically receive the `locale` object as a prop by default. This can be used to scope API requests, etc.:
```tsx
import React from 'react'
export default async function MyServerComponent({ payload, locale }) {
const localizedPage = await payload.findByID({
collection: 'pages',
id: '123',
locale,
})
return (
<p>{localizedPage.title}</p>
)
}
```
The best way to do this within a Client Component is to import the `useLocale` hook from `@payloadcms/ui`:
```tsx
import React from 'react'
import { useLocale } from '@payloadcms/ui'
const Greeting: React.FC = () => {
const locale = useLocale() // highlight-line
const trans = {
en: 'Hello',
es: 'Hola',
}
return (
<span>{trans[locale.code]}</span>
)
}
```
<Banner type="success">
See the [Hooks](./hooks) documentation for a full list of available hooks.
</Banner>
### Styling Custom Components
Payload has a robust [CSS Library](./customizing-css) that you can use to style your Custom Components similarly to Payload's built-in styling. This will ensure that your Custom Components match the existing design system, and so that they automatically adapt to any theme changes that might occur.
To apply custom styles, simply import your own `.css` or `.scss` file into your Custom Component:
```tsx
import './index.scss'
export const MyComponent: React.FC = () => {
return (
<div className="my-component">
My Custom Component
</div>
)
}
```
Then to colorize your Custom Component's background, for example, you can use the following CSS:
```scss
.my-component {
background-color: var(--theme-elevation-500);
}
```
Payload also exports its [SCSS](https://sass-lang.com) library for reuse which includes mixins, etc. To use this, simply import it as follows into your `.scss` file:
```scss
@import '~payload/scss';
.my-component {
@include mid-break {
background-color: var(--theme-elevation-900);
}
}
```
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Note:</strong>
You can also drill into Payload's own component styles, or easily apply global, app-wide CSS. More on that [here](./customizing-css).
desc: Customize the Payload Admin Panel further by adding your own CSS or SCSS style sheet to the configuration, powerful theme and design options are waiting for you.
Customizing the Payload [Admin Panel](./overview) through CSS alone is one of the easiest and most powerful ways to customize the look and feel of the dashboard. To allow for this level of customization, Payload:
1. Exposes a [root-level stylesheet](#global-css) for you to easily to inject custom selectors
1. Exposes a [root-level stylesheet](#global-css) for you to inject custom selectors
1. Provides a [CSS library](#css-library) that can be easily overridden or extended
1. Uses [BEM naming conventions](http://getbem.com) so that class names are globally accessible
@@ -29,8 +29,8 @@ Here is an example of how you might target the Dashboard View and change the bac
```
<Banner type="warning">
<strong>Note:</strong>
If you are building [Custom Components](./overview), it is best to import your own stylesheets directly into your components, rather than using the global stylesheet. You can continue to use the [CSS library](#css-library) as needed.
**Note:**
If you are building [Custom Components](../custom-components/overview), it is best to import your own stylesheets directly into your components, rather than using the global stylesheet. You can continue to use the [CSS library](#css-library) as needed.
</Banner>
### Specificity rules
@@ -62,13 +62,13 @@ You can also override Payload's built-in [CSS Variables](https://developer.mozil
The following variables are defined and can be overridden:
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ The following variables are defined and can be overridden:
For an up-to-date, comprehensive list of all available variables, please refer to the [Source Code](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/packages/ui/src/scss).
<Banner type="warning">
<strong>Warning:</strong>
**Warning:**
If you're overriding colors or theme elevations, make sure to consider how [your changes will affect dark mode](#dark-mode).
[Fields](../fields/overview) within the [Admin Panel](./overview) can be endlessly customized in their appearance and behavior without affecting their underlying data structure. Fields are designed to withstand heavy modification or even complete replacement through the use of [Custom Field Components](#field-components), [Conditional Logic](#conditional-logic), [Custom Validations](../fields/overview#validation), and more.
For example, your app might need to render a specific interface that Payload does not inherently support, such as a color picker. To do this, you could replace the default [Text Field](../fields/text) input with your own user-friendly component that formats the data into a valid color value.
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Tip:</strong>
Don't see a built-in field type that you need? Build it! Using a combination of [Field Validations](../fields/overview#validation)
and [Custom Components](./components), you can override the entirety of how a component functions within the [Admin Panel](./overview) to effectively create your own field type.
</Banner>
## Admin Options
You can customize the appearance and behavior of fields within the [Admin Panel](./overview) through the `admin` property of any [Field Config](../fields/overview):
| **`condition`** | Programmatically show / hide fields based on other fields. [More details](../admin/fields#conditional-logic). |
| **`components`** | All Field Components can be swapped out for [Custom Components](../admin/components) that you define. [More details](../admin/fields). |
| **`description`** | Helper text to display alongside the field to provide more information for the editor. [More details](../admin/fields#description). |
| **`position`** | Specify if the field should be rendered in the sidebar by defining `position: 'sidebar'`. |
| **`width`** | Restrict the width of a field. You can pass any string-based value here, be it pixels, percentages, etc. This property is especially useful when fields are nested within a `Row` type where they can be organized horizontally. |
| **`style`** | [CSS Properties](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/CSS) to inject into the root element of the field. |
| **`className`** | Attach a [CSS class attribute](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/CSS/Class_selectors) to the root DOM element of a field. |
| **`readOnly`** | Setting a field to `readOnly` has no effect on the API whatsoever but disables the admin component's editability to prevent editors from modifying the field's value. |
| **`disabled`** | If a field is `disabled`, it is completely omitted from the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview). |
| **`disableBulkEdit`** | Set `disableBulkEdit` to `true` to prevent fields from appearing in the select options when making edits for multiple documents. Defaults to `true` for UI fields. |
| **`disableListColumn`** | Set `disableListColumn` to `true` to prevent fields from appearing in the list view column selector. |
| **`disableListFilter`** | Set `disableListFilter` to `true` to prevent fields from appearing in the list view filter options. |
| **`hidden`** | Will transform the field into a `hidden` input type. Its value will still submit with requests in the Admin Panel, but the field itself will not be visible to editors. |
## Field Components
Within the [Admin Panel](./overview), fields are rendered in three distinct places:
- [Field](#the-field-component) - The actual form field rendered in the Edit View.
- [Cell](#the-cell-component) - The table cell component rendered in the List View.
- [Filter](#the-filter-component) - The filter component rendered in the List View.
To easily swap in Field Components with your own, use the `admin.components` property in your [Field Config](../fields/overview):
| **`Field`** | The form field rendered of the Edit View. [More details](#the-field-component). |
| **`Cell`** | The table cell rendered of the List View. [More details](#the-cell-component). |
| **`Filter`** | The filter component rendered in the List View. [More details](#the-filter-component). || Component | Description |
| **`Label`** | Override the default Label of the Field Component. [More details](#the-label-component). |
| **`Error`** | Override the default Error of the Field Component. [More details](#the-error-component). |
| **`Description`** | Override the default Description of the Field Component. [More details](#the-description-component). |
| **`beforeInput`** | An array of elements that will be added before the input of the Field Component. [More details](#afterinput-and-beforeinput).|
| **`afterInput`** | An array of elements that will be added after the input of the Field Component. [More details](#afterinput-and-beforeinput). |
_\* **`beforeInput`** and **`afterInput`** are only supported in fields that do not contain other fields, such as [`Text`](../fields/text), and [`Textarea`](../fields/textarea)._
### The Field Component
The Field Component is the actual form field rendered in the Edit View. This is the input that user's will interact with when editing a document.
To easily swap in your own Field Component, use the `admin.components.Field` property in your [Field Config](../fields/overview):
_For details on how to build Custom Components, see [Building Custom Components](./components#building-custom-components)._
<Banner type="warning">
Instead of replacing the entire Field Component, you can alternately replace or slot-in only specific parts by using the [`Label`](#the-label-component), [`Error`](#the-error-component), [`beforeInput`](#afterinput-and-beforinput), and [`afterInput`](#afterinput-and-beforinput) properties.
| **`docPreferences`** | An object that contains the [Preferences](./preferences) for the document.
| **`field`** | In Server Components, this is the original Field Config. In Client Components, this is the sanitized Client Field Config. [More details](#the-field-prop). |
| **`clientField`** | Server components receive the Client Field Config through this prop. [More details](#the-field-prop). |
| **`locale`** | The locale of the field. [More details](../configuration/localization). |
| **`readOnly`** | A boolean value that represents if the field is read-only or not. |
| **`user`** | The currently authenticated user. [More details](../authentication/overview). |
| **`validate`** | A function that can be used to validate the field. |
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Reminder:</strong>
All [Custom Server Components](./components) receive the `payload` and `i18n` properties by default. See [Building Custom Components](./components#building-custom-components) for more details.
</Banner>
#### Sending and receiving values from the form
When swapping out the `Field` component, you are responsible for sending and receiving the field's `value` from the form itself.
To do so, import the [`useField`](./hooks#usefield) hook from `@payloadcms/ui` and use it to manage the field's value:
For a complete list of all available React hooks, see the [Payload React Hooks](./hooks) documentation. For additional help, see [Building Custom Components](./components#building-custom-components).
</Banner>
#### TypeScript
When building Custom Field Components, you can import the component type to ensure type safety. There is an explicit type for the Field Component, one for every [Field Type](../fields/overview) and for every client/server environment. The convention is to prepend the field type onto the target type, i.e. `TextFieldClientComponent`:
```tsx
import type {
TextFieldClientComponent,
TextFieldServerComponent,
TextFieldClientProps,
TextFieldServerProps,
// ...and so on for each Field Type
} from 'payload'
```
### The `field` Prop
All Field Components are passed their own Field Config through a common `field` prop. Within Server Components, this is the original Field Config as written within your Payload Config. Within Client Components, however, this is a "Client Config", which is a sanitized, client-friendly version of the Field Config. This is because the original Field Config is [non-serializable](https://react.dev/reference/rsc/use-client#serializable-types), meaning it cannot be passed into Client Components without first being transformed.
The Client Field Config is an exact copy of the original Field Config, minus all non-serializable properties, plus all evaluated functions such as field labels, [Custom Components](../components), etc.
Server Component:
```tsx
import React from 'react'
import type { TextFieldServerComponent } from 'payload'
| **`_isPresentational`** | A boolean indicating that the field is purely visual and does not directly affect data or change data shape, i.e. the [UI Field](../fields/ui). |
| **`_path`** | A string representing the direct, dynamic path to the field at runtime, i.e. `myGroup.myArray[0].myField`. |
| **`_schemaPath`** | A string representing the direct, static path to the [Field Config](../fields/overview), i.e. `myGroup.myArray.myField` |
<Banner type="info">
<strong>Note:</strong>
These properties are underscored to denote that they are not part of the original Field Config, and instead are attached during client sanitization to make fields easier to work with on the front-end.
</Banner>
#### TypeScript
When building Custom Field Components, you can import the client field props to ensure type safety in your component. There is an explicit type for the Field Component, one for every [Field Type](../fields/overview) and server/client environment. The convention is to prepend the field type onto the target type, i.e. `TextFieldClientComponent`:
```tsx
import type {
TextFieldClientComponent,
TextFieldServerComponent,
TextFieldClientProps,
TextFieldServerProps,
// ...and so on for each Field Type
} from 'payload'
```
### The Cell Component
The Cell Component is rendered in the table of the List View. It represents the value of the field when displayed in a table cell.
To easily swap in your own Cell Component, use the `admin.components.Cell` property in your [Field Config](../fields/overview):
| **`field`** | In Server Components, this is the original Field Config. In Client Components, this is the sanitized Client Field Config. [More details](#the-field-prop). |
| **`clientField`** | Server components receive the Client Field Config through this prop. [More details](#the-field-prop). |
| **`link`** | A boolean representing whether this cell should be wrapped in a link. |
| **`onClick`** | A function that is called when the cell is clicked. |
<Banner type="info">
<strong>Tip:</strong>
Use the [`useTableCell`](./hooks#usetablecell) hook to subscribe to the field's `cellData` and `rowData`.
</Banner>
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Reminder:</strong>
All [Custom Server Components](./components) receive the `payload` and `i18n` properties by default. See [Building Custom Components](./components#building-custom-components) for more details.
</Banner>
### The Label Component
The Label Component is rendered anywhere a field needs to be represented by a label. This is typically used in the Edit View, but can also be used in the List View and elsewhere.
To easily swap in your own Label Component, use the `admin.components.Label` property in your [Field Config](../fields/overview):
| **`field`** | In Server Components, this is the original Field Config. In Client Components, this is the sanitized Client Field Config. [More details](#the-field-prop). |
| **`clientField`** | Server components receive the Client Field Config through this prop. [More details](#the-field-prop). |
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Reminder:</strong>
All [Custom Server Components](./components) receive the `payload` and `i18n` properties by default. See [Building Custom Components](./components#building-custom-components) for more details.
</Banner>
#### TypeScript
When building Custom Label Components, you can import the component props to ensure type safety in your component. There is an explicit type for the Label Component, one for every [Field Type](../fields/overview) and server/client environment. The convention is to append `LabelServerComponent` or `LabelClientComponent` to the type of field, i.e. `TextFieldLabelClientComponent`.
```tsx
import type {
TextFieldLabelServerComponent,
TextFieldLabelClientComponent,
// ...and so on for each Field Type
} from 'payload'
```
### The Error Component
The Error Component is rendered when a field fails validation. It is typically displayed beneath the field input in a visually-compelling style.
To easily swap in your own Error Component, use the `admin.components.Error` property in your [Field Config](../fields/overview):
| **`field`** | In Server Components, this is the original Field Config. In Client Components, this is the sanitized Client Field Config. [More details](#the-field-prop). |
| **`clientField`** | Server components receive the Client Field Config through this prop. [More details](#the-field-prop). |
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Reminder:</strong>
All [Custom Server Components](./components) receive the `payload` and `i18n` properties by default. See [Building Custom Components](./components#building-custom-components) for more details.
</Banner>
#### TypeScript
When building Custom Error Components, you can import the component props to ensure type safety in your component. There is an explicit type for the Error Component, one for every [Field Type](../fields/overview) and server/client environment. The convention is to append `ErrorServerComponent` or `ErrorClientComponent` to the type of field, i.e. `TextFieldErrorClientComponent`.
```tsx
import type {
TextFieldErrorServerComponent,
TextFieldErrorClientComponent,
// And so on for each Field Type
} from 'payload'
```
### The Description Property
Field Descriptions are used to provide additional information to the editor about a field, such as special instructions. Their placement varies from field to field, but typically are displayed with subtle style differences beneath the field inputs.
A description can be configured in three ways:
- As a string.
- As a function which returns a string. [More details](#description-functions).
- As a React component. [More details](#the-description-component).
To easily add a Custom Description to a field, use the `admin.description` property in your [Field Config](../fields/overview):
```ts
import type { SanitizedCollectionConfig } from 'payload'
To replace the Field Description with a [Custom Component](./components), use the `admin.components.Description` property. [More details](#the-description-component).
</Banner>
#### Description Functions
Custom Descriptions can also be defined as a function. Description Functions are executed on the server and can be used to format simple descriptions based on the user's current [Locale](../configuration/localization).
To easily add a Description Function to a field, set the `admin.description` property to a _function_ in your [Field Config](../fields/overview):
```ts
import type { SanitizedCollectionConfig } from 'payload'
| **`t`** | The `t` function used to internationalize the Admin Panel. [More details](../configuration/i18n) |
### The Description Component
Alternatively to the [Description Property](#the-description-property), you can also use a [Custom Component](./components) as the Field Description. This can be useful when you need to provide more complex feedback to the user, such as rendering dynamic field values or other interactive elements.
To easily add a Description Component to a field, use the `admin.components.Description` property in your [Field Config](../fields/overview):
```ts
import type { SanitizedCollectionConfig } from 'payload'
| **`field`** | In Server Components, this is the original Field Config. In Client Components, this is the sanitized Client Field Config. [More details](#the-field-prop). |
| **`clientField`** | Server components receive the Client Field Config through this prop. [More details](#the-field-prop). |
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Reminder:</strong>
All [Custom Server Components](./components) receive the `payload` and `i18n` properties by default. See [Building Custom Components](./components#building-custom-components) for more details.
</Banner>
#### TypeScript
When building Custom Description Components, you can import the component props to ensure type safety in your component. There is an explicit type for the Description Component, one for every [Field Type](../fields/overview) and server/client environment. The convention is to append `DescriptionServerComponent` or `DescriptionClientComponent` to the type of field, i.e. `TextFieldDescriptionClientComponent`.
```tsx
import type {
TextFieldDescriptionServerComponent,
TextFieldDescriptionClientComponent,
// And so on for each Field Type
} from 'payload'
```
### afterInput and beforeInput
With these properties you can add multiple components _before_ and _after_ the input element, as their name suggests. This is useful when you need to render additional elements alongside the field without replacing the entire field component.
To add components before and after the input element, use the `admin.components.beforeInput` and `admin.components.afterInput` properties in your [Field Config](../fields/overview):
```ts
import type { SanitizedCollectionConfig } from 'payload'
_For details on how to build Custom Components, see [Building Custom Components](./components#building-custom-components)._
## Conditional Logic
You can show and hide fields based on what other fields are doing by utilizing conditional logic on a field by field basis. The `condition` property on a field's admin config accepts a function which takes three arguments:
- `data` - the entire document's data that is currently being edited
- `siblingData` - only the fields that are direct siblings to the field with the condition
- `{ user }` - the final argument is an object containing the currently authenticated user
The `condition` function should return a boolean that will control if the field should be displayed or not.
The behavior of [Globals](../configuration/globals) within the [Admin Panel](./overview) can be fully customized to fit the needs of your application. This includes grouping or hiding their navigation links, adding [Custom Components](./components), setting page metadata, and more.
To configure Admin Options for Globals, use the `admin` property in your Global Config:
| **`group`** | Text used as a label for grouping Collection and Global links together in the navigation. |
| **`hidden`** | Set to true or a function, called with the current user, returning true to exclude this Global from navigation and admin routing. |
| **`components`** | Swap in your own React components to be used within this Global. [More details](#components). |
| **`preview`** | Function to generate a preview URL within the Admin Panel for this Global that can point to your app. [More details](#preview). |
| **`livePreview`** | Enable real-time editing for instant visual feedback of your front-end application. [More details](../live-preview/overview). |
| **`hideAPIURL`** | Hides the "API URL" meta field while editing documents within this collection. |
| **`meta`** | Page metadata overrides to apply to this Global within the Admin Panel. [More details](./metadata). |
### Components
Globals can set their own [Custom Components](./components) which only apply to [Global](../configuration/globals)-specific UI within the [Admin Panel](./overview). This includes elements such as the Save Button, or entire layouts such as the Edit View.
To override Global Components, use the `admin.components` property in your [Global Config](../configuration/globals):
```ts
import type { SanitizedGlobalConfig } from 'payload'
| **`elements.SaveButton`** | Replace the default Save Button with a Custom Component. [Drafts](../versions/drafts) must be disabled. |
| **`elements.SaveDraftButton`** | Replace the default Save Draft Button with a Custom Component. [Drafts](../versions/drafts) must be enabled and autosave must be disabled. |
| **`elements.PublishButton`** | Replace the default Publish Button with a Custom Component. [Drafts](../versions/drafts) must be enabled. |
| **`elements.PreviewButton`** | Replace the default Preview Button with a Custom Component. [Preview](#preview) must be enabled. |
| **`views`** | Override or create new views within the Admin Panel. [More details](./views). |
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Note:</strong>
For details on how to build Custom Components, see [Building Custom Components](./components#building-custom-components).
</Banner>
### Preview
It is possible to display a Preview Button within the Edit View of the Admin Panel. This will allow editors to visit the frontend of your app the corresponds to the document they are actively editing. This way they can preview the latest, potentially unpublished changes.
To configure the Preview Button, set the `admin.preview` property to a function in your Global Config:
```ts
import { GlobalConfig } from 'payload'
export const MainMenu: GlobalConfig = {
// ...
admin: {
// highlight-start
preview: (doc, { locale }) => {
if (doc?.slug) {
return `/${doc.slug}?locale=${locale}`
}
return null
},
// highlight-end
},
}
```
The preview function receives two arguments:
| Argument | Description |
| --- | --- |
| **`doc`** | The Document being edited. |
| **`ctx`** | An object containing `locale` and `token` properties. The `token` is the currently logged-in user's JWT. |
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Note:</strong>
For fully working example of this, check of the official [Draft Preview Example](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples/draft-preview) in the [Examples Directory](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples).
Payload provides a variety of powerful [React Hooks](https://react.dev/reference/react-dom/hooks) that can be used within your own [Custom Components](./components), such as [Custom Fields](./fields). With them, you can interface with Payload itself to build just about any type of complex customization you can think of.
<Banner type="warning">
<strong>Reminder:</strong>
All Custom Components are [React Server Components](https://react.dev/reference/rsc/server-components) by default. Hooks, on the other hand, are only available in client-side environments. To use hooks, [ensure your component is a client component](./components#client-components).
</Banner>
## useField
The `useField` hook is used internally within all field components. It manages sending and receiving a field's state from its parent form. When you build a [Custom Field Component](./fields), you will be responsible for sending and receiving the field's `value` to and from the form yourself.
| `path` | If you do not provide a `path` or a `name`, this hook will look for one using the [`useFieldProps`](#usefieldprops) hook. |
| `validate` | A validation function executed client-side _before_ submitting the form to the server. Different than [Field-level Validation](../fields/overview#validation) which runs strictly on the server. |
| `disableFormData` | If `true`, the field will not be included in the form data when the form is submitted. |
| `hasRows` | If `true`, the field will be treated as a field with rows. This is useful for fields like `array` and `blocks`. |
[Custom Field Components](./fields#the-field-component) can be rendered on the server. When using a server component as a custom field component, you can access dynamic props from within any client component rendered by your custom server component. This is done using the `useFieldProps` hook. This is important because some fields can be dynamic, such as when nested in an [`array`](../fields/array) or [`blocks`](../fields/block) field. For example, items can be added, re-ordered, or deleted on-the-fly.
You can use the `useFieldProps` hooks to access dynamic props like `path`:
The [`useField`](#usefield) hook calls the `useFieldProps` hook internally, so you don't need to use both in the same component unless explicitly needed.
</Banner>
## useFormFields
There are times when a custom field component needs to have access to data from other fields, and you have a few options to do so. The `useFormFields` hook is a powerful and highly performant way to retrieve a form's field state, as well as to retrieve the `dispatchFields` method, which can be helpful for setting other fields' form states from anywhere within a form.
<Banner type="success">
<strong>This hook is great for retrieving only certain fields from form state</strong> because it
ensures that it will only cause a rerender when the items that you ask for change.
</Banner>
Thanks to the awesome package [`use-context-selector`](https://github.com/dai-shi/use-context-selector), you can retrieve a specific field's state easily. This is ideal because you can ensure you have an up-to-date field state, and your component will only re-render when _that field's state_ changes.
You can pass a Redux-like selector into the hook, which will ensure that you retrieve only the field that you want. The selector takes an argument with type of `[fields: Fields, dispatch: React.Dispatch<Action>]]`.
```tsx
'use client'
import { useFormFields } from '@payloadcms/ui'
const MyComponent: React.FC = () => {
// Get only the `amount` field state, and only cause a rerender when that field changes
return <span>The fee is ${(amount.value * feePercentage.value) / 100}</span>
}
}
```
## useAllFormFields
**To retrieve more than one field**, you can use the `useAllFormFields` hook. Your component will re-render when _any_ field changes, so use this hook only if you absolutely need to. Unlike the `useFormFields` hook, this hook does not accept a "selector", and it always returns an array with type of `[fields: Fields, dispatch: React.Dispatch<Action>]]`.
You can do lots of powerful stuff by retrieving the full form state, like using built-in helper functions to reduce field state to values only, or to retrieve sibling data by path.
```tsx
'use client'
import { useAllFormFields } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import { reduceFieldsToValues, getSiblingData } from 'payload/shared'
const ExampleComponent: React.FC = () => {
// the `fields` const will be equal to all fields' state,
// and the `dispatchFields` method is usable to send field state up to the form
If you are building a Custom Component, then you should use `setValue` which is returned from the `useField` hook to programmatically set your field's value. But if you're looking to update _another_ field's value, you can use `dispatchFields` returned from `useFormFields`.
You can send the following actions to the `dispatchFields` function.
| **`ADD_ROW`** | Adds a row of data (useful in array / block field data) |
| **`DUPLICATE_ROW`** | Duplicates a row of data (useful in array / block field data) |
| **`MODIFY_CONDITION`** | Updates a field's conditional logic result (true / false) |
| **`MOVE_ROW`** | Moves a row of data (useful in array / block field data) |
| **`REMOVE`** | Removes a field from form state |
| **`REMOVE_ROW`** | Removes a row of data from form state (useful in array / block field data) |
| **`REPLACE_STATE`** | Completely replaces form state |
| **`UPDATE`** | Update any property of a specific field's state |
To see types for each action supported within the `dispatchFields` hook, check out the Form types [here](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/packages/payload/src/admin/components/forms/Form/types.ts).
## useForm
The `useForm` hook can be used to interact with the form itself, and sends back many methods that can be used to reactively fetch form state without causing rerenders within your components each time a field is changed. This is useful if you have action-based callbacks that your components fire, and need to interact with form state _based on a user action_.
<Banner type="warning">
<strong>Warning:</strong>
<br />
This hook is optimized to avoid causing rerenders when fields change, and as such, its `fields`
property will be out of date. You should only leverage this hook if you need to perform actions
against the form in response to your users' actions. Do not rely on its returned "fields" as being
up-to-date. They will be removed from this hook's response in an upcoming version.
</Banner>
The `useForm` hook returns an object with the following properties:
<TableWithDrawers
columns={[
'Action',
'Description',
'Example',
]}
rows={[
[
{
value: <strong><code>fields</code></strong>,
},
{
value: "Deprecated. This property cannot be relied on as up-to-date.",
In any Custom Component you can get the selected locale object with the `useLocale` hook. `useLocale` gives you the full locale object, consisting of a `label`, `rtl`(right-to-left) property, and then `code`. Here is a simple example:
```tsx
'use client'
import { useLocale } from '@payloadcms/ui'
const Greeting: React.FC = () => {
// highlight-start
const locale = useLocale()
// highlight-end
const trans = {
en: 'Hello',
es: 'Hola',
}
return <span> {trans[locale.code]} </span>
}
```
## useAuth
Useful to retrieve info about the currently logged in user as well as methods for interacting with it. It sends back an object with the following properties:
| **`logOut`** | A method to log out the currently logged in user |
| **`refreshCookie`** | A method to trigger the silent refreshing of a user's auth token |
| **`setToken`** | Set the token of the user, to be decoded and used to reset the user and token in memory |
| **`token`** | The logged in user's token (useful for creating preview links, etc.) |
| **`refreshPermissions`** | Load new permissions (useful when content that effects permissions has been changed) |
| **`permissions`** | The permissions of the current user |
```tsx
'use client'
import { useAuth } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { User } from '../payload-types.ts'
const Greeting: React.FC = () => {
// highlight-start
const { user } = useAuth<User>()
// highlight-end
return <span>Hi, {user.email}!</span>
}
```
## useConfig
Used to easily retrieve the Payload [Client Config](./components#accessing-the-payload-config).
```tsx
'use client'
import { useConfig } from '@payloadcms/ui'
const MyComponent: React.FC = () => {
// highlight-start
const { config } = useConfig()
// highlight-end
return <span>{config.serverURL}</span>
}
```
## useEditDepth
Sends back how many editing levels "deep" the current component is. Edit depth is relevant while adding new documents / editing documents in modal windows and other cases.
```tsx
'use client'
import { useEditDepth } from '@payloadcms/ui'
const MyComponent: React.FC = () => {
// highlight-start
const editDepth = useEditDepth()
// highlight-end
return <span>My component is {editDepth} levels deep</span>
}
```
## usePreferences
Returns methods to set and get user preferences. More info can be found [here](https://payloadcms.com/docs/admin/preferences).
## useTheme
Returns the currently selected theme (`light`, `dark` or `auto`), a set function to update it and a boolean `autoMode`, used to determine if the theme value should be set automatically based on the user's device preferences.
```tsx
'use client'
import { useTheme } from '@payloadcms/ui'
const MyComponent: React.FC = () => {
// highlight-start
const { autoMode, setTheme, theme } = useTheme()
// highlight-end
return (
<>
<span>
The current theme is {theme} and autoMode is {autoMode}
Similar to [`useFieldProps`](#usefieldprops), all [Custom Cell Components](./fields#the-cell-component) are rendered on the server, and as such, only have access to static props at render time. But, some props need to be dynamic, such as the field value itself.
For this reason, dynamic props like `cellData` are managed in their own React context, which can be accessed using the `useTableCell` hook.
The `useDocumentEvents` hook provides a way of subscribing to cross-document events, such as updates made to nested documents within a drawer. This hook will report document events that are outside the scope of the document currently being edited. This hook provides the following:
| **`mostRecentUpdate`** | An object containing the most recently updated document. It contains the `entitySlug`, `id` (if collection), and `updatedAt` properties |
| **`reportUpdate`** | A method used to report updates to documents. It accepts the same arguments as the `mostRecentUpdate` property. |
**Example:**
```tsx
'use client'
import { useDocumentEvents } from '@payloadcms/ui'
@@ -20,13 +20,13 @@ When a user starts editing a document, Payload locks it for that user. If anothe
The lock will automatically expire after a set period of inactivity, configurable using the `duration` property in the `lockDocuments` configuration, after which others can resume editing.
<Banner type="info"> <strong>Note:</strong> If your application does not require document locking, you can disable this feature for any collection or global by setting the <code>lockDocuments</code> property to <code>false</code>. </Banner>
<Banner type="info"> **Note:** If your application does not require document locking, you can disable this feature for any collection or global by setting the `lockDocuments` property to `false`. </Banner>
### Config Options
The `lockDocuments` property exists on both the Collection Config and the Global Config. Document locking is enabled by default, but you can customize the lock duration or turn off the feature for any collection or global.
Here’s an example configuration for document locking:
Here's an example configuration for document locking:
@@ -57,8 +57,8 @@ The following options are available for Root Metadata:
| **`titleSuffix`** | `string` | A suffix to append to the end of the title of every page. Defaults to "- Payload". |
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Reminder:</strong>
These are the _root-level_ options for the Admin Panel. You can also customize [Collection Metadata](./collections), [Global Metadata](./globals), and [Document Metadata](./documents) in their respective configs.
**Reminder:**
These are the _root-level_ options for the Admin Panel. You can also customize metadata on the [Collection](../configuration/collections), [Global](../configuration/globals), and Document levels through their respective configs.
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ The Global Meta config has the same options as the [Root Metadata](#root-metadat
## View Metadata
View Metadata is the metadata that is applied to specific [Views](./views) within the Admin Panel. This metadata is used to customize the title and description of a specific view, overriding any metadata set at the [Root](#root-metadata), [Collection](#collection-metadata), or [Global](#global-metadata) level.
View Metadata is the metadata that is applied to specific [Views](../custom-components/custom-views) within the Admin Panel. This metadata is used to customize the title and description of a specific view, overriding any metadata set at the [Root](#root-metadata), [Collection](#collection-metadata), or [Global](#global-metadata) level.
To customize View Metadata, use the `meta` key within your View Config:
Payload dynamically generates a beautiful, [fully type-safe](../typescript/overview) Admin Panel to manage your users and data. It is highly performant, even with 100+ fields, and is translated in over 30 languages. Within the Admin Panel you can manage content, [render your site](../live-preview/overview), preview drafts, [diff versions](../versions/overview), and so much more.
Payload dynamically generates a beautiful, [fully type-safe](../typescript/overview) Admin Panel to manage your users and data. It is highly performant, even with 100+ fields, and is translated in over 30 languages. Within the Admin Panel you can manage content, [render your site](../live-preview/overview), [preview drafts](./preview), [diff versions](../versions/overview), and so much more.
The Admin Panel is designed to [white-label your brand](https://payloadcms.com/blog/white-label-admin-ui). You can endlessly customize and extend the Admin UI by swapping in your own [Custom Components](./components)—everything from simple field labels to entire views can be modified or replaced to perfectly tailor the interface for your editors.
The Admin Panel is designed to [white-label your brand](https://payloadcms.com/blog/white-label-admin-ui). You can endlessly customize and extend the Admin UI by swapping in your own [Custom Components](../custom-components/overview)—everything from simple field labels to entire views can be modified or replaced to perfectly tailor the interface for your editors.
The Admin Panel is written in [TypeScript](https://www.typescriptlang.org) and built with [React](https://react.dev) using the [Next.js App Router](https://nextjs.org/docs/app). It supports [React Server Components](https://react.dev/reference/rsc/server-components), enabling the use of the [Local API](/docs/local-api/overview) on the front-end. You can install Payload into any [existing Next.js app in just one line](../getting-started/installation) and [deploy it anywhere](../production).
The Admin Panel is written in [TypeScript](https://www.typescriptlang.org) and built with [React](https://react.dev) using the [Next.js App Router](https://nextjs.org/docs/app). It supports [React Server Components](https://react.dev/reference/rsc/server-components), enabling the use of the [Local API](/docs/local-api/overview) on the front-end. You can install Payload into any [existing Next.js app in just one line](../getting-started/installation) and [deploy it anywhere](../production/deployment).
<Banner type="success">
The Payload Admin Panel is designed to be as minimal and straightforward as possible to allow easy customization and control. [Learn more](./components).
The Payload Admin Panel is designed to be as minimal and straightforward as possible to allow easy customization and control. [Learn more](../custom-components/overview).
</Banner>
<LightDarkImage
@@ -56,8 +56,8 @@ As shown above, all Payload routes are nested within the `(payload)` route group
The `admin` directory contains all the _pages_ related to the interface itself, whereas the `api` and `graphql` directories contains all the _routes_ related to the [REST API](../rest-api/overview) and [GraphQL API](../graphql/overview). All admin routes are [easily configurable](#customizing-routes) to meet your application's exact requirements.
<Banner type="warning">
<strong>Note:</strong>
If you don't use the [REST API](../rest/overview) or [GraphQL API](../graphql/overview), you can delete the [Next.js files corresponding to those routes](../admin/overview#project-structure), however, the overhead of this API is completely constrained to these endpoints, and will not slow down or affect Payload outside of the endpoints.
**Note:**
If you don't intend to use the Admin Panel, [REST API](../rest-api/overview), or [GraphQL API](../graphql/overview), you can opt-out by simply deleting their corresponding directories within your Next.js app. The overhead, however, is completely constrained to these routes, and will not slow down or affect Payload outside when not in use.
</Banner>
Finally, the `custom.scss` file is where you can add or override globally-oriented styles in the Admin Panel, such as modify the color palette. Customizing the look and feel through CSS alone is a powerful feature of the Admin Panel, [more on that here](./customizing-css).
| **`avatar`** | Set account profile picture. Options: `gravatar`, `default` or a custom React component. |
| **`autoLogin`** | Used to automate log-in for dev and demonstration convenience. [More details](../authentication/overview). |
| **`buildPath`** | Specify an absolute path for where to store the built Admin bundle used in production. Defaults to `path.resolve(process.cwd(), 'build')`. |
| **`components`** | Component overrides that affect the entirety of the Admin Panel. [More details](./components). |
| **`custom`** | Any custom properties you wish to pass to the Admin Panel. |
| **`dateFormat`** | The date format that will be used for all dates within the Admin Panel. Any valid [date-fns](https://date-fns.org/) format pattern can be used. |
| **`disable`** | If set to `true`, the entire Admin Panel will be disabled. |
| **`livePreview`** | Enable real-time editing for instant visual feedback of your front-end application. [More details](../live-preview/overview). |
| **`meta`** | Base metadata to use for the Admin Panel. [More details](./metadata). |
| **`routes`** | Replace built-in Admin Panel routes with your own custom routes. [More details](#customizing-routes). |
| **`theme`** | Restrict the Admin Panel theme to use only one of your choice. Default is `all`.
| **`user`** | The `slug` of the Collection that you want to allow to login to the Admin Panel. [More details](#the-admin-user-collection). |
| **`avatar`** | Set account profile picture. Options: `gravatar`, `default` or a custom React component. |
| **`autoLogin`** | Used to automate log-in for dev and demonstration convenience. [More details](../authentication/overview). |
| **`buildPath`** | Specify an absolute path for where to store the built Admin bundle used in production. Defaults to `path.resolve(process.cwd(), 'build')`. |
| **`components`** | Component overrides that affect the entirety of the Admin Panel. [More details](../custom-components/overview). |
| **`custom`** | Any custom properties you wish to pass to the Admin Panel. |
| **`dateFormat`** | The date format that will be used for all dates within the Admin Panel. Any valid [date-fns](https://date-fns.org/) format pattern can be used. |
| **`livePreview`** | Enable real-time editing for instant visual feedback of your front-end application. [More details](../live-preview/overview). |
| **`meta`** | Base metadata to use for the Admin Panel. [More details](./metadata). |
| **`routes`** | Replace built-in Admin Panel routes with your own custom routes. [More details](#customizing-routes). |
| **`suppressHydrationWarning`** | If set to `true`, suppresses React hydration mismatch warnings during the hydration of the root `<html>` tag. Defaults to `false`. |
| **`theme`** | Restrict the Admin Panel theme to use only one of your choice. Default is `all`. |
| **`timezones`** | Configure the timezone settings for the admin panel. [More details](#timezones) |
| **`user`** | The `slug` of the Collection that you want to allow to login to the Admin Panel. [More details](#the-admin-user-collection). |
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Reminder:</strong>
These are the _root-level_ options for the Admin Panel. You can also customize [Collection Admin Options](./collections) and [Global Admin Options](./globals) through their respective `admin` keys.
**Reminder:**
These are the _root-level_ options for the Admin Panel. You can also customize [Collection Admin Options](../configuration/collections#admin-options) and [Global Admin Options](../configuration/globals#admin-options) through their respective `admin` keys.
</Banner>
### The Admin User Collection
@@ -122,8 +123,8 @@ const config = buildConfig({
```
<Banner type="warning">
<strong>Important:</strong>
<br />
**Important:**
The Admin Panel can only be used by a single auth-enabled Collection. To enable authentication for a Collection, simply set `auth: true` in the Collection's configuration. See [Authentication](../authentication/overview) for more information.
</Banner>
@@ -143,7 +144,7 @@ It is also possible to allow multiple user types into the Admin Panel with limit
- `super-admin` - full access to the Admin Panel to perform any action
- `editor` - limited access to the Admin Panel to only manage content
To do this, add a `roles` or similar field to your auth-enabled Collection, then use the `access.admin` property to grant or deny access based on the value of that field. See [Access Control](/docs/access-control/overview) for full details. For a complete, working example of role-based access control, check out the official [Auth Example](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples/auth/payload).
To do this, add a `roles` or similar field to your auth-enabled Collection, then use the `access.admin` property to grant or deny access based on the value of that field. See [Access Control](/docs/access-control/overview) for full details. For a complete, working example of role-based access control, check out the official [Auth Example](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples/auth).
## Customizing Routes
@@ -176,8 +177,8 @@ The following options are available:
| `graphQLPlayground` | `/graphql-playground` | The GraphQL Playground. |
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Tip:</strong>
You can easily add _new_ routes to the Admin Panel through [Custom Endpoints](../rest-api/overview#custom-endpoints) and [Custom Views](./views).
**Tip:**
You can easily add _new_ routes to the Admin Panel through [Custom Endpoints](../rest-api/overview#custom-endpoints) and [Custom Views](../custom-components/custom-views).
</Banner>
#### Customizing Root-level Routes
@@ -194,8 +195,8 @@ app/
```
<Banner type="warning">
<strong>Note:</strong>
If you set Root-level Routes _before_ auto-generating the Admin Panel, your [Project Structure](#project-structure) will already be set up correctly.
**Note:**
If you set Root-level Routes _before_ auto-generating the Admin Panel via `create-payload-app`, your [Project Structure](#project-structure) will already be set up correctly.
</Banner>
### Admin-level Routes
@@ -231,14 +232,32 @@ The following options are available:
| `unauthorized` | `/unauthorized` | The unauthorized page. |
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Note:</strong>
You can also swap out entire _views_ out for your own, using the `admin.views` property of the Payload Config. See [Custom Views](./views) for more information.
**Note:**
You can also swap out entire _views_ out for your own, using the `admin.views` property of the Payload Config. See [Custom Views](../custom-components/custom-views) for more information.
</Banner>
## I18n
The Payload Admin Panel is translated in over [30 languages and counting](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/beta/packages/translations). Languages are automatically detected based on the user's browser and used by the Admin Panel to display all text in that language. If no language was detected, or if the user's language is not yet supported, English will be chosen. Users can easily specify their language by selecting one from their account page. See [I18n](../configuration/i18n) for more information.
The Payload Admin Panel is translated in over [30 languages and counting](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/packages/translations). Languages are automatically detected based on the user's browser and used by the Admin Panel to display all text in that language. If no language was detected, or if the user's language is not yet supported, English will be chosen. Users can easily specify their language by selecting one from their account page. See [I18n](../configuration/i18n) for more information.
## Light and Dark Modes
Users in the Admin Panel have the ability to choose between light mode and dark mode for their editing experience. Users can select their preferred theme from their account page. Once selected, it is saved to their user's preferences and persisted across sessions and devices. If no theme was selected, the Admin Panel will automatically detect the operation system's theme and use that as the default.
## Timezones
The `admin.timezones` configuration allows you to configure timezone settings for the Admin Panel. You can customise the available list of timezones and in the future configure the default timezone for the Admin Panel and for all users.
| `supportedTimezones` | An array of label/value options for selectable timezones where the value is the IANA name eg. `America/Detroit` |
| `defaultTimezone` | The `value` of the default selected timezone. eg. `America/Los_Angeles` |
We validate the supported timezones array by checking the value against the list of IANA timezones supported via the Intl API, specifically `Intl.supportedValuesOf('timeZone')`.
<Banner type="info">
**Important**
You must enable timezones on each individual date field via `timezone: true`. See [Date Fields](../fields/overview#date) for more information.
Preview is a feature that allows you to generate a direct link to your front-end application. When enabled, a "preview" button will appear on the Edit View within the [Admin Panel](./overview) with an href pointing to the URL you provide. This will provide your editors with a quick way of navigating to the front-end application where that Document's data is represented. Otherwise, they'd have to determine that URL themselves which is not always straightforward especially in complex apps.
The Preview feature can also be used to achieve something known as "Draft Preview". With Draft Preview, you can navigate to your front-end application and enter "draft mode", where your queries are modified to fetch draft content instead of published content. This is useful for seeing how your content will look before being published. [More details](#draft-preview).
<Banner type="warning">
**Note:**
Preview is different than [Live Preview](../live-preview/overview). Live Preview loads your app within an iframe and renders it in the Admin Panel allowing you to see changes in real-time. Preview, on the other hand, allows you to generate a direct link to your front-end application.
</Banner>
To add Preview, pass a function to the `admin.preview` property in any [Collection Config](../configuration/collections#admin-options) or [Global Config](../configuration/globals#admin-options):
The `preview` function resolves to a string that points to your front-end application with additional URL parameters. This can be an absolute URL or a relative path, and can run async if needed.
The following arguments are provided to the `preview` function:
| **`locale`** | The current locale of the Document being edited. |
| **`req`** | The Payload Request object. |
| **`token`** | The JWT token of the currently authenticated in user. |
If your application requires a fully qualified URL, such as within deploying to Vercel Preview Deployments, you can use the `req` property to build this URL:
The Preview feature can be used to achieve "Draft Preview". After clicking the preview button from the Admin Panel, you can enter into "draft mode" within your front-end application. This will allow you to adjust your page queries to include the `draft: true` param. When this param is present on the request, Payload will send back a draft document as opposed to a published one based on the document's `_status` field.
To enter draft mode, the URL provided to the `preview` function can point to a custom endpoint in your front-end application that sets a cookie or session variable to indicate that draft mode is enabled. This is framework specific, so the mechanisms here very from framework to framework although the underlying concept is the same.
### Next.js
If you're using Next.js, you can do the following code to enter [Draft Mode](https://nextjs.org/docs/app/building-your-application/configuring/draft-mode).
#### Step 1: Format the Preview URL
First, format your `admin.preview` function to point to a custom endpoint that you'll open on your front-end. This URL should include a few key query search params:
For fully working example of this, check of the official [Draft Preview Example](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples/draft-preview) in the [Examples Directory](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples).
Views are the individual pages that make up the [Admin Panel](./overview), such as the Dashboard, List, and Edit views. One of the most powerful ways to customize the Admin Panel is to create Custom Views. These are [Custom Components](./components) that can either replace built-in views or can be entirely new.
There are four types of views within the Admin Panel:
- [Root Views](#root-views)
- [Collection Views](#collection-views)
- [Global Views](#global-views)
- [Document Views](#document-views)
To swap in your own Custom Views, consult the list of available components. Determine the scope that corresponds to what you are trying to accomplish, then [author your React component(s)](#building-custom-views) accordingly.
## Root Views
Root Views are the main views of the [Admin Panel](./overview). These are views that are scoped directly under the `/admin` route, such as the Dashboard or Account views.
To easily swap Root Views with your own, or to [create entirely new ones](#adding-new-root-views), use the `admin.components.views` property of your root [Payload Config](../configuration/overview):
Your Custom Root Views can optionally use one of the templates that Payload provides. The most common of these is the Default Template which provides the basic layout and navigation. Here is an example of what that might look like:
```tsx
import type { AdminViewProps } from 'payload'
import { DefaultTemplate } from '@payloadcms/next/templates'
| **`Component`** \* | Pass in the component path that should be rendered when a user navigates to this route. |
| **`path`** \* | Any valid URL path or array of paths that [`path-to-regexp`](https://www.npmjs.com/package/path-to-regex) understands. |
| **`exact`** | Boolean. When true, will only match if the path matches the `usePathname()` exactly. |
| **`strict`** | When true, a path that has a trailing slash will only match a `location.pathname` with a trailing slash. This has no effect when there are additional URL segments in the pathname. |
| **`sensitive`** | When true, will match if the path is case sensitive.|
| **`meta`** | Page metadata overrides to apply to this view within the Admin Panel. [More details](./metadata). |
_\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
### Adding New Views
To add a _new_ views to the [Admin Panel](./overview), simply add your own key to the `views` object with at least a `path` and `Component` property. For example:
The above example shows how to add a new [Root View](#root-views), but the pattern is the same for [Collection Views](#collection-views), [Global Views](#global-views), and [Document Views](#document-views). For help on how to build your own Custom Views, see [Building Custom Views](#building-custom-views).
<Banner type="warning">
<strong>Note:</strong>
<br />
Routes are cascading, so unless explicitly given the `exact` property, they will
match on URLs that simply _start_ with the route's path. This is helpful when creating catch-all
routes in your application. Alternatively, define your nested route _before_ your parent
route.
</Banner>
<Banner type="warning">
<strong>Custom views are public</strong>
<br />
Custom views are public by default. If your view requires a user to be logged in or to have certain access rights, you should handle that within your view component yourself.
</Banner>
## Collection Views
Collection Views are views that are scoped under the `/collections` route, such as the Collection List and Document Edit views.
To easily swap out Collection Views with your own, or to [create entirely new ones](#adding-new-views), use the `admin.components.views` property of your [Collection Config](../collections/overview):
```ts
import type { SanitizedCollectionConfig } from 'payload'
_For details on how to build Custom Views, including all available props, see [Building Custom Views](#building-custom-views)._
<Banner type="warning">
<strong>Note:</strong>
The `root` property will replace the _entire_ Edit View, including the title, tabs, etc., _as well as all nested [Document Views](#document-views)_, such as the API, Live Preview, and Version views. To replace only the Edit View precisely, use the `edit.default` key instead.
| **`edit`** | The Edit View is used to edit a single document for any given Collection. [More details](#document-views). |
| **`list`** | The List View is used to show a list of documents for any given Collection. |
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Note:</strong>
You can also add _new_ Collection Views to the config by adding a new key to the `views` object with at least a `path` and `Component` property. See [Adding New Views](#adding-new-views) for more information.
</Banner>
## Global Views
Global Views are views that are scoped under the `/globals` route, such as the Document Edit View.
To easily swap out Global Views with your own or [create entirely new ones](#adding-new-views), use the `admin.components.views` property in your [Global Config](../globals/overview):
```ts
import type { SanitizedGlobalConfig } from 'payload'
_For details on how to build Custom Views, including all available props, see [Building Custom Views](#building-custom-views)._
<Banner type="warning">
<strong>Note:</strong>
The `root` property will replace the _entire_ Edit View, including the title, tabs, etc., _as well as all nested [Document Views](#document-views)_, such as the API, Live Preview, and Version views. To replace only the Edit View precisely, use the `edit.default` key instead.
| **`edit`** | The Edit View is used to edit a single document for any given Global. [More details](#document-views). |
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Note:</strong>
You can also add _new_ Global Views to the config by adding a new key to the `views` object with at least a `path` and `Component` property. See [Adding New Views](#adding-new-views) for more information.
</Banner>
## Document Views
Document Views are views that are scoped under the `/collections/:collectionSlug/:id` or the `/globals/:globalSlug` route, such as the Edit View or the API View. All Document Views keep their overall structure across navigation changes, such as their title and tabs, and replace only the content below.
To easily swap out Document Views with your own, or to [create entirely new ones](#adding-new-document-views), use the `admin.components.views.Edit[key]` property in your [Collection Config](../collections/overview) or [Global Config](../globals/overview):
```ts
import type { SanitizedCollectionConfig } from 'payload'
_For details on how to build Custom Views, including all available props, see [Building Custom Views](#building-custom-views)._
<Banner type="warning">
<strong>Note:</strong>
If you need to replace the _entire_ Edit View, including _all_ nested Document Views, use the `root` key. See [Custom Collection Views](#collection-views) or [Custom Global Views](#global-views) for more information.
| **`root`** | The Root View overrides all other nested views and routes. No document controls or tabs are rendered when this key is set. |
| **`default`** | The Default View is the primary view in which your document is edited. It is rendered within the "Edit" tab. |
| **`versions`** | The Versions View is used to navigate the version history of a single document. It is rendered within the "Versions" tab. [More details](../versions). |
| **`version`** | The Version View is used to edit a single version of a document. It is rendered within the "Version" tab. [More details](../versions). |
| **`api`** | The API View is used to display the REST API JSON response for a given document. It is rendered within the "API" tab. |
| **`livePreview`** | The LivePreview view is used to display the Live Preview interface. It is rendered within the "Live Preview" tab. [More details](../live-preview). |
### Document Tabs
Each Document View can be given a new tab in the Edit View, if desired. Tabs are highly configurable, from as simple as changing the label to swapping out the entire component, they can be modified in any way. To add or customize tabs in the Edit View, use the `tab` key:
```ts
import type { SanitizedCollectionConfig } from 'payload'
Custom Views are just [Custom Components](./components) rendered at the page-level. To understand how to build Custom Views, first review the [Building Custom Components](./components#building-custom-components) guide. Once you have a Custom Component ready, you can use it as a Custom View.
```ts
import type { SanitizedCollectionConfig } from 'payload'
| **`initPageResult`** | An object containing `req`, `payload`, `permissions`, etc. |
| **`clientConfig`** | The Client Config object. [More details](../components#accessing-the-payload-config). |
| **`importMap`** | The import map object. |
| **`params`** | An object containing the [Dynamic Route Parameters](https://nextjs.org/docs/app/building-your-application/routing/dynamic-routes). |
| **`searchParams`** | An object containing the [Search Parameters](https://developer.mozilla.org/docs/Learn/Common_questions/What_is_a_URL#parameters). |
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Reminder:</strong>
All [Custom Server Components](./components) receive `payload` and `i18n` by default. See [Building Custom Components](./components#building-custom-components) for more details.
</Banner>
<Banner type="warning">
<strong>Important:</strong>
It's up to you to secure your custom views. If your view requires a user to be logged in or to
have certain access rights, you should handle that within your view component yourself.
@@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ For example, if you have a third-party service or external app that needs to be
1. Generate a non-expiring API key for that user to request with.
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Tip:</strong>
<br/>
**Tip:**
This is particularly useful as you can create a "user" that reflects an integration with a specific external service and assign a "role" or specific access only needed by that service/integration.
</Banner>
@@ -39,9 +39,9 @@ User API keys are encrypted within the database, meaning that if your database i
your API keys will not be.
<Banner type="warning">
<strong>Important:</strong>
**Important:**
If you change your `PAYLOAD_SECRET`, you will need to regenerate your API keys.
<br />
The secret key is used to encrypt the API keys, so if you change the secret, existing API keys will
Payload offers the ability to [Authenticate](./overview) via HTTP-only cookies. These can be read from the responses of `login`, `logout`, `refresh`, and `me` auth operations.
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Tip:</strong>
**Tip:**
You can access the logged-in user from within [Access Control](../access-control/overview) and [Hooks](../hooks/overview) through the `req.user` argument. [More details](./token-data).
For more about including cookies in requests from your app to your Payload API, [read the MDN docs](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/API/Fetch_API/Using_Fetch#Sending_a_request_with_credentials_included).
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Tip:</strong>
**Tip:**
To make sure you have a Payload cookie set properly in your browser after logging in, you can use
the browsers Developer Tools > Application > Cookies > [your-domain-here]. The Developer tools
will still show HTTP-only cookies.
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ For more about including cookies in requests from your app to your Payload API,
CSRF (cross-site request forgery) attacks are common and dangerous. By using an HTTP-only cookie, Payload removes many XSS vulnerabilities, however, CSRF attacks can still be possible.
For example, let's say you have a popular app `https://payload-finances.com` that allows users to manage finances, send and receive money. As Payload is using HTTP-only cookies, that means that browsers automatically will include cookies when sending requests to your domain - <strong>no matter what page created the request</strong>.
For example, let's say you have a popular app `https://payload-finances.com` that allows users to manage finances, send and receive money. As Payload is using HTTP-only cookies, that means that browsers automatically will include cookies when sending requests to your domain - **no matter what page created the request**.
So, if a user of `https://payload-finances.com` is logged in and is browsing around on the internet, they might stumble onto a page with malicious intent. Let's look at an example:
@@ -126,6 +126,6 @@ If you're configuring [cors](../production/preventing-abuse#cross-origin-resourc
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Good to know:</strong>
Setting up <code>secure: true</code> will not work if you're developing on <code>http://localhost</code> or any non-https domain. For local development you should conditionally set this to <code>false</code> based on the environment.
**Good to know:**
Setting up `secure: true` will not work if you're developing on `http://localhost` or any non-https domain. For local development you should conditionally set this to `false` based on the environment.
[Authentication](./overview) ties directly into the [Email](../email) functionality that Payload provides. This allows you to send emails to users for verification, password resets, and more. While Payload provides default email templates for these actions, you can customize them to fit your brand.
[Authentication](./overview) ties directly into the [Email](../email/overview) functionality that Payload provides. This allows you to send emails to users for verification, password resets, and more. While Payload provides default email templates for these actions, you can customize them to fit your brand.
| **`generateEmailHTML`** | Allows for overriding the HTML within emails that are sent to users indicating how to validate their account. [More details](#generateEmailHTML). |
| **`generateEmailSubject`** | Allows for overriding the subject of the email that is sent to users indicating how to validate their account. [More details](#generateEmailSubject). |
| **`generateEmailHTML`** | Allows for overriding the HTML within emails that are sent to users indicating how to validate their account. [More details](#generateemailhtml). |
| **`generateEmailSubject`** | Allows for overriding the subject of the email that is sent to users indicating how to validate their account. [More details](#generateemailsubject). |
| **`expiration`** | Configure how long password reset tokens remain valid, specified in milliseconds. |
| **`generateEmailHTML`** | Allows for overriding the HTML within emails that are sent to users attempting to reset their password. [More details](#generateEmailHTML). |
| **`generateEmailSubject`** | Allows for overriding the subject of the email that is sent to users attempting to reset their password. [More details](#generateEmailSubject). |
Payload offers the ability to [Authenticate](./overview) via JSON Web Tokens (JWT). These can be read from the responses of `login`, `logout`, `refresh`, and `me` auth operations.
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Tip:</strong>
**Tip:**
You can access the logged-in user from within [Access Control](../access-control/overview) and [Hooks](../hooks/overview) through the `req.user` argument. [More details](./token-data).
</Banner>
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload'
@@ -269,11 +269,15 @@ const result = await payload.verifyEmail({
})
```
**Note:** the token you need to pass to the `verifyEmail` function is unique to verification and is not the same as the token that you can retrieve from the `forgotPassword` operation. It can be found on the user document, as a hidden `_verificationToken` field. If you'd like to retrieve this token, you can use the Local API's `find` or `findByID` methods, setting `showHiddenFields: true`.
**Note:** if you do not have a `config.serverURL` set, Payload will attempt to create one for you if the user was created via REST or GraphQL by looking at the incoming `req`. But this is not supported if you are creating the user via the Local API's `payload.create()` method. If this applies to you, and you do not have a `serverURL` set, you may want to override your `verify.generateEmailHTML` function to provide a full URL to link the user to a proper verification page.
## Unlock
If a user locks themselves out and you wish to deliberately unlock them, you can utilize the Unlock operation. The [Admin Panel](../admin/overview) features an Unlock control automatically for all collections that feature max login attempts, but you can programmatically unlock users as well by using the Unlock operation.
To restrict who is allowed to unlock users, you can utilize the [`unlock`](../access-control/overview#unlock) access control function.
To restrict who is allowed to unlock users, you can utilize the [`unlock`](../access-control/collections#unlock) access control function.
**Example REST API unlock**:
@@ -308,7 +312,7 @@ Payload comes with built-in forgot password functionality. Submitting an email a
The link to reset the user's password contains a token which is what allows the user to securely reset their password.
By default, the Forgot Password operations send users to the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview) to reset their password, but you can customize the generated email to send users to the frontend of your app instead by [overriding the email HTML](/docs/authentication/overview#forgot-password).
By default, the Forgot Password operations send users to the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview) to reset their password, but you can customize the generated email to send users to the frontend of your app instead by [overriding the email HTML](/docs/authentication/email#forgot-password).
**Note:** if you do not have a `config.serverURL` set, Payload will attempt to create one for you if the `forgot-password` operation was triggered via REST or GraphQL by looking at the incoming `req`. But this is not supported if you are calling `payload.forgotPassword()` via the Local API. If you do not have a `serverURL` set, you may want to override your `auth.forgotPassword.generateEmailHTML` function to provide a full URL to link the user to a proper reset-password page.
</Banner>
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Tip:</strong>
<br />
**Tip:**
You can stop the reset-password email from being sent via using the local API. This is helpful if
you need to create user accounts programmatically, but not set their password for them. This
effectively generates a reset password token which you can then use to send to a page you create,
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ Here are some common use cases of Authentication in your own applications:
When Authentication is enabled on a [Collection](../configuration/collections), Payload injects all necessary functionality to support the entire user flow. This includes all [auth-related operations](./operations) like account creation, logging in and out, and resetting passwords, all [auth-related emails](./email) like email verification and password reset, as well as any necessary UI to manage users from the Admin Panel.
To enable Authentication on a Collection, use the `auth` property in the [Collection Config](../configuration/collection#auth):
To enable Authentication on a Collection, use the `auth` property in the [Collection Config](../configuration/collections#config-options):
```ts
import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload'
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ _Admin Panel screenshot depicting an Admins Collection with Auth enabled_
Any [Collection](../configuration/collections) can opt-in to supporting Authentication. Once enabled, each Document that is created within the Collection can be thought of as a "user". This enables a complete authentication workflow on your Collection, such as logging in and out, resetting their password, and more.
<Banner type="warning">
<strong>Note:</strong>
**Note:**
By default, Payload provides an auth-enabled `User` Collection which is used to access the Admin Panel. [More details](../admin/overview#the-admin-user-collection).
For default auth behavior, set `auth: true`. This is a good starting point for most applications.
</Banner>
<Banner type="warning">
<strong>Note:</strong>
**Note:**
Auth-enabled Collections with be automatically injected with the `hash`, `salt`, and `email` fields. [More details](../fields/overview#field-names).
</Banner>
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ If set to `true`, an email address is required when creating a new user. If set
For testing and demo purposes you may want to skip forcing the user to login in order to access your application. Typically, all users should be required to login, however, you can speed up local development time by enabling auto-login.
To enable auto-login, set the `autoLogin` property in the [Admin Config](../configuration/admin):
To enable auto-login, set the `autoLogin` property in the [Payload Config](../admin/overview#admin-options):
```ts
import { buildConfig } from 'payload'
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ export default buildConfig({
```
<Banner type="warning">
<strong>Warning:</strong>
**Warning:**
The recommended way to use this feature is behind an [Environment Variable](../configuration/environment-vars). This will ensure it is _disabled_ in production.
</Banner>
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ Each of these strategies can work together or independently. You can also create
### HTTP-Only Cookies
[HTTP-only cookies](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Cookies) are a highly secure method of storing identifiable data on a user's device so that Payload can automatically recognize a returning user until their cookie expires. They are totally protected from common XSS attacks and <strong>cannot be read by JavaScript in the browser</strong>, unlike JWT's. [More details](./cookies).
[HTTP-only cookies](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Cookies) are a highly secure method of storing identifiable data on a user's device so that Payload can automatically recognize a returning user until their cookie expires. They are totally protected from common XSS attacks and **cannot be read by JavaScript in the browser**, unlike JWT's. [More details](./cookies).
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Any of the features in Payload Cloud that require environment variables will aut
Payment methods can be set per project and can be updated any time. You can use team’s default payment method, or add a new one. Modify your payment methods in your Project settings / Team settings.
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Note:</strong> All Payload Cloud teams that deploy a project require a card on file. This
**Note:** All Payload Cloud teams that deploy a project require a card on file. This
helps us prevent fraud and abuse on our platform. If you select a plan with a free trial, you will
not be charged until your trial period is over. We’ll remind you 7 days before your trial ends and
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ Your Payload Cloud project comes with a MongoDB serverless Atlas DB instance or
Payload Cloud gives you S3 file storage backed by Cloudflare as a CDN, and this plugin extends Payload so that all of your media will be stored in S3 rather than locally.
AWS Cognito is used for authentication to your S3 bucket. The[Payload Cloud Plugin](https://github.com/payloadcms/plugin-cloud)will automatically pick up these values. These values are only if you'd like to access your files directly, outside of Payload Cloud.
AWS Cognito is used for authentication to your S3 bucket. The[Payload Cloud Plugin](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/packages/payload-cloud)will automatically pick up these values. These values are only if you'd like to access your files directly, outside of Payload Cloud.
### Accessing Files Outside of Payload Cloud
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ From there, you are ready to make updates to your project. When you are ready to
Projects generated from a template will come pre-configured with the official Cloud Plugin, but if you are using your own repository you will need to add this into your project. To do so, add the plugin to your Payload Config:
`yarn add @payloadcms/payload-cloud`
`pnpm add @payloadcms/payload-cloud`
```js
import { payloadCloudPlugin } from '@payloadcms/payload-cloud'
For a more complex example, see the [Public Demo](https://github.com/payloadcms/public-demo) source code on GitHub, or the [Templates](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/templates) and [Examples](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples) directories in the Payload repository.
**Reminder:**
For more complex examples, see the [Templates](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/templates) and [Examples](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples) directories in the Payload repository.
| **`admin`** | The configuration options for the Admin Panel. [More details](../admin/collections). |
| **`access`** | Provide Access Control functions to define exactly who should be able to do what with Documents in this Collection. [More details](../access-control/collections). |
| **`auth`** | Specify options if you would like this Collection to feature authentication. [More details](../authentication/overview). |
| **`custom`** | Extension point for adding custom data (e.g. for plugins) |
| **`disableDuplicate`** | When true, do not show the "Duplicate" button while editing documents within this Collection and prevent `duplicate` from all APIs. |
| **`defaultSort`** | Pass a top-level field to sort by default in the Collection List View. Prefix the name of the field with a minus symbol ("-") to sort in descending order. Multiple fields can be specified by using a string array. |
| **`dbName`** | Custom table or Collection name depending on the Database Adapter. Auto-generated from slug if not defined. |
| **`endpoints`** | Add custom routes to the REST API. Set to `false` to disable routes. [More details](../rest-api/overview#custom-endpoints). |
| **`fields`** \* | Array of field types that will determine the structure and functionality of the data stored within this Collection. [More details](../fields/overview). |
| **`graphQL`** | An object with `singularName` and `pluralName` strings used in schema generation. Auto-generated from slug if not defined. Set to `false` to disable GraphQL. |
| **`hooks`** | Entry point for Hooks. [More details](../hooks/overview#collection-hooks). |
| **`labels`** | Singular and plural labels for use in identifying this Collection throughout Payload. Auto-generated from slug if not defined. |
| **`lockDocuments`** | Enables or disables document locking. By default, document locking is enabled. Set to an object to configure, or set to `false` to disable locking. [More details](../admin/locked-documents). |
| **`slug`** \* | Unique, URL-friendly string that will act as an identifier for this Collection. |
| **`timestamps`** | Set to false to disable documents' automatically generated `createdAt` and `updatedAt` timestamps. |
| **`typescript`** | An object with property `interface` as the text used in schema generation. Auto-generated from slug if not defined. |
| **`upload`** | Specify options if you would like this Collection to support file uploads. For more, consult the [Uploads](../upload/overview) documentation. |
| **`versions`** | Set to true to enable default options, or configure with object properties. [More details](../versions/overview#collection-config). |
| **`defaultPopulate`** | Specify which fields to select when this Collection is populated from another document. [More Details](../queries/select#defaultpopulate-collection-config-property). |
| `admin` | The configuration options for the Admin Panel. [More details](#admin-options). |
| `access` | Provide Access Control functions to define exactly who should be able to do what with Documents in this Collection. [More details](../access-control/collections). |
| `auth` | Specify options if you would like this Collection to feature authentication. [More details](../authentication/overview). |
| `custom` | Extension point for adding custom data (e.g. for plugins) |
| `disableDuplicate` | When true, do not show the "Duplicate" button while editing documents within this Collection and prevent `duplicate` from all APIs. |
| `defaultSort` | Pass a top-level field to sort by default in the Collection List View. Prefix the name of the field with a minus symbol ("-") to sort in descending order. Multiple fields can be specified by using a string array. |
| `dbName` | Custom table or Collection name depending on the Database Adapter. Auto-generated from slug if not defined. |
| `endpoints` | Add custom routes to the REST API. Set to `false` to disable routes. [More details](../rest-api/overview#custom-endpoints). |
| `fields`* | Array of field types that will determine the structure and functionality of the data stored within this Collection. [More details](../fields/overview). |
| `graphQL` | Manage GraphQL-related properties for this collection. [More](#graphql) |
| `hooks` | Entry point for Hooks. [More details](../hooks/overview#collection-hooks). |
| `labels` | Singular and plural labels for use in identifying this Collection throughout Payload. Auto-generated from slug if not defined. |
| `lockDocuments` | Enables or disables document locking. By default, document locking is enabled. Set to an object to configure, or set to `false` to disable locking. [More details](../admin/locked-documents). |
| `slug`* | Unique, URL-friendly string that will act as an identifier for this Collection. |
| `timestamps` | Set to false to disable documents' automatically generated `createdAt` and `updatedAt` timestamps. |
| `typescript` | An object with property `interface` as the text used in schema generation. Auto-generated from slug if not defined. |
| `upload` | Specify options if you would like this Collection to support file uploads. For more, consult the [Uploads](../upload/overview) documentation. |
| `versions` | Set to true to enable default options, or configure with object properties. [More details](../versions/overview#collection-config). |
| `defaultPopulate` | Specify which fields to select when this Collection is populated from another document. [More Details](../queries/select#defaultpopulate-collection-config-property). |
_\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
_* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
### Fields
@@ -93,9 +93,173 @@ Fields define the schema of the Documents within a Collection. To learn more, go
[Collection Hooks](../hooks/collections) allow you to tie into the lifecycle of your Documents so you can execute your own logic during specific events. To learn more, go to the [Hooks](../hooks/overview) documentation.
### Admin Options
## Admin Options
You can customize the way that the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview) behaves on a Collection-by-Collection basis. To learn more, go to the [Collection Admin Options](../admin/collections) documentation.
The behavior of Collections within the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview) can be fully customized to fit the needs of your application. This includes grouping or hiding their navigation links, adding [Custom Components](../custom-components/overview), selecting which fields to display in the List View, and more.
To configure Admin Options for Collections, use the `admin` property in your Collection Config:
| `group` | Text or localization object used to group Collection and Global links in the admin navigation. Set to `false` to hide the link from the navigation while keeping its routes accessible. |
| `hidden` | Set to true or a function, called with the current user, returning true to exclude this Collection from navigation and admin routing. |
| `hooks` | Admin-specific hooks for this Collection. [More details](../hooks/collections). |
| `useAsTitle` | Specify a top-level field to use for a document title throughout the Admin Panel. If no field is defined, the ID of the document is used as the title. A field with `virtual: true` cannot be used as the title. |
| `description` | Text to display below the Collection label in the List View to give editors more information. Alternatively, you can use the `admin.components.Description` to render a React component. [More details](#custom-components). |
| `defaultColumns` | Array of field names that correspond to which columns to show by default in this Collection's List View. |
| `hideAPIURL` | Hides the "API URL" meta field while editing documents within this Collection. |
| `enableRichTextLink` | The [Rich Text](../fields/rich-text) field features a `Link` element which allows for users to automatically reference related documents within their rich text. Set to `true` by default. |
| `enableRichTextRelationship` | The [Rich Text](../fields/rich-text) field features a `Relationship` element which allows for users to automatically reference related documents within their rich text. Set to `true` by default. |
| `meta` | Page metadata overrides to apply to this Collection within the Admin Panel. [More details](../admin/metadata). |
| `preview` | Function to generate preview URLs within the Admin Panel that can point to your app. [More details](../admin/preview). |
| `livePreview` | Enable real-time editing for instant visual feedback of your front-end application. [More details](../live-preview/overview). |
| `components` | Swap in your own React components to be used within this Collection. [More details](#custom-components). |
| `listSearchableFields` | Specify which fields should be searched in the List search view. [More details](#list-searchable-fields). |
| `pagination` | Set pagination-specific options for this Collection. [More details](#pagination). |
| `baseListFilter` | You can define a default base filter for this collection's List view, which will be merged into any filters that the user performs. |
### Custom Components
Collections can set their own [Custom Components](../custom-components/overview) which only apply to Collection-specific UI within the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview). This includes elements such as the Save Button, or entire layouts such as the Edit View.
To override Collection Components, use the `admin.components` property in your Collection Config:
| `afterList` | An array of components to inject _after_ the built-in List View. [More details](../custom-components/list-view#afterlist). |
| `afterListTable` | An array of components to inject _after_ the built-in List View's table. [More details](../custom-components/list-view#afterlisttable). |
| `beforeList` | An array of components to inject _before_ the built-in List View. [More details](../custom-components/list-view#beforelist). |
| `beforeListTable` | An array of components to inject _before_ the built-in List View's table. [More details](../custom-components/list-view#beforelisttable). |
| `listMenuItems` | An array of components to render within a menu next to the List Controls (after the Columns and Filters options) |
| `Description` | A component to render below the Collection label in the List View. An alternative to the `admin.description` property. [More details](../custom-components/list-view#description). |
| `edit` | Override specific components within the Edit View. [More details](#edit-view-options). |
| `views` | Override or create new views within the Admin Panel. [More details](../custom-components/custom-views). |
| `SaveButton` | Replace the default Save Button within the Edit View. [Drafts](../versions/drafts) must be disabled. [More details](../custom-components/edit-view#save-button). |
| `SaveDraftButton` | Replace the default Save Draft Button within the Edit View. [Drafts](../versions/drafts) must be enabled and autosave must be disabled. [More details](../custom-components/edit-view#save-draft-button). |
| `PublishButton` | Replace the default Publish Button within the Edit View. [Drafts](../versions/drafts) must be enabled. [More details](../custom-components/edit-view#publish-button). |
| `PreviewButton` | Replace the default Preview Button within the Edit View. [Preview](../admin/preview) must be enabled. [More details](../custom-components/edit-view#preview-button). |
| `Upload` | Replace the default Upload component within the Edit View. [Upload](../upload/overview) must be enabled. [More details](../custom-components/edit-view#upload). |
<Banner type="success">
**Note:**
For details on how to build Custom Components, see [Building Custom Components](../custom-components/overview#building-custom-components).
</Banner>
### Pagination
All Collections receive their own List View which displays a paginated list of documents that can be sorted and filtered. The pagination behavior of the List View can be customized on a per-Collection basis, and uses the same [Pagination](../queries/pagination) API that Payload provides.
To configure pagination options, use the `admin.pagination` property in your Collection Config:
| `defaultLimit` | Integer that specifies the default per-page limit that should be used. Defaults to 10. |
| `limits` | Provide an array of integers to use as per-page options for admins to choose from in the List View. |
### List Searchable Fields
In the List View, there is a "search" box that allows you to quickly find a document through a simple text search. By default, it searches on the ID field. If defined, the `admin.useAsTitle` field is used. Or, you can explicitly define which fields to search based on the needs of your application.
To define which fields should be searched, use the `admin.listSearchableFields` property in your Collection Config:
```ts
import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload'
export const Posts: CollectionConfig = {
// ...
admin: {
// highlight-start
listSearchableFields: ['title', 'slug'],
// highlight-end
},
}
```
<Banner type="warning">
**Tip:**
If you are adding `listSearchableFields`, make sure you index each of these fields so your admin queries can remain performant.
</Banner>
## GraphQL
You can completely disable GraphQL for this collection by passing `graphQL: false` to your collection config. This will completely disable all queries, mutations, and types from appearing in your GraphQL schema.
You can also pass an object to the collection's `graphQL` property, which allows you to define the following properties:
For security and safety reasons, the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview) does **not** include Environment Variables in its _client-side_ bundle by default. But, Next.js provides a mechanism to expose Environment Variables to the client-side bundle when needed.
If you are building a [Custom Component](../admin/components) and need to access Environment Variables from the client-side, you can do so by prefixing them with `NEXT_PUBLIC_`.
If you are building a [Custom Component](../custom-components/overview) and need to access Environment Variables from the client-side, you can do so by prefixing them with `NEXT_PUBLIC_`.
<Banner type="warning">
<strong>Important:</strong>
**Important:**
Be careful about what variables you provide to your client-side code. Analyze every single one to make sure that you're not accidentally leaking sensitive information. Only ever include keys that are safe for the public to read in plain text.
</Banner>
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ export default buildConfig({
```
<Banner type="warning">
<strong>Tip:</strong>
**Tip:**
Be sure that `dotenv` can find your `.env` file. By default, it will look for a file named `.env` in the root of your project. If you need to specify a different file, pass the path into the config options.
Globals are in many ways similar to [Collections](../configuration/collections), except they correspond to only a single Document. You can define as many Globals as your application needs. Each Global Document is stored in the [Database](../database/overview) based on the [Fields](../fields/overview) that you define, and automatically generates a [Local API](../local-api/overview), [REST API](../rest-api/overview), and [GraphQL API](../graphql/overview) used to manage your Documents.
Globals are in many ways similar to [Collections](./collections), except that they correspond to only a single Document. You can define as many Globals as your application needs. Each Global Document is stored in the [Database](../database/overview) based on the [Fields](../fields/overview) that you define, and automatically generates a [Local API](../local-api/overview), [REST API](../rest-api/overview), and [GraphQL API](../graphql/overview) used to manage your Documents.
Globals are the primary way to structure singletons in Payload, such as a header navigation, site-wide banner alerts, or app-wide localized strings. Each Global can have its own unique [Access Control](../access-control/overview), [Hooks](../hooks/overview), [Admin Options](#admin-options), and more.
@@ -24,8 +24,8 @@ export default buildConfig({
```
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Tip:</strong>
If you have more than one Global that share the same structure, consider using a [Collection](../configuration/collections) instead.
**Tip:**
If you have more than one Global that share the same structure, consider using a [Collection](./collections) instead.
For a more complex example, see the [Public Demo](https://github.com/payloadcms/public-demo) source code on GitHub, or the [Templates](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/templates) and [Examples](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples) directories in the Payload repository.
**Reminder:**
For more complex examples, see the [Templates](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/templates) and [Examples](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples) directories in the Payload repository.
| **`access`** | Provide Access Control functions to define exactly who should be able to do what with this Global. [More details](../access-control/globals). |
| **`admin`** | The configuration options for the Admin Panel. [More details](../admin/globals). |
| **`custom`** | Extension point for adding custom data (e.g. for plugins) |
| **`dbName`** | Custom table or collection name for this Global depending on the Database Adapter. Auto-generated from slug if not defined. |
| **`description`** | Text or React component to display below the Global header to give editors more information. |
| **`endpoints`** | Add custom routes to the REST API. [More details](../rest-api/overview#custom-endpoints). |
| **`fields`** \* | Array of field types that will determine the structure and functionality of the data stored within this Global. [More details](../fields/overview). |
| **`graphQL.name`** | Text used in schema generation. Auto-generated from slug if not defined. |
| **`hooks`** | Entry point for Hooks. [More details](../hooks/overview#global-hooks). |
| **`label`** | Text for the name in the Admin Panel or an object with keys for each language. Auto-generated from slug if not defined. |
| **`lockDocuments`** | Enables or disables document locking. By default, document locking is enabled. Set to an object to configure, or set to `false` to disable locking. [More details](../admin/locked-documents). |
| **`slug`** \* | Unique, URL-friendly string that will act as an identifier for this Global. |
| **`typescript`** | An object with property `interface` as the text used in schema generation. Auto-generated from slug if not defined. |
| **`versions`** | Set to true to enable default options, or configure with object properties. [More details](../versions/overview#globals-config). |
| `access` | Provide Access Control functions to define exactly who should be able to do what with this Global. [More details](../access-control/globals). |
| `admin` | The configuration options for the Admin Panel. [More details](#admin-options). |
| `custom` | Extension point for adding custom data (e.g. for plugins) |
| `dbName` | Custom table or collection name for this Global depending on the Database Adapter. Auto-generated from slug if not defined. |
| `description` | Text or React component to display below the Global header to give editors more information. |
| `endpoints` | Add custom routes to the REST API. [More details](../rest-api/overview#custom-endpoints). |
| `fields`* | Array of field types that will determine the structure and functionality of the data stored within this Global. [More details](../fields/overview). |
| `graphQL` | Manage GraphQL-related properties related to this global. [More details](#graphql) |
| `hooks` | Entry point for Hooks. [More details](../hooks/overview#global-hooks). |
| `label` | Text for the name in the Admin Panel or an object with keys for each language. Auto-generated from slug if not defined. |
| `lockDocuments` | Enables or disables document locking. By default, document locking is enabled. Set to an object to configure, or set to `false` to disable locking. [More details](../admin/locked-documents). |
| `slug`* | Unique, URL-friendly string that will act as an identifier for this Global. |
| `typescript` | An object with property `interface` as the text used in schema generation. Auto-generated from slug if not defined. |
| `versions` | Set to true to enable default options, or configure with object properties. [More details](../versions/overview#global-config). |
_\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
_* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
### Fields
@@ -96,9 +96,105 @@ Fields define the schema of the Global. To learn more, go to the [Fields](../fie
[Global Hooks](../hooks/globals) allow you to tie into the lifecycle of your Documents so you can execute your own logic during specific events. To learn more, go to the [Hooks](../hooks/overview) documentation.
### Admin Options
## Admin Options
You can customize the way that the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview) behaves on a Global-by-Global basis. To learn more, go to the [Global Admin Options](../admin/globals) documentation.
The behavior of Globals within the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview) can be fully customized to fit the needs of your application. This includes grouping or hiding their navigation links, adding [Custom Components](../custom-components/overview), setting page metadata, and more.
To configure Admin Options for Globals, use the `admin` property in your Global Config:
| `group` | Text or localization object used to group Collection and Global links in the admin navigation. Set to `false` to hide the link from the navigation while keeping its routes accessible. |
| `hidden` | Set to true or a function, called with the current user, returning true to exclude this Global from navigation and admin routing. |
| `components` | Swap in your own React components to be used within this Global. [More details](#custom-components). |
| `preview` | Function to generate a preview URL within the Admin Panel for this Global that can point to your app. [More details](../admin/preview). |
| `livePreview` | Enable real-time editing for instant visual feedback of your front-end application. [More details](../live-preview/overview). |
| `hideAPIURL` | Hides the "API URL" meta field while editing documents within this collection. |
| `meta` | Page metadata overrides to apply to this Global within the Admin Panel. [More details](../admin/metadata). |
### Custom Components
Globals can set their own [Custom Components](../custom-components/overview) which only apply to Global-specific UI within the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview). This includes elements such as the Save Button, or entire layouts such as the Edit View.
To override Global Components, use the `admin.components` property in your Global Config:
```ts
import type { SanitizedGlobalConfig } from 'payload'
| `SaveButton` | Replace the default Save Button with a Custom Component. [Drafts](../versions/drafts) must be disabled. [More details](../custom-components/edit-view#save-button). |
| `SaveDraftButton` | Replace the default Save Draft Button with a Custom Component. [Drafts](../versions/drafts) must be enabled and autosave must be disabled. [More details](../custom-components/edit-view#save-draft-button). |
| `PublishButton` | Replace the default Publish Button with a Custom Component. [Drafts](../versions/drafts) must be enabled. [More details](../custom-components/edit-view#publish-button). |
| `PreviewButton` | Replace the default Preview Button with a Custom Component. [Preview](../admin/preview) must be enabled. [More details](../custom-components/edit-view#preview-button). |
<Banner type="success">
**Note:**
For details on how to build Custom Components, see [Building Custom Components](../custom-components/overview#building-custom-components).
</Banner>
## GraphQL
You can completely disable GraphQL for this global by passing `graphQL: false` to your global config. This will completely disable all queries, mutations, and types from appearing in your GraphQL schema.
You can also pass an object to the global's `graphQL` property, which allows you to define the following properties:
The [Admin Panel](../admin/overview) is translated in over [30 languages and counting](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/beta/packages/translations). With I18n, editors can navigate the interface and read API error messages in their preferred language. This is similar to [Localization](./localization), but instead of managing translations for the data itself, you are managing translations for your application's interface.
The [Admin Panel](../admin/overview) is translated in over [30 languages and counting](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/packages/translations). With I18n, editors can navigate the interface and read API error messages in their preferred language. This is similar to [Localization](./localization), but instead of managing translations for the data itself, you are managing translations for your application's interface.
By default, Payload comes with preinstalled with English, but you can easily load other languages into your own application. Languages are automatically detected based on the request. If no language was detected, or if the user's language is not yet supported by your application, English will be chosen.
By default, Payload comes preinstalled with English, but you can easily load other languages into your own application. Languages are automatically detected based on the request. If no language is detected, or if the user's language is not yet supported by your application, English will be chosen.
To configure I18n, use the `i18n` key in your [Payload Config](./overview):
To add I18n to your project, you first need to install the `@payloadcms/translations` package:
```bash
pnpm install @payloadcms/translations
```
Once installed, it can be configured using the `i18n` key in your [Payload Config](./overview):
```ts
import { buildConfig } from 'payload'
@@ -24,7 +30,7 @@ export default buildConfig({
```
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Note:</strong>
**Note:**
If there is a language that Payload does not yet support, we accept [code contributions](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md).
</Banner>
@@ -49,9 +55,9 @@ The following options are available:
Users can change their preferred language in their account settings or by otherwise manipulating their [User Preferences](../admin/preferences).
## Node.js#node
Payload's backend sets the language on incoming requests before they are handled. This allows backend validation to return error messages in the user's own language or system generated emails to be sent using the correct translation. You can make HTTP requests with the `accept-language` header and Payload will use that language.
@@ -174,7 +184,7 @@ Anywhere in your Payload app that you have access to the `req` object, you can a
## TypeScript
In order to use custom translations in your project, you need to provide the types for the translations.
In order to use [Custom Translations](#custom-translations) in your project, you need to provide the types for the translations.
Here we create a shareable translations object. We will import this in both our custom components and in our Payload config.
@@ -217,7 +227,7 @@ export default buildConfig({
})
```
Import the shared translation types to use in your [Custom Component](../admin/components):
Import the shared translation types to use in your [Custom Component](../custom-components/overview):
| **`locales`** | Array of all the languages that you would like to support. [More details](#locales) |
| **`defaultLocale`** | Required string that matches one of the locale codes from the array provided. By default, if no locale is specified, documents will be returned in this locale. |
| **`fallback`** | Boolean enabling "fallback" locale functionality. If a document is requested in a locale, but a field does not have a localized value corresponding to the requested locale, then if this property is enabled, the document will automatically fall back to the fallback locale value. If this property is not enabled, the value will not be populated. |
| **`locales`** | Array of all the languages that you would like to support. [More details](#locales) |
| **`defaultLocale`** | Required string that matches one of the locale codes from the array provided. By default, if no locale is specified, documents will be returned in this locale. |
| **`fallback`** | Boolean enabling "fallback" locale functionality. If a document is requested in a locale, but a field does not have a localized value corresponding to the requested locale, then if this property is enabled, the document will automatically fall back to the fallback locale value. If this property is not enabled, the value will not be populated unless a fallback is explicitly provided in the request. True by default. |
| **`filterAvailableLocales`** | A function that is called with the array of `locales` and the `req`, it should return locales to show in admin UI selector. [See more](#filter-available-options). |
### Locales
@@ -93,12 +94,41 @@ The locale codes do not need to be in any specific format. It's up to you to def
| **`code`** \* | Unique code to identify the language throughout the APIs for `locale` and `fallbackLocale` |
| **`code`** * | Unique code to identify the language throughout the APIs for `locale` and `fallbackLocale` |
| **`label`** | A string to use for the selector when choosing a language, or an object keyed on the i18n keys for different languages in use. |
| **`rtl`** | A boolean that when true will make the admin UI display in Right-To-Left. |
| **`fallbackLocale`** | The code for this language to fallback to when properties of a document are not present. |
_\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
_* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
#### Filter Available Options
In some projects you may want to filter the available locales shown in the admin UI selector. You can do this by providing a `filterAvailableLocales` function in your Payload Config. This is called on the server side and is passed the array of locales. This means that you can determine what locales are visible in the localizer selection menu at the top of the admin panel. You could do this per user, or implement a function that scopes these to tenants and more. Here is an example using request headers in a multi-tenant application:
id: getTenantFromCookie(req.headers, 'text') as string,
collection: 'tenants',
req,
})
if (fullTenant && fullTenant.supportedLocales?.length) {
return locales.filter((locale) => {
return fullTenant.supportedLocales?.includes(locale.code as 'en' | 'es')
})
}
}
return locales
},
}
```
Since the filtering happens at the root level of the application and its result is not calculated every time you navigate to a new page, you may want to call `router.refresh` in a custom component that watches when values that affect the result change. In the example above, you would want to do this when `supportedLocales` changes on the tenant document.
## Field Localization
@@ -121,7 +151,7 @@ With the above configuration, the `title` field will now be saved in the databas
All field types with a `name` property support the `localized` property—even the more complex field types like `array`s and `block`s.
<Banner type="info">
<strong>Note:</strong>
**Note:**
Enabling Localization for field types that support nested fields will automatically create
localized "sets" of all fields contained within the field. For example, if you have a page layout
using a blocks field type, you have the choice of either localizing the full layout, by enabling
@@ -129,7 +159,7 @@ All field types with a `name` property support the `localized` property—even t
</Banner>
<Banner type="warning">
<strong>Important:</strong>
**Important:**
When converting an existing field to or from `localized: true` the data structure in the document
will change for this field and so existing data for this field will be lost. Before changing the
Localization setting on fields with existing data, you may need to consider a field migration
Payload is a _config-based_, code-first CMS and application framework. The Payload Config is central to everything that Payload does, allowing for deep configuration of your application through a simple and intuitive API. The Payload Config is a fully-typed JavaScript object that can be infinitely extended upon.
Everything from your [Database](../database/overview) choice, to the appearance of the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview), is fully controlled through the Payload Config. From here you can define [Fields](../fields/overview), add [Localization](./localization), enable [Authentication](../authentication/overview), configure [Access Control](../access-control/overview), and so much more.
Everything from your [Database](../database/overview) choice to the appearance of the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview) is fully controlled through the Payload Config. From here you can define [Fields](../fields/overview), add [Localization](./localization), enable [Authentication](../authentication/overview), configure [Access Control](../access-control/overview), and so much more.
The Payload Config is a `payload.config.ts` file typically located in the root of your project:
@@ -23,13 +23,13 @@ export default buildConfig({
The Payload Config is strongly typed and ties directly into Payload's TypeScript codebase. This means your IDE (such as VSCode) will provide helpful information like type-ahead suggestions while you write your config.
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Tip:</strong>
The location of your Payload Config can be customized. [More details](#customizing--automating-config-location-detection).
**Tip:**
The location of your Payload Config can be customized. [More details](#customizing-the-config-location).
</Banner>
## Config Options
To author your Payload Config, first determine which [Database](../database/overview) you'd like to use, then use [Collections](./collections) or [Globals](./globals) to define the schema of your data.
To author your Payload Config, first determine which [Database](../database/overview) you'd like to use, then use [Collections](./collections) or [Globals](./globals) to define the schema of your data through [Fields](../fields/overview).
Here is one of the simplest possible Payload configs:
@@ -57,58 +57,58 @@ export default buildConfig({
```
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Note:</strong>
For a more complex example, see the [Public Demo](https://github.com/payloadcms/public-demo) source code on GitHub, or the [Templates](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/templates) and [Examples](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples) directories in the Payload repository.
**Note:**
For more complex examples, see the [Templates](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/templates) and [Examples](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples) directories in the Payload repository.
| **`admin`** | The configuration options for the Admin Panel, including Custom Components, Live Preview, etc. [More details](../admin/overview#admin-options). |
| **`bin`** | Register custom bin scripts for Payload to execute. |
| **`editor`** | The Rich Text Editor which will be used by `richText` fields. [More details](../rich-text/overview). |
| **`db`** \* | The Database Adapter which will be used by Payload. [More details](../database/overview). |
| **`serverURL`** | A string used to define the absolute URL of your app. This includes the protocol, for example `https://example.com`. No paths allowed, only protocol, domain and (optionally) port. |
| **`collections`** | An array of Collections for Payload to manage. [More details](./collections). |
| **`compatibility`** | Compatibility flags for earlier versions of Payload. [More details](#compatibility-flags). |
| **`globals`** | An array of Globals for Payload to manage. [More details](./globals). |
| **`cors`** | Cross-origin resource sharing (CORS) is a mechanism that accept incoming requests from given domains. You can also customize the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` header. [More details](#cors). |
| **`localization`** | Opt-in to translate your content into multiple locales. [More details](./localization). |
| **`logger`** | Logger options, logger options with a destination stream, or an instantiated logger instance. [More details](https://getpino.io/#/docs/api?id=options). |
| **`graphQL`** | Manage GraphQL-specific functionality, including custom queries and mutations, query complexity limits, etc. [More details](../graphql/overview#graphql-options). |
| **`cookiePrefix`** | A string that will be prefixed to all cookies that Payload sets. |
| **`csrf`** | A whitelist array of URLs to allow Payload to accept cookies from. [More details](../authentication/overview#csrf-protection). |
| **`defaultDepth`** | If a user does not specify `depth` while requesting a resource, this depth will be used. [More details](../queries/depth). |
| **`defaultMaxTextLength`** | The maximum allowed string length to be permitted application-wide. Helps to prevent malicious public document creation. |
| **`maxDepth`** | The maximum allowed depth to be permitted application-wide. This setting helps prevent against malicious queries. Defaults to `10`. [More details](../queries/depth). |
| **`indexSortableFields`** | Automatically index all sortable top-level fields in the database to improve sort performance and add database compatibility for Azure Cosmos and similar. |
| **`upload`** | Base Payload upload configuration. [More details](../upload/overview#payload-wide-upload-options). |
| **`routes`** | Control the routing structure that Payload binds itself to. [More details](../admin/overview#root-level-routes). |
| **`email`** | Configure the Email Adapter for Payload to use. [More details](../email/overview). |
| **`debug`** | Enable to expose more detailed error information. |
| **`rateLimit`** | Control IP-based rate limiting for all Payload resources. Used to prevent DDoS attacks, etc. [More details](../production/preventing-abuse#rate-limiting-requests). |
| **`hooks`** | An array of Root Hooks. [More details](../hooks/overview). |
| **`plugins`** | An array of Plugins. [More details](../plugins/overview). |
| **`endpoints`** | An array of Custom Endpoints added to the Payload router. [More details](../rest-api/overview#custom-endpoints). |
| **`custom`** | Extension point for adding custom data (e.g. for plugins). |
| **`i18n`** | Internationalization configuration. Pass all i18n languages you'd like the admin UI to support. Defaults to English-only. [More details](./i18n). |
| **`secret`** \*| A secure, unguessable string that Payload will use for any encryption workflows - for example, password salt / hashing. |
| **`sharp`** | If you would like Payload to offer cropping, focal point selection, and automatic media resizing, install and pass the Sharp module to the config here. |
| **`admin`** | The configuration options for the Admin Panel, including Custom Components, Live Preview, etc. [More details](../admin/overview#admin-options). |
| **`bin`** | Register custom bin scripts for Payload to execute. |
| **`editor`** | The Rich Text Editor which will be used by `richText` fields. [More details](../rich-text/overview). |
| **`db`** * | The Database Adapter which will be used by Payload. [More details](../database/overview). |
| **`serverURL`** | A string used to define the absolute URL of your app. This includes the protocol, for example `https://example.com`. No paths allowed, only protocol, domain and (optionally) port. |
| **`collections`** | An array of Collections for Payload to manage. [More details](./collections). |
| **`compatibility`** | Compatibility flags for earlier versions of Payload. [More details](#compatibility-flags). |
| **`globals`** | An array of Globals for Payload to manage. [More details](./globals). |
| **`cors`** | Cross-origin resource sharing (CORS) is a mechanism that accept incoming requests from given domains. You can also customize the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` header. [More details](#cors). |
| **`localization`** | Opt-in to translate your content into multiple locales. [More details](./localization). |
| **`logger`** | Logger options, logger options with a destination stream, or an instantiated logger instance. [More details](https://getpino.io/#/docs/api?id=options). |
| **`loggingLevels`** | An object to override the level to use in the logger for Payload's errors. |
| **`graphQL`** | Manage GraphQL-specific functionality, including custom queries and mutations, query complexity limits, etc. [More details](../graphql/overview#graphql-options). |
| **`cookiePrefix`** | A string that will be prefixed to all cookies that Payload sets. |
| **`csrf`** | A whitelist array of URLs to allow Payload to accept cookies from. [More details](../authentication/cookies#csrf-attacks). |
| **`defaultDepth`** | If a user does not specify `depth` while requesting a resource, this depth will be used. [More details](../queries/depth). |
| **`defaultMaxTextLength`** | The maximum allowed string length to be permitted application-wide. Helps to prevent malicious public document creation. |
| **`maxDepth`** | The maximum allowed depth to be permitted application-wide. This setting helps prevent against malicious queries. Defaults to `10`. [More details](../queries/depth). |
| **`indexSortableFields`** | Automatically index all sortable top-level fields in the database to improve sort performance and add database compatibility for Azure Cosmos and similar. |
| **`upload`** | Base Payload upload configuration. [More details](../upload/overview#payload-wide-upload-options). |
| **`routes`** | Control the routing structure that Payload binds itself to. [More details](../admin/overview#root-level-routes). |
| **`email`** | Configure the Email Adapter for Payload to use. [More details](../email/overview). |
| **`onInit`** | A function that is called immediately following startup that receives the Payload instance as its only argument. |
| **`debug`** | Enable to expose more detailed error information. |
| **`hooks`** | An array of Root Hooks. [More details](../hooks/overview). |
| **`plugins`** | An array of Plugins. [More details](../plugins/overview). |
| **`endpoints`** | An array of Custom Endpoints added to the Payload router. [More details](../rest-api/overview#custom-endpoints). |
| **`custom`** | Extension point for adding custom data (e.g. for plugins). |
| **`i18n`** | Internationalization configuration. Pass all i18n languages you'd like the admin UI to support. Defaults to English-only. [More details](./i18n). |
| **`secret`** * | A secure, unguessable string that Payload will use for any encryption workflows - for example, password salt / hashing. |
| **`sharp`** | If you would like Payload to offer cropping, focal point selection, and automatic media resizing, install and pass the Sharp module to the config here. |
_\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
_* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
<Banner type="warning">
<strong>Note:</strong>
Some properties are removed from the client-side bundle. [More details](../admin/components#accessing-the-payload-config).
**Note:**
Some properties are removed from the client-side bundle. [More details](../custom-components/overview#accessing-the-payload-config).
</Banner>
### Typescript Config
Payload exposes a variety of TypeScript settings that you can leverage. These settings are used to auto-generate TypeScript interfaces for your [Collections](../configuration/collections) and [Globals](../configuration/globals), and to ensure that Payload uses your [Generated Types](../typescript/overview) for all [Local API](../local-api/overview) methods.
Payload exposes a variety of TypeScript settings that you can leverage. These settings are used to auto-generate TypeScript interfaces for your [Collections](./collections) and [Globals](./globals), and to ensure that Payload uses your [Generated Types](../typescript/overview) for all [Local API](../local-api/overview) methods.
To customize the TypeScript settings, use the `typescript` property in your Payload Config:
@@ -139,10 +139,10 @@ For Payload command-line scripts, we need to be able to locate your Payload Conf
1. The `compilerOptions` in your `tsconfig`*
1. The `dist` directory*
_\* Config location detection is different between development and production environments. See below for more details._
_* Config location detection is different between development and production environments. See below for more details._
<Banner type="warning">
<strong>Important:</strong>
**Important:**
Ensure your `tsconfig.json` is properly configured for Payload to auto-detect your config location. If if does not exist, or does not specify the proper `compilerOptions`, Payload will default to the current working directory.
</Banner>
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ If none was in either location, Payload will finally check the `dist` directory.
### Customizing the Config Location
In addition to the above automated detection, you can specify your own location for the Payload Config. This can be useful in situations where your config is not in a standard location, or you wish to switch between multiple configurations. To do this, Payload exposes an [Environment Variable](..environment-variables) to bypass all automatic config detection.
In addition to the above automated detection, you can specify your own location for the Payload Config. This can be useful in situations where your config is not in a standard location, or you wish to switch between multiple configurations. To do this, Payload exposes an [Environment Variable](../configuration/environment-vars) to bypass all automatic config detection.
To use a custom config location, set the `PAYLOAD_CONFIG_PATH` environment variable:
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ To use a custom config location, set the `PAYLOAD_CONFIG_PATH` environment varia
```
<Banner type="info">
<strong>Tip:</strong>
**Tip:**
`PAYLOAD_CONFIG_PATH` can be either an absolute path, or path relative to your current working directory.
</Banner>
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ Payload collects **completely anonymous** telemetry data about general usage. Th
For more information about what we track, take a look at our [privacy policy](/privacy).
## Cross-origin resource sharing (CORS)
## Cross-origin resource sharing (CORS)#cors
Cross-origin resource sharing (CORS) can be configured with either a whitelist array of URLS to allow CORS requests from, a wildcard string (`*`) to accept incoming requests from any domain, or a object with the following properties:
As you add more and more [Custom Components](./overview) to your [Admin Panel](../admin/overview), you may find it helpful to add additional [React Context](https://react.dev/learn/scaling-up-with-reducer-and-context)(s) to your app. Payload allows you to inject your own context providers where you can export your own custom hooks, etc.
To add a Custom Provider, use the `admin.components.providers` property in your [Payload Config](../configuration/overview):
_For details on how to build Custom Components, see [Building Custom Components](./overview#building-custom-components)._
<Banner type="warning">
**Reminder:** React Context exists only within Client Components. This means they must include the `use client` directive at the top of their files and cannot contain server-only code. To use a Server Component here, simply _wrap_ your Client Component with it.
Views are the individual pages that make up the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview), such as the Dashboard, [List View](./list-view), and [Edit View](./edit-view). One of the most powerful ways to customize the Admin Panel is to create Custom Views. These are [Custom Components](./overview) that can either replace built-in views or be entirely new.
There are four types of views within the Admin Panel:
- [Root Views](#root-views)
- [Collection Views](#collection-views)
- [Global Views](#global-views)
- [Document Views](./document-views)
To swap in your own Custom View, first determine the scope that corresponds to what you are trying to accomplish, consult the list of available components, then [author your React component(s)](#building-custom-views) accordingly.
## Configuration
### Replacing Views
To customize views, use the `admin.components.views` property in your [Payload Config](../configuration/overview). This is an object with keys for each view you want to customize. Each key corresponds to the view you want to customize.
The exact list of available keys depends on the scope of the view you are customizing, depending on whether it's a [Root View](#root-views), [Collection View](#collection-views), or [Global View](#global-views). Regardless of the scope, the principles are the same.
Here is an example of how to swap out a built-in view:
```ts
import { buildConfig } from 'payload'
const config = buildConfig({
// ...
admin: {
components: {
views: {
// highlight-start
dashboard: {
Component: '/path/to/MyCustomDashboard',
}
// highlight-end
}
}
}
})
```
For more granular control, pass a configuration object instead. Payload exposes the following properties for each view:
| `Component` * | Pass in the component path that should be rendered when a user navigates to this route. |
| `path` * | Any valid URL path or array of paths that [`path-to-regexp`](https://www.npmjs.com/package/path-to-regex) understands. |
| `exact` | Boolean. When true, will only match if the path matches the `usePathname()` exactly. |
| `strict` | When true, a path that has a trailing slash will only match a `location.pathname` with a trailing slash. This has no effect when there are additional URL segments in the pathname. |
| `sensitive` | When true, will match if the path is case sensitive.|
| `meta` | Page metadata overrides to apply to this view within the Admin Panel. [More details](./metadata). |
_* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
### Adding New Views
To add a _new_ view to the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview), simply add your own key to the `views` object. This is true for all view scopes.
New views require at least the `Component` and `path` properties:
Routes are cascading, so unless explicitly given the `exact` property, they will
match on URLs that simply _start_ with the route's path. This is helpful when creating catch-all
routes in your application. Alternatively, define your nested route _before_ your parent
route.
</Banner>
## Building Custom Views
Custom Views are simply [Custom Components](./overview) rendered at the page-level. Custom Views can either [replace existing views](#replacing-views) or [add entirely new ones](#adding-new-views). The process is generally the same regardless of the type of view you are customizing.
To understand how to build Custom Views, first review the [Building Custom Components](./overview#building-custom-components) guide. Once you have a Custom Component ready, you can use it as a Custom View.
| `initPageResult` | An object containing `req`, `payload`, `permissions`, etc. |
| `clientConfig` | The Client Config object. [More details](./overview#accessing-the-payload-config). |
| `importMap` | The import map object. |
| `params` | An object containing the [Dynamic Route Parameters](https://nextjs.org/docs/app/building-your-application/routing/dynamic-routes). |
| `searchParams` | An object containing the [Search Parameters](https://developer.mozilla.org/docs/Learn/Common_questions/What_is_a_URL#parameters). |
| `doc` | The document being edited. Only available in Document Views. [More details](./document-views). |
| `i18n` | The [i18n](../configuration/i18n) object. |
| `payload` | The [Payload](../local-api/overview) class. |
<Banner type="warning">
**Note:**
Some views may receive additional props, such as [Collection Views](#collection-views) and [Global Views](#global-views). See the relevant section for more details.
</Banner>
Here is an example of a Custom View component:
```tsx
import type { AdminViewServerProps } from 'payload'
import { Gutter } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import React from 'react'
export function MyCustomView(props: AdminViewServerProps) {
return (
<Gutter>
<h1>Custom Default Root View</h1>
<p>This view uses the Default Template.</p>
</Gutter>
)
}
```
<Banner type="success">
**Tip:**
For consistent layout and navigation, you may want to wrap your Custom View with one of the built-in [Template](./overview#templates).
</Banner>
### View Templates
Your Custom Root Views can optionally use one of the templates that Payload provides. The most common of these is the Default Template which provides the basic layout and navigation.
Here is an example of how to use the Default Template in your Custom View:
```tsx
import type { AdminViewServerProps } from 'payload'
import { DefaultTemplate } from '@payloadcms/next/templates'
import { Gutter } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import React from 'react'
export function MyCustomView({
initPageResult,
params,
searchParams,
}: AdminViewServerProps) {
return (
<DefaultTemplate
i18n={initPageResult.req.i18n}
locale={initPageResult.locale}
params={params}
payload={initPageResult.req.payload}
permissions={initPageResult.permissions}
searchParams={searchParams}
user={initPageResult.req.user || undefined}
visibleEntities={initPageResult.visibleEntities}
>
<Gutter>
<h1>Custom Default Root View</h1>
<p>This view uses the Default Template.</p>
</Gutter>
</DefaultTemplate>
)
}
```
### Securing Custom Views
All Custom Views are public by default. It's up to you to secure your custom views. If your view requires a user to be logged in or to have certain access rights, you should handle that within your view component yourself.
Here is how you might secure a Custom View:
```tsx
import type { AdminViewServerProps } from 'payload'
import { Gutter } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import React from 'react'
export function MyCustomView({
initPageResult
}: AdminViewServerProps) {
const {
req: {
user
}
} = initPageResult
if (!user) {
return <p>You must be logged in to view this page.</p>
}
return (
<Gutter>
<h1>Custom Default Root View</h1>
<p>This view uses the Default Template.</p>
</Gutter>
)
}
```
## Root Views
Root Views are the main views of the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview). These are views that are scoped directly under the `/admin` route, such as the Dashboard or Account views.
To [swap out](#replacing-views) Root Views with your own, or to [create entirely new ones](#adding-new-views), use the `admin.components.views` property at the root of your [Payload Config](../configuration/overview):
```ts
import { buildConfig } from 'payload'
const config = buildConfig({
// ...
admin: {
components: {
views: {
// highlight-start
dashboard: {
Component: '/path/to/Dashboard',
}
// highlight-end
// Other options include:
// - account
// - [key: string]
// See below for more details
},
},
},
})
```
_For details on how to build Custom Views, including all available props, see [Building Custom Views](#building-custom-views)._
| `account` | The Account view is used to show the currently logged in user's Account page. |
| `dashboard` | The main landing page of the Admin Panel. |
| `[key]` | Any other key can be used to add a completely new Root View. [More details](#adding-new-views). |
## Collection Views
Collection Views are views that are scoped under the `/collections` route, such as the Collection List and Document Edit views.
To [swap out](#replacing-views) Collection Views with your own, or to [create entirely new ones](#adding-new-views), use the `admin.components.views` property of your [Collection Config](../configuration/collections):
The `edit` key is comprised of various nested views, known as Document Views, that relate to the same Collection Document. [More details](./document-views).
| `edit` | The Edit View corresponds to a single Document for any given Collection and consists of various nested views. [More details](./document-views). |
| `list` | The List View is used to show a list of Documents for any given Collection. [More details](#list-view). |
| `[key]` | Any other key can be used to add a completely new Collection View. [More details](#adding-new-views). |
_For details on how to build Custom Views, including all available props, see [Building Custom Views](#building-custom-views)._
## Global Views
Global Views are views that are scoped under the `/globals` route, such as the Edit View.
To [swap out](#replacing-views) Global Views with your own or [create entirely new ones](#adding-new-views), use the `admin.components.views` property in your [Global Config](../configuration/globals):
```ts
import type { SanitizedGlobalConfig } from 'payload'
The `edit` key is comprised of various nested views, known as Document Views, that relate to the same Global Document. [More details](./document-views).
Document Views consist of multiple, individual views that together represent any single [Collection](../configuration/collections) or [Global](../configuration/globals) Document. All Document Views and are scoped under the `/collections/:collectionSlug/:id` or the `/globals/:globalSlug` route, respectively.
There are a number of default Document Views, such as the [Edit View](./edit-view) and API View, but you can also create [entirely new views](./custom-views#adding-new-views) as needed. All Document Views share a layout and can be given their own tab-based navigation, if desired.
To customize Document Views, use the `admin.components.views.edit[key]` property in your [Collection Config](../configuration/collections) or [Global Config](../configuration/globals):
| `root` | The Root View overrides all other nested views and routes. No document controls or tabs are rendered when this key is set. [More details](#document-root). |
| `default` | The Default View is the primary view in which your document is edited. It is rendered within the "Edit" tab. [More details](./edit-view). |
| `versions` | The Versions View is used to navigate the version history of a single document. It is rendered within the "Versions" tab. [More details](../versions/overview). |
| `version` | The Version View is used to edit a single version of a document. It is rendered within the "Version" tab. [More details](../versions/overview). |
| `api` | The API View is used to display the REST API JSON response for a given document. It is rendered within the "API" tab. |
| `livePreview` | The LivePreview view is used to display the Live Preview interface. It is rendered within the "Live Preview" tab. [More details](../live-preview/overview). |
| `[key]` | Any other key can be used to add a completely new Document View. |
_For details on how to build Custom Views, including all available props, see [Building Custom Views](./custom-views#building-custom-views)._
### Document Root
The Document Root is mounted on the top-level route for a Document. Setting this property will completely take over the entire Document View layout, including the title, [Document Tabs](#ocument-tabs), _and all other nested Document Views_ including the [Edit View](./edit-view), API View, etc.
When setting a Document Root, you are responsible for rendering all necessary components and controls, as no document controls or tabs would be rendered. To replace only the Edit View precisely, use the `edit.default` key instead.
To override the Document Root, use the `views.edit.root` property in your [Collection Config](../configuration/collections) or [Global Config](../configuration/globals):
The Edit View is where users interact with individual Collection and Global Documents. This is where they can view, edit, and save their content. the Edit View is keyed under the `default` property in the `views.edit` object.
For more information on customizing the Edit View, see the [Edit View](./edit-view) documentation.
## Document Tabs
Each Document View can be given a tab for navigation, if desired. Tabs are highly configurable, from as simple as changing the label to swapping out the entire component, they can be modified in any way.
To add or customize tabs in the Document View, use the `views.edit.[key].tab` property in your [Collection Config](../configuration/collections) or [Global Config](../configuration/globals):
| `href` | The URL to navigate to when the tab is clicked. This is optional and defaults to the tab's `path`. |
| `Component` | The component to render in the tab. This can be a Server or Client component. [More details](#tab-components) |
### Tab Components
If changing the label or href is not enough, you can also replace the entire tab component with your own custom component. This can be done by setting the `tab.Component` property to the path of your custom component.
Here is an example of how to scaffold a custom Document Tab:
#### Server Component
```tsx
import React from 'react'
import type { DocumentTabServerProps } from 'payload'
import { Link } from '@payloadcms/ui'
export function MyCustomTabComponent(props: DocumentTabServerProps) {
return (
<Link href="/my-custom-tab">
This is a custom Document Tab (Server)
</Link>
)
}
```
#### Client Component
```tsx
'use client'
import React from 'react'
import type { DocumentTabClientProps } from 'payload'
import { Link } from '@payloadcms/ui'
export function MyCustomTabComponent(props: DocumentTabClientProps) {
The Edit View is where users interact with individual [Collection](../collections/overview) and [Global](../globals/overview) Documents within the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview). The Edit View contains the actual form in which submits the data to the server. This is where they can view, edit, and save their content. It contains controls for saving, publishing, and previewing the document, all of which can be customized to a high degree.
The Edit View can be swapped out in its entirety for a Custom View, or it can be injected with a number of Custom Components to add additional functionality or presentational elements without replacing the entire view.
<Banner type="warning">
**Note:**
The Edit View is one of many [Document Views](./document-views) in the Payload Admin Panel. Each Document View is responsible for a different aspect of the interacting with a single Document.
</Banner>
## Custom Edit View
To swap out the entire Edit View with a [Custom View](./custom-views), use the `views.edit.default` property in your [Collection Config](../configuration/collections) or [Global Config](../configuration/globals):
```tsx
import { buildConfig } from 'payload'
const config = buildConfig({
// ...
admin: {
components: {
views: {
edit: {
// highlight-start
default: {
Component: '/path/to/MyCustomEditViewComponent',
},
// highlight-end
}
},
},
},
})
```
Here is an example of a custom Edit View:
#### Server Component
```tsx
import React from 'react'
import type { DocumentViewServerProps } from 'payload'
export function MyCustomServerEditView(props: DocumentViewServerProps) {
return (
<div>
This is a custom Edit View (Server)
</div>
)
}
```
#### Client Component
```tsx
'use client'
import React from 'react'
import type { DocumentViewClientProps } from 'payload'
export function MyCustomClientEditView(props: DocumentViewClientProps) {
return (
<div>
This is a custom Edit View (Client)
</div>
)
}
```
_For details on how to build Custom Views, including all available props, see [Building Custom Views](./custom-views#building-custom-views)._
## Custom Components
In addition to swapping out the entire Edit View with a [Custom View](./custom-views), you can also override individual components. This allows you to customize specific parts of the Edit View without swapping out the entire view.
<Banner type="warning">
**Important:**
Collection and Globals are keyed to a different property in the `admin.components` object have slightly different options. Be sure to use the correct key for the entity you are working with.
</Banner>
#### Collections
To override Edit View components for a Collection, use the `admin.components.edit` property in your [Collection Config](../configuration/collections):
| `SaveButton` | A button that saves the current document. [More details](#SaveButton). |
| `SaveDraftButton` | A button that saves the current document as a draft. [More details](#SaveDraftButton). |
| `PublishButton` | A button that publishes the current document. [More details](#PublishButton). |
| `PreviewButton` | A button that previews the current document. [More details](#PreviewButton). |
| `Description` | A description of the Global. [More details](#Description). |
### SaveButton
The `SaveButton` property allows you to render a custom Save Button in the Edit View.
To add a `SaveButton` component, use the `components.edit.SaveButton` property in your [Collection Config](../configuration/collections) or `components.elements.SaveButton` in your [Global Config](../configuration/globals):
```ts
import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload'
export const MyCollection: CollectionConfig = {
// ...
admin: {
components: {
edit: {
// highlight-start
SaveButton: '/path/to/MySaveButton',
// highlight-end
}
},
},
}
```
Here's an example of a custom `SaveButton` component:
#### Server Component
```tsx
import React from 'react'
import { SaveButton } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { SaveButtonServerProps } from 'payload'
export function MySaveButton(props: SaveButtonServerProps) {
return (
<SaveButton label="Save" />
)
}
```
#### Client Component
```tsx
'use client'
import React from 'react'
import { SaveButton } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { SaveButtonClientProps } from 'payload'
export function MySaveButton(props: SaveButtonClientProps) {
return (
<SaveButton label="Save" />
)
}
```
### SaveDraftButton
The `SaveDraftButton` property allows you to render a custom Save Draft Button in the Edit View.
To add a `SaveDraftButton` component, use the `components.edit.SaveDraftButton` property in your [Collection Config](../configuration/collections) or `components.elements.SaveDraftButton` in your [Global Config](../configuration/globals):
```ts
import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload'
export const MyCollection: CollectionConfig = {
// ...
admin: {
components: {
edit: {
// highlight-start
SaveDraftButton: '/path/to/MySaveDraftButton',
// highlight-end
}
},
},
}
```
Here's an example of a custom `SaveDraftButton` component:
#### Server Component
```tsx
import React from 'react'
import { SaveDraftButton } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { SaveDraftButtonServerProps } from 'payload'
export function MySaveDraftButton(props: SaveDraftButtonServerProps) {
return (
<SaveDraftButton />
)
}
```
#### Client Component
```tsx
'use client'
import React from 'react'
import { SaveDraftButton } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { SaveDraftButtonClientProps } from 'payload'
export function MySaveDraftButton(props: SaveDraftButtonClientProps) {
return (
<SaveDraftButton />
)
}
```
### PublishButton
The `PublishButton` property allows you to render a custom Publish Button in the Edit View.
To add a `PublishButton` component, use the `components.edit.PublishButton` property in your [Collection Config](../configuration/collections) or `components.elements.PublishButton` in your [Global Config](../configuration/globals):
```ts
import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload'
export const MyCollection: CollectionConfig = {
// ...
admin: {
components: {
edit: {
// highlight-start
PublishButton: '/path/to/MyPublishButton',
// highlight-end
}
},
},
}
```
Here's an example of a custom `PublishButton` component:
#### Server Component
```tsx
import React from 'react'
import { PublishButton } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { PublishButtonClientProps } from 'payload'
export function MyPublishButton(props: PublishButtonServerProps) {
return (
<PublishButton label="Publish" />
)
}
```
#### Client Component
```tsx
'use client'
import React from 'react'
import { PublishButton } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { PublishButtonClientProps } from 'payload'
export function MyPublishButton(props: PublishButtonClientProps) {
return (
<PublishButton label="Publish" />
)
}
```
### PreviewButton
The `PreviewButton` property allows you to render a custom Preview Button in the Edit View.
To add a `PreviewButton` component, use the `components.edit.PreviewButton` property in your [Collection Config](../configuration/collections) or `components.elements.PreviewButton` in your [Global Config](../configuration/globals):
```ts
import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload'
export const MyCollection: CollectionConfig = {
// ...
admin: {
components: {
edit: {
// highlight-start
PreviewButton: '/path/to/MyPreviewButton',
// highlight-end
}
},
},
}
```
Here's an example of a custom `PreviewButton` component:
#### Server Component
```tsx
import React from 'react'
import { PreviewButton } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { PreviewButtonServerProps } from 'payload'
export function MyPreviewButton(props: PreviewButtonServerProps) {
return (
<PreviewButton />
)
}
```
#### Client Component
```tsx
'use client'
import React from 'react'
import { PreviewButton } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { PreviewButtonClientProps } from 'payload'
export function MyPreviewButton(props: PreviewButtonClientProps) {
return (
<PreviewButton />
)
}
```
### Description
The `Description` property allows you to render a custom description of the Collection or Global in the Edit View.
To add a `Description` component, use the `components.edit.Description` property in your [Collection Config](../configuration/collections) or `components.elements.Description` in your [Global Config](../configuration/globals):
```ts
import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload'
export const MyCollection: CollectionConfig = {
// ...
admin: {
components: {
// highlight-start
Description: '/path/to/MyDescriptionComponent',
// highlight-end
},
},
}
```
<Banner type="warning">
**Note:**
The `Description` component is shared between the Edit View and the [List View](./list-view).
</Banner>
Here's an example of a custom `Description` component:
#### Server Component
```tsx
import React from 'react'
import type { ViewDescriptionServerProps } from 'payload'
export function MyDescriptionComponent(props: ViewDescriptionServerProps) {
return (
<div>
This is a custom description component (Server)
</div>
)
}
```
#### Client Component
```tsx
'use client'
import React from 'react'
import type { ViewDescriptionClientProps } from 'payload'
export function MyDescriptionComponent(props: ViewDescriptionClientProps) {
return (
<div>
This is a custom description component (Client)
</div>
)
}
```
### Upload
The `Upload` property allows you to render a custom file upload component in the Edit View.
To add an `Upload` component, use the `components.edit.Upload` property in your [Collection Config](../configuration/collections):
```ts
import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload'
export const MyCollection: CollectionConfig = {
// ...
admin: {
components: {
edit: {
// highlight-start
Upload: '/path/to/MyUploadComponent',
// highlight-end
}
},
},
}
```
<Banner type="warning">
**Note:**
The Upload component is only available for Collections.
The List View is where users interact with a list of [Collection](../collections/overview) Documents within the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview). This is where they can view, sort, filter, and paginate their documents to find exactly what they're looking for. This is also where users can perform bulk operations on multiple documents at once, such as deleting, editing, or publishing many.
The List View can be swapped out in its entirety for a Custom View, or it can be injected with a number of Custom Components to add additional functionality or presentational elements without replacing the entire view.
<Banner type="info">
**Note:**
Only [Collections](../collections/overview) have a List View. [Globals](../globals/overview) do not have a List View as they are single documents.
</Banner>
## Custom List View
To swap out the entire List View with a [Custom View](./custom-views), use the `admin.components.views.list` property in your [Payload Config](../configuration/overview):
```tsx
import { buildConfig } from 'payload'
const config = buildConfig({
// ...
admin: {
components: {
views: {
// highlight-start
list: '/path/to/MyCustomListView',
// highlight-end
},
},
},
})
```
Here is an example of a custom List View:
#### Server Component
```tsx
import React from 'react'
import type { ListViewServerProps } from 'payload'
import { DefaultListView } from '@payloadcms/ui'
export function MyCustomServerListView(props: ListViewServerProps) {
return (
<div>
This is a custom List View (Server)
</div>
)
}
```
#### Client Component
```tsx
'use client'
import React from 'react'
import type { ListViewClientProps } from 'payload'
export function MyCustomClientListView(props: ListViewClientProps) {
return (
<div>
This is a custom List View (Client)
</div>
)
}
```
_For details on how to build Custom Views, including all available props, see [Building Custom Views](./custom-views#building-custom-views)._
## Custom Components
In addition to swapping out the entire List View with a [Custom View](./custom-views), you can also override individual components. This allows you to customize specific parts of the List View without swapping out the entire view for your own.
To override List View components for a Collection, use the `admin.components` property in your [Collection Config](../configuration/collections):
desc: Fully customize your Admin Panel by swapping in your own React components. Add fields, remove views, update routes and change functions to sculpt your perfect Dashboard.
The Payload [Admin Panel](../admin/overview) is designed to be as minimal and straightforward as possible to allow for easy customization and full control over the UI. In order for Payload to support this level of customization, Payload provides a pattern for you to supply your own React components through your [Payload Config](../configuration/overview).
All Custom Components in Payload are [React Server Components](https://react.dev/reference/rsc/server-components) by default. This enables the use of the [Local API](../local-api/overview) directly on the front-end. Custom Components are available for nearly every part of the Admin Panel for extreme granularity and control.
<Banner type="success">
**Note:**
Client Components continue to be fully supported. To use Client Components in your app, simply include the `'use client'` directive. Payload will automatically detect and remove all [non-serializable](https://react.dev/reference/rsc/use-client#serializable-types) default props before rendering your component. [More details](#client-components).
</Banner>
There are four main types of Custom Components in Payload:
To swap in your own Custom Component, first determine the scope that corresponds to what you are trying to accomplish, consult the list of available components, then [author your React component(s)](#building-custom-components) accordingly.
## Defining Custom Components
As Payload compiles the Admin Panel, it checks your config for Custom Components. When detected, Payload either replaces its own default component with yours, or if none exists by default, renders yours outright. While there are many places where Custom Components are supported in Payload, each is defined in the same way using [Component Paths](#component-paths).
To add a Custom Component, point to its file path in your Payload Config:
All Custom Components can be either Server Components or Client Components, depending on the presence of the `'use client'` directive at the top of the file.
</Banner>
### Component Paths
In order to ensure the Payload Config is fully Node.js compatible and as lightweight as possible, components are not directly imported into your config. Instead, they are identified by their file path for the Admin Panel to resolve on its own.
Component Paths, by default, are relative to your project's base directory. This is either your current working directory, or the directory specified in `config.admin.importMap.baseDir`.
Components using named exports are identified either by appending `#` followed by the export name, or using the `exportName` property. If the component is the default export, this can be omitted.
| `clientProps` | Props to be passed to the Custom Components if it's a Client Component. [More details](#custom-props). |
| `exportName` | Instead of declaring named exports using `#` in the component path, you can also omit them from `path` and pass them in here. |
| `path` | File path to the Custom Component. Named exports can be appended to the end of the path, separated by a `#`. |
| `serverProps` | Props to be passed to the Custom Component if it's a Server Component. [More details](#custom-props). |
For details on how to build Custom Components, see [Building Custom Components](#building-custom-components).
### Import Map
In order for Payload to make use of [Component Paths](#component-paths), an "Import Map" is automatically generated at `app/(payload)/admin/importMap.js`. This file contains every Custom Component in your config, keyed to their respective paths. When Payload needs to lookup a component, it uses this file to find the correct import.
The Import Map is automatically regenerated at startup and whenever Hot Module Replacement (HMR) runs, or you can run `payload generate:importmap` to manually regenerate it.
#### Custom Imports
If needed, custom items can be appended onto the Import Map. This is mostly only relevant for plugin authors who need to add a custom import that is not referenced in a known location.
To add a custom import to the Import Map, use the `admin.dependencies` property in your [Payload Config](../configuration/overview):
```ts
import { buildConfig } from 'payload'
export default buildConfig({
// ...
admin: {
// ...
dependencies: {
myTestComponent: { // myTestComponent is the key - can be anything
All Custom Components in Payload are [React Server Components](https://react.dev/reference/rsc/server-components) by default. This enables the use of the [Local API](../local-api/overview) directly on the front-end, among other things.
### Default Props
To make building Custom Components as easy as possible, Payload automatically provides common props, such as the [`payload`](../local-api/overview) class and the [`i18n`](../configuration/i18n) object. This means that when building Custom Components within the Admin Panel, you do not have to get these yourself.
Here is an example:
```tsx
import React from 'react'
import type { Payload } from 'payload'
async function MyServerComponent({
payload // highlight-line
}: {
payload: Payload
}) {
const page = await payload.findByID({
collection: 'pages',
id: '123',
})
return (
<p>{page.title}</p>
)
}
```
Each Custom Component receives the following props by default:
| `payload` | The [Payload](../local-api/overview) class. |
| `i18n` | The [i18n](../configuration/i18n) object. |
<Banner type="warning">
**Reminder:**
All Custom Components also receive various other props that are specific to the component being rendered. See [Root Components](#root-components), [Collection Components](../configuration/collections#custom-components), [Global Components](../configuration/globals#custom-components), or [Field Components](../fields/overview#custom-components) for a complete list of all default props per component.
</Banner>
### Custom Props
It is also possible to pass custom props to your Custom Components. To do this, you can use either the `clientProps` or `serverProps` properties depending on whether your prop is [serializable](https://react.dev/reference/rsc/use-client#serializable-types), and whether your component is a Server or Client Component.
```ts
import { buildConfig } from 'payload'
const config = buildConfig({
// ...
admin: { // highlight-line
components: {
logout: {
Button: {
path: '/src/components/Logout#MyComponent',
clientProps: {
myCustomProp: 'Hello, World!' // highlight-line
},
}
}
}
},
})
```
Here is how your component might receive this prop:
```tsx
import React from 'react'
import { Link } from '@payloadcms/ui'
export function MyComponent({ myCustomProp }: { myCustomProp: string }) {
return (
<Link href="/admin/logout">{myCustomProp}</Link>
)
}
```
### Client Components
All Custom Components in Payload are [React Server Components](https://react.dev/reference/rsc/server-components) by default, however, it is possible to use [Client Components](https://react.dev/reference/rsc/use-client) by simply adding the `'use client'` directive at the top of your file. Payload will automatically detect and remove all [non-serializable](https://react.dev/reference/rsc/use-client#serializable-types) default props before rendering your component.
```tsx
// highlight-start
'use client'
// highlight-end
import React, { useState } from 'react'
export function MyClientComponent() {
const [count, setCount] = useState(0)
return (
<button onClick={() => setCount(count + 1)}>
Clicked {count} times
</button>
)
}
```
<Banner type="warning">
**Reminder:**
Client Components cannot be passed [non-serializable props](https://react.dev/reference/rsc/use-client#serializable-types). If you are rendering your Client Component _from within_ a Server Component, ensure that its props are serializable.
</Banner>
### Accessing the Payload Config
From any Server Component, the [Payload Config](../configuration/overview) can be accessed directly from the `payload` prop:
```tsx
import React from 'react'
export default async function MyServerComponent({
payload: {
config // highlight-line
}
}) {
return (
<Link href={config.serverURL}>
Go Home
</Link>
)
}
```
But, the Payload Config is [non-serializable](https://react.dev/reference/rsc/use-client#serializable-types) by design. It is full of custom validation functions and more. This means that the Payload Config, in its entirety, cannot be passed directly to Client Components.
For this reason, Payload creates a Client Config and passes it into the Config Provider. This is a serializable version of the Payload Config that can be accessed from any Client Component via the [`useConfig`](../admin/hooks#useconfig) hook:
```tsx
'use client'
import React from 'react'
import { useConfig } from '@payloadcms/ui'
export function MyClientComponent() {
// highlight-start
const { config: { serverURL } } = useConfig()
// highlight-end
return (
<Link href={serverURL}>
Go Home
</Link>
)
}
```
<Banner type="success">
See [Using Hooks](#using-hooks) for more details.
</Banner>
Similarly, all [Field Components](../fields/overview#custom-components) automatically receive their respective Field Config through props.
Within Server Components, this prop is named `field`:
```tsx
import React from 'react'
import type { TextFieldServerComponent } from 'payload'
All Custom Components can support language translations to be consistent with Payload's [I18n](../configuration/i18n). This will allow your Custom Components to display the correct language based on the user's preferences.
To do this, first add your translation resources to the [I18n Config](../configuration/i18n). Then from any Server Component, you can translate resources using the `getTranslation` function from `@payloadcms/translations`.
All Server Components automatically receive the `i18n` object as a prop by default:
```tsx
import React from 'react'
import { getTranslation } from '@payloadcms/translations'
export default async function MyServerComponent({ i18n }) {
See the [Hooks](../admin/hooks) documentation for a full list of available hooks.
</Banner>
### Getting the Current Locale
All [Custom Views](./custom-views) can support multiple locales to be consistent with Payload's [Localization](../configuration/localization) feature. This can be used to scope API requests, etc.
All Server Components automatically receive the `locale` object as a prop by default:
```tsx
import React from 'react'
export default async function MyServerComponent({ payload, locale }) {
const localizedPage = await payload.findByID({
collection: 'pages',
id: '123',
locale,
})
return (
<p>{localizedPage.title}</p>
)
}
```
The best way to do this within a Client Component is to import the `useLocale` hook from `@payloadcms/ui`:
```tsx
'use client'
import React from 'react'
import { useLocale } from '@payloadcms/ui'
function Greeting() {
const locale = useLocale() // highlight-line
const trans = {
en: 'Hello',
es: 'Hola',
}
return (
<span>{trans[locale.code]}</span>
)
}
```
<Banner type="success">
See the [Hooks](../admin/hooks) documentation for a full list of available hooks.
</Banner>
### Using Hooks
To make it easier to [build your Custom Components](#building-custom-components), you can use [Payload's built-in React Hooks](../admin/hooks) in any Client Component. For example, you might want to interact with one of Payload's many React Contexts. To do this, you can use one of the many hooks available depending on your needs.
See the [Hooks](../admin/hooks) documentation for a full list of available hooks.
</Banner>
### Adding Styles
Payload has a robust [CSS Library](../admin/customizing-css) that you can use to style your Custom Components to match to Payload's built-in styling. This will ensure that your Custom Components integrate well into the existing design system. This will make it so they automatically adapt to any theme changes that might occur.
To apply custom styles, simply import your own `.css` or `.scss` file into your Custom Component:
```tsx
import './index.scss'
export function MyComponent() {
return (
<div className="my-component">
My Custom Component
</div>
)
}
```
Then to colorize your Custom Component's background, for example, you can use the following CSS:
```scss
.my-component {
background-color: var(--theme-elevation-500);
}
```
Payload also exports its [SCSS](https://sass-lang.com) library for reuse which includes mixins, etc. To use this, simply import it as follows into your `.scss` file:
```scss
@import '~@payloadcms/ui/scss';
.my-component {
@include mid-break {
background-color: var(--theme-elevation-900);
}
}
```
<Banner type="success">
**Note:**
You can also drill into Payload's own component styles, or easily apply global, app-wide CSS. More on that [here](../admin/customizing-css).
Root Components are those that affect the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview) at a high-level, such as the logo or the main nav. You can swap out these components with your own [Custom Components](./overview) to create a completely custom look and feel.
When combined with [Custom CSS](../admin/customizing-css), you can create a truly unique experience for your users, such as white-labeling the Admin Panel to match your brand.
To override Root Components, use the `admin.components` property at the root of your [Payload Config](../configuration/overview):
| `actions` | An array of Custom Components to be rendered _within_ the header of the Admin Panel, providing additional interactivity and functionality. [More details](#actions). |
| `afterDashboard` | An array of Custom Components to inject into the built-in Dashboard, _after_ the default dashboard contents. [More details](#afterdashboard). |
| `afterLogin` | An array of Custom Components to inject into the built-in Login, _after_ the default login form. [More details](#afterlogin). |
| `afterNavLinks` | An array of Custom Components to inject into the built-in Nav, _after_ the links. [More details](#afternavlinks). |
| `beforeDashboard` | An array of Custom Components to inject into the built-in Dashboard, _before_ the default dashboard contents. [More details](#beforedashboard). |
| `beforeLogin` | An array of Custom Components to inject into the built-in Login, _before_ the default login form. [More details](#beforelogin). |
| `beforeNavLinks` | An array of Custom Components to inject into the built-in Nav, _before_ the links themselves. [More details](#beforenavlinks). |
| `graphics.Icon` | The simplified logo used in contexts like the the `Nav` component. [More details](#graphicsicon). |
| `graphics.Logo` | The full logo used in contexts like the `Login` view. [More details](#graphicslogo). |
| `header` | An array of Custom Components to be injected above the Payload header. [More details](#header). |
| `logout.Button` | The button displayed in the sidebar that logs the user out. [More details](#logoutbutton). |
| `Nav` | Contains the sidebar / mobile menu in its entirety. [More details](#nav). |
| `providers` | Custom [React Context](https://react.dev/learn/scaling-up-with-reducer-and-context) providers that will wrap the entire Admin Panel. [More details](./custom-providers). |
| `views` | Override or create new views within the Admin Panel. [More details](./custom-views). |
_For details on how to build Custom Components, see [Building Custom Components](./overview#building-custom-components)._
<Banner type="success">
**Note:**
You can also use set [Collection Components](../configuration/collections#custom-components) and [Global Components](../configuration/globals#custom-components) in their respective configs.
</Banner>
## Components
### actions
Actions are rendered within the header of the Admin Panel. Actions are typically used to display buttons that add additional interactivity and functionality, although they can be anything you'd like.
To add an action, use the `actions` property in your `admin.components` config:
```ts
import { buildConfig } from 'payload'
export default buildConfig({
// ...
admin: {
// highlight-start
components: {
actions: [
'/path/to/your/component',
],
},
// highlight-end
},
})
```
Here is an example of a simple Action component:
```tsx
export default function MyCustomAction() {
return (
<button onClick={() => alert('Hello, world!')}>
This is a custom action component
</button>
)
}
```
<Banner type="success">
**Note:**
You can also use add Actions to the [Edit View](./edit-view) and [List View](./list-view) in their respective configs.
</Banner>
### beforeDashboard
The `beforeDashboard` property allows you to inject Custom Components into the built-in Dashboard, before the default dashboard contents.
To add `beforeDashboard` components, use the `admin.components.beforeDashboard` property in your Payload Config:
```ts
import { buildConfig } from 'payload'
export default buildConfig({
// ...
admin: {
// highlight-start
components: {
beforeDashboard: [
'/path/to/your/component',
],
},
// highlight-end
},
})
```
Here is an example of a simple `beforeDashboard` component:
```tsx
export default function MyBeforeDashboardComponent() {
return (
<div>
This is a custom component injected before the Dashboard.
</div>
)
}
```
### afterDashboard
Similar to `beforeDashboard`, the `afterDashboard` property allows you to inject Custom Components into the built-in Dashboard, _after_ the default dashboard contents.
To add `afterDashboard` components, use the `admin.components.afterDashboard` property in your Payload Config:
```ts
import { buildConfig } from 'payload'
export default buildConfig({
// ...
admin: {
// highlight-start
components: {
afterDashboard: [
'/path/to/your/component',
],
},
// highlight-end
},
})
```
Here is an example of a simple `afterDashboard` component:
```tsx
export default function MyAfterDashboardComponent() {
return (
<div>
This is a custom component injected after the Dashboard.
</div>
)
}
```
### beforeLogin
The `beforeLogin` property allows you to inject Custom Components into the built-in Login view, _before_ the default login form.
To add `beforeLogin` components, use the `admin.components.beforeLogin` property in your Payload Config:
```ts
import { buildConfig } from 'payload'
export default buildConfig({
// ...
admin: {
// highlight-start
components: {
beforeLogin: [
'/path/to/your/component',
],
},
// highlight-end
},
})
```
Here is an example of a simple `beforeLogin` component:
```tsx
export default function MyBeforeLoginComponent() {
return (
<div>
This is a custom component injected before the Login form.
</div>
)
}
```
### afterLogin
Similar to `beforeLogin`, the `afterLogin` property allows you to inject Custom Components into the built-in Login view, _after_ the default login form.
To add `afterLogin` components, use the `admin.components.afterLogin` property in your Payload Config:
```ts
import { buildConfig } from 'payload'
export default buildConfig({
// ...
admin: {
// highlight-start
components: {
afterLogin: [
'/path/to/your/component',
],
},
// highlight-end
},
})
```
Here is an example of a simple `afterLogin` component:
```tsx
export default function MyAfterLoginComponent() {
return (
<div>
This is a custom component injected after the Login form.
</div>
)
}
```
### beforeNavLinks
The `beforeNavLinks` property allows you to inject Custom Components into the built-in [Nav Component](#nav), _before_ the nav links themselves.
To add `beforeNavLinks` components, use the `admin.components.beforeNavLinks` property in your Payload Config:
```ts
import { buildConfig } from 'payload'
export default buildConfig({
// ...
admin: {
// highlight-start
components: {
beforeNavLinks: [
'/path/to/your/component',
],
},
// highlight-end
},
})
```
Here is an example of a simple `beforeNavLinks` component:
```tsx
export default function MyBeforeNavLinksComponent() {
return (
<div>
This is a custom component injected before the Nav links.
</div>
)
}
```
### afterNavLinks
Similar to `beforeNavLinks`, the `afterNavLinks` property allows you to inject Custom Components into the built-in Nav, _after_ the nav links.
To add `afterNavLinks` components, use the `admin.components.afterNavLinks` property in your Payload Config:
```ts
import { buildConfig } from 'payload'
export default buildConfig({
// ...
admin: {
// highlight-start
components: {
afterNavLinks: [
'/path/to/your/component',
],
},
// highlight-end
},
})
```
Here is an example of a simple `afterNavLinks` component:
```tsx
export default function MyAfterNavLinksComponent() {
return (
<p>This is a custom component injected after the Nav links.</p>
)
}
```
### Nav
The `Nav` property contains the sidebar / mobile menu in its entirety. Use this property to completely replace the built-in Nav with your own custom navigation.
To add a custom nav, use the `admin.components.Nav` property in your Payload Config:
```ts
import { buildConfig } from 'payload'
export default buildConfig({
// ...
admin: {
// highlight-start
components: {
Nav: '/path/to/your/component',
},
// highlight-end
},
})
```
Here is an example of a simple `Nav` component:
```tsx
import { Link } from '@payloadcms/ui'
export default function MyCustomNav() {
return (
<nav>
<ul>
<li>
<Link href="/dashboard">
Dashboard
</Link>
</li>
</ul>
</nav>
)
}
```
### graphics.Icon
The `Icon` property is the simplified logo used in contexts like the `Nav` component. This is typically a small, square icon that represents your brand.
To add a custom icon, use the `admin.components.graphics.Icon` property in your Payload Config:
The `Header` property allows you to inject Custom Components above the Payload header.
Examples of a custom header components might include an announcements banner, a notifications bar, or anything else you'd like to display at the top of the Admin Panel in a prominent location.
To add `Header` components, use the `admin.components.header` property in your Payload Config:
```ts
import { buildConfig } from 'payload'
export default buildConfig({
// ...
admin: {
// highlight-start
components: {
Header: [
'/path/to/your/component'
],
},
// highlight-end
},
})
```
Here is an example of a simple `Header` component:
```tsx
export default function MyCustomHeader() {
return (
<header>
<h1>My Custom Header</h1>
</header>
)
}
```
### logout.Button
The `logout.Button` property is the button displayed in the sidebar that should log the user out when clicked.
To add a custom logout button, use the `admin.components.logout.Button` property in your Payload Config:
```ts
import { buildConfig } from 'payload'
export default buildConfig({
// ...
admin: {
// highlight-start
components: {
logout: {
Button: '/path/to/your/component',
}
},
// highlight-end
},
})
```
Here is an example of a simple `logout.Button` component:
Each DB adapter has an optional property `migrationDir` where you can override where you want your migrations to be
@@ -157,7 +189,7 @@ You can disable this setting and solely use migrations to manage your local deve
For this reason, we suggest that you leave `push` as its default setting and treat your local dev database as a sandbox.
For more information about push mode and prototyping in development, [click here](./postgres#prototyping-in-dev-mode).
For more information about push mode and prototyping in development, [click here](./postgres#prototyping-in-development-mode).
The typical workflow in Payload is to build out your Payload configs, install plugins, and make progress in development mode - allowing Drizzle to push your changes to your local database for you. Once you're finished, you can create a migration.
@@ -242,5 +274,5 @@ export default buildConfig({
Passing your migrations as shown above will tell Payload, in production only, to execute any migrations that need to be run prior to completing the initialization of Payload. This is ideal for long-running services where Payload will only be initialized at startup.
<Banner type="warning">
Warning - if Payload is instructed to run migrations in production, this may slow down serverless cold starts on platforms such as Vercel. Generally, this option should only be used for long-running servers / containers.
**Warning:** if Payload is instructed to run migrations in production, this may slow down serverless cold starts on platforms such as Vercel. Generally, this option should only be used for long-running servers / containers.
| `autoPluralization` | Tell Mongoose to auto-pluralize any collection names if it encounters any singular words used as collection `slug`s. |
| `connectOptions` | Customize MongoDB connection options. Payload will connect to your MongoDB database using default options which you can override and extend to include all the [options](https://mongoosejs.com/docs/connections.html#options) available to mongoose. |
| `disableIndexHints` | Set to true to disable hinting to MongoDB to use 'id' as index. This is currently done when counting documents for pagination, as it increases the speed of the count function used in that query. Disabling this optimization might fix some problems with AWS DocumentDB. Defaults to false |
| `migrationDir` | Customize the directory that migrations are stored. |
| `transactionOptions` | An object with configuration properties used in [transactions](https://www.mongodb.com/docs/manual/core/transactions/) or `false` which will disable the use of transactions. |
| `collation` | Enable language-specific string comparison with customizable options. Available on MongoDB 3.4+. Defaults locale to "en". Example: `{ strength: 3 }`. For a full list of collation options and their definitions, see the [MongoDB documentation](https://www.mongodb.com/docs/manual/reference/collation/). |
| `autoPluralization` | Tell Mongoose to auto-pluralize any collection names if it encounters any singular words used as collection `slug`s. |
| `connectOptions` | Customize MongoDB connection options. Payload will connect to your MongoDB database using default options which you can override and extend to include all the [options](https://mongoosejs.com/docs/connections.html#options) available to mongoose. |
| `collectionsSchemaOptions` | Customize Mongoose schema options for collections. |
| `disableIndexHints` | Set to true to disable hinting to MongoDB to use 'id' as index. This is currently done when counting documents for pagination, as it increases the speed of the count function used in that query. Disabling this optimization might fix some problems with AWS DocumentDB. Defaults to false |
| `migrationDir` | Customize the directory that migrations are stored. |
| `transactionOptions` | An object with configuration properties used in [transactions](https://www.mongodb.com/docs/manual/core/transactions/) or `false` which will disable the use of transactions. |
| `collation` | Enable language-specific string comparison with customizable options. Available on MongoDB 3.4+. Defaults locale to "en". Example: `{ strength: 3 }`. For a full list of collation options and their definitions, see the [MongoDB documentation](https://www.mongodb.com/docs/manual/reference/collation/). |
The Database Adapter is an external dependency and must be installed in your project separately from Payload. You can find the installation instructions for each Database Adapter in their respective documentation.
</Banner>
@@ -67,6 +67,6 @@ You should prefer a relational DB like Postgres or SQLite if:
## Payload Differences
It's important to note that nearly every Payload feature is available in all of our officially supported Database Adapters, including [Localization](../configuration/localization), [Arrays](../fields/array), [Blocks](../fields/blocks), etc. The only thing that is not supported in Postgres yet is the [Point Field](/docs/fields/point), but that should be added soon.
It's important to note that nearly every Payload feature is available in all of our officially supported Database Adapters, including [Localization](../configuration/localization), [Arrays](../fields/array), [Blocks](../fields/blocks), etc. The only thing that is not supported in SQLite yet is the [Point Field](/docs/fields/point), but that should be added soon.
It's up to you to choose which database you would like to use based on the requirements of your project. Payload has no opinion on which database you should ultimately choose.
If you're using `vercelPostgresAdapter` your `process.env.POSTGRES_URL` or `pool.connectionString` points to a local database (e.g hostname has `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`) we use the `pg` module for pooling instead of `@vercel/postgres`. This is because `@vercel/postgres` doesn't work with local databases, if you want to disable that behavior, you can pass `forceUseVercelPostgres: true` to the adapter's args and follow [Vercel guide](https://vercel.com/docs/storage/vercel-postgres/local-development#option-2:-local-postgres-instance-with-docker) for a Docker Neon DB setup.
| `pool` \* | [Pool connection options](https://orm.drizzle.team/docs/quick-postgresql/node-postgres) that will be passed to Drizzle and `node-postgres` or to `@vercel/postgres` |
| `pool` * | [Pool connection options](https://orm.drizzle.team/docs/quick-postgresql/node-postgres) that will be passed to Drizzle and `node-postgres` or to `@vercel/postgres` |
| `push` | Disable Drizzle's [`db push`](https://orm.drizzle.team/kit-docs/overview#prototyping-with-db-push) in development mode. By default, `push` is enabled for development mode only. |
| `migrationDir` | Customize the directory that migrations are stored. |
| `schemaName` (experimental) | A string for the postgres schema to use, defaults to 'public'. |
| `idType` | A string of 'serial', or 'uuid' that is used for the data type given to id columns. |
| `transactionOptions` | A PgTransactionConfig object for transactions, or set to `false` to disable using transactions. [More details](https://orm.drizzle.team/docs/transactions) |
| `disableCreateDatabase` | Pass `true` to disale auto database creation if it doesn't exist. Defaults to `false`. |
| `disableCreateDatabase` | Pass `true` to disable auto database creation if it doesn't exist. Defaults to `false`. |
| `localesSuffix` | A string appended to the end of table names for storing localized fields. Default is '_locales'. |
| `relationshipsSuffix` | A string appended to the end of table names for storing relationships. Default is '_rels'. |
| `versionsSuffix` | A string appended to the end of table names for storing versions. Defaults to '_v'. |
| `beforeSchemaInit` | Drizzle schema hook. Runs before the schema is built. [More Details](#beforeschemainit) |
| `afterSchemaInit` | Drizzle schema hook. Runs after the schema is built. [More Details](#afterschemainit) |
| `generateSchemaOutputFile` | Override generated schema from `payload generate:db-schema` file path. Defaults to `{CWD}/src/payload-generated.schema.ts` |
## Access to Drizzle
After Payload is initialized, this adapter will expose the full power of Drizzle to you for use if you need it.
You can access Drizzle as follows:
To ensure type-safety, you need to generate Drizzle schema first with:
```sh
npx payload generate:db-schema
```
```text
payload.db.drizzle
Then, you can access Drizzle as follows:
```ts
import { posts } from './payload-generated-schema'
// To avoid installing Drizzle, you can import everything that drizzle has from our re-export path.
import { eq, sql, and } from '@payloadcms/db-postgres/drizzle'
// Drizzle's Select API https://orm.drizzle.team/docs/select
const result = await payload.db.drizzle.select().from(posts).where(and(eq(posts.id, 50), sql`lower(${posts.title}) = 'example post title'`))
```
## Tables, relations, and enums
@@ -109,7 +126,7 @@ Runs before the schema is built. You can use this hook to extend your database s
```ts
import { postgresAdapter } from '@payloadcms/db-postgres'
import { integer, pgTable, serial } from 'drizzle-orm/pg-core'
import { integer, pgTable, serial } from '@payloadcms/db-postgres/drizzle/pg-core'
postgresAdapter({
beforeSchemaInit: [
@@ -178,7 +195,7 @@ postgresAdapter({
})
```
Make sure Payload doesn't overlap table names with its collections. For example, if you already have a collection with slug "users", you should either change the slug or `dbName` to change the table name for this collection.
Make sure Payload doesn't overlap table names with its collections. For example, if you already have a collection with slug "users", you should either change the slug or `dbName` to change the table name for this collection.
### afterSchemaInit
@@ -189,7 +206,7 @@ The following example adds the `extra_integer_column` column and a composite ind
```ts
import { postgresAdapter } from '@payloadcms/db-postgres'
import { index, integer } from 'drizzle-orm/pg-core'
import { index, integer } from '@payloadcms/db-postgres/drizzle/pg-core'
import { buildConfig } from 'payload'
export default buildConfig({
@@ -231,3 +248,45 @@ export default buildConfig({
})
```
### Note for generated schema:
Columns and tables, added in schema hooks won't be added to the generated via `payload generate:db-schema` Drizzle schema.
If you want them to be there, you either have to edit this file manually or mutate the internal Payload "raw" SQL schema in the `beforeSchemaInit`:
```ts
import { postgresAdapter } from '@payloadcms/db-postgres'
postgresAdapter({
beforeSchemaInit: [
({ schema, adapter }) => {
// Add a new table
adapter.rawTables.myTable = {
name: 'my_table',
columns: {
my_id: {
name: 'my_id',
type: 'serial',
primaryKey: true
}
}
}
// Add a new column to generated by Payload table:
adapter.rawTables.posts.columns.customColumn = {
name: 'custom_column',
// Note that Payload SQL doesn't support everything that Drizzle does.
| `client` \* | [Client connection options](https://orm.drizzle.team/docs/get-started-sqlite#turso) that will be passed to `createClient` from `@libsql/client`. |
| `push` | Disable Drizzle's [`db push`](https://orm.drizzle.team/kit-docs/overview#prototyping-with-db-push) in development mode. By default, `push` is enabled for development mode only. |
| `migrationDir` | Customize the directory that migrations are stored. |
| `logger` | The instance of the logger to be passed to drizzle. By default Payload's will be used. |
| `transactionOptions` | A SQLiteTransactionConfig object for transactions, or set to `false` to disable using transactions. [More details](https://orm.drizzle.team/docs/transactions) |
| `localesSuffix` | A string appended to the end of table names for storing localized fields. Default is '_locales'. |
| `relationshipsSuffix` | A string appended to the end of table names for storing relationships. Default is '_rels'. |
| `versionsSuffix` | A string appended to the end of table names for storing versions. Defaults to '_v'. |
| `beforeSchemaInit` | Drizzle schema hook. Runs before the schema is built. [More Details](#beforeschemainit) |
| `afterSchemaInit` | Drizzle schema hook. Runs after the schema is built. [More Details](#afterschemainit) |
| `client` * | [Client connection options](https://orm.drizzle.team/docs/get-started-sqlite#turso) that will be passed to `createClient` from `@libsql/client`. |
| `push` | Disable Drizzle's [`db push`](https://orm.drizzle.team/kit-docs/overview#prototyping-with-db-push) in development mode. By default, `push` is enabled for development mode only. |
| `migrationDir` | Customize the directory that migrations are stored. |
| `logger` | The instance of the logger to be passed to drizzle. By default Payload's will be used. |
| `idType` | A string of 'number', or 'uuid' that is used for the data type given to id columns. |
| `transactionOptions` | A SQLiteTransactionConfig object for transactions, or set to `false` to disable using transactions. [More details](https://orm.drizzle.team/docs/transactions) |
| `localesSuffix` | A string appended to the end of table names for storing localized fields. Default is '_locales'. |
| `relationshipsSuffix` | A string appended to the end of table names for storing relationships. Default is '_rels'. |
| `versionsSuffix` | A string appended to the end of table names for storing versions. Defaults to '_v'. |
| `beforeSchemaInit` | Drizzle schema hook. Runs before the schema is built. [More Details](#beforeschemainit) |
| `afterSchemaInit` | Drizzle schema hook. Runs after the schema is built. [More Details](#afterschemainit) |
| `generateSchemaOutputFile` | Override generated schema from `payload generate:db-schema` file path. Defaults to `{CWD}/src/payload-generated.schema.ts` |
| `autoIncrement` | Pass `true` to enable SQLite [AUTOINCREMENT](https://www.sqlite.org/autoinc.html) for primary keys to ensure the same ID cannot be reused from deleted rows |
## Access to Drizzle
After Payload is initialized, this adapter will expose the full power of Drizzle to you for use if you need it.
You can access Drizzle as follows:
To ensure type-safety, you need to generate Drizzle schema first with:
```sh
npx payload generate:db-schema
```
```text
payload.db.drizzle
Then, you can access Drizzle as follows:
```ts
// Import table from the generated file
import { posts } from './payload-generated-schema'
// To avoid installing Drizzle, you can import everything that drizzle has from our re-export path.
import { eq, sql, and } from '@payloadcms/db-sqlite/drizzle'
// Drizzle's Select API https://orm.drizzle.team/docs/select
const result = await payload.db.drizzle.select().from(posts).where(and(eq(posts.id, 50), sql`lower(${posts.title}) = 'example post title'`))
```
## Tables and relations
@@ -88,7 +103,7 @@ Runs before the schema is built. You can use this hook to extend your database s
```ts
import { sqliteAdapter } from '@payloadcms/db-sqlite'
import { integer, sqliteTable } from 'drizzle-orm/sqlite-core'
import { integer, sqliteTable } from '@payloadcms/db-sqlite/drizzle/sqlite-core'
sqliteAdapter({
beforeSchemaInit: [
@@ -157,7 +172,7 @@ sqliteAdapter({
})
```
Make sure Payload doesn't overlap table names with its collections. For example, if you already have a collection with slug "users", you should either change the slug or `dbName` to change the table name for this collection.
Make sure Payload doesn't overlap table names with its collections. For example, if you already have a collection with slug "users", you should either change the slug or `dbName` to change the table name for this collection.
### afterSchemaInit
@@ -168,7 +183,7 @@ The following example adds the `extra_integer_column` column and a composite ind
```ts
import { sqliteAdapter } from '@payloadcms/db-sqlite'
import { index, integer } from 'drizzle-orm/sqlite-core'
import { index, integer } from '@payloadcms/db-sqlite/drizzle/sqlite-core'
import { buildConfig } from 'payload'
export default buildConfig({
@@ -210,3 +225,45 @@ export default buildConfig({
})
```
### Note for generated schema:
Columns and tables, added in schema hooks won't be added to the generated via `payload generate:db-schema` Drizzle schema.
If you want them to be there, you either have to edit this file manually or mutate the internal Payload "raw" SQL schema in the `beforeSchemaInit`:
```ts
import { sqliteAdapter } from '@payloadcms/db-sqlite'
sqliteAdapter({
beforeSchemaInit: [
({ schema, adapter }) => {
// Add a new table
adapter.rawTables.myTable = {
name: 'my_table',
columns: {
my_id: {
name: 'my_id',
type: 'integer',
primaryKey: true
}
}
}
// Add a new column to generated by Payload table:
adapter.rawTables.posts.columns.customColumn = {
name: 'custom_column',
// Note that Payload SQL doesn't support everything that Drizzle does.
@@ -11,12 +11,18 @@ Database transactions allow your application to make a series of database change
By default, Payload will use transactions for all data changing operations, as long as it is supported by the configured database. Database changes are contained within all Payload operations and any errors thrown will result in all changes being rolled back without being committed. When transactions are not supported by the database, Payload will continue to operate as expected without them.
<Banner type="info">
<strong>Note:</strong>
<br />
**Note:**
MongoDB requires a connection to a replicaset in order to make use of transactions.
</Banner>
The initial request made to Payload will begin a new transaction and attach it to the `req.transactionID`. If you have a `hook` that interacts with the database, you can opt-in to using the same transaction by passing the `req` in the arguments. For example:
<Banner type="info">
**Note:**
Transactions in SQLite are disabled by default. You need to pass `transactionOptions: {}` to enable them.
</Banner>
The initial request made to Payload will begin a new transaction and attach it to the `req.transactionID`. If you have a `hook` that interacts with the database, you can opt in to using the same transaction by passing the `req` in the arguments. For example:
@@ -65,9 +71,9 @@ When writing your own scripts or custom endpoints, you may wish to have direct c
The following functions can be used for managing transactions:
`payload.db.beginTransaction` - Starts a new session and returns a transaction ID for use in other Payload Local API calls.
`payload.db.commitTransaction` - Takes the identifier for the transaction, finalizes any changes.
`payload.db.rollbackTransaction` - Takes the identifier for the transaction, discards any changes.
- `payload.db.beginTransaction` - Starts a new session and returns a transaction ID for use in other Payload Local API calls.
- `payload.db.commitTransaction` - Takes the identifier for the transaction, finalizes any changes.
- `payload.db.rollbackTransaction` - Takes the identifier for the transaction, discards any changes.
Payload uses the `req` object to pass the transaction ID through to the database adapter. If you are not using the `req` object, you can make a new object to pass the transaction ID directly to database adapter methods and local API calls.
keywords: example, examples, starter, boilerplate, template, templates
---
Payload provides a vast array of examples to help you get started with your project no matter what you are working on. These examples are designed to be easy to get up and running, and to be easy to understand. They showcase nothing more than the specific features being demonstrated so you can easily decipher what is going on.
Examples are changing every day, so be sure to check back often to see what new examples have been added. If you have a specific example you would like to see, please feel free to start a new [Discussion](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/discussions) or open a new [PR](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pulls) to add it yourself.
Payload provides a vast array of examples to help you get started with your project no matter what you are working on. These examples are designed to be easy to get up and running, and to be easy to understand. They showcase nothing more than the specific features being demonstrated so you can easily decipher precisely what is going on.
When necessary, some examples include a front-end. Examples that require a front-end share this folder structure:
If you'd like to run the examples, you can use `create-payload-app` to create a project from one:
```plaintext
example/
├── payload/
├── next-app/
├── next-pages/
├── react-router/
├── vue/
├── svelte/
```sh
npx create-payload-app --example example_name
```
Where `payload` is your Payload project, and the other directories are dedicated to their respective front-end framework. We are adding new examples every day, so if your framework of choice is not yet supported in any particular example, please feel free to start a new [Discussion](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/discussions) or open a new [PR](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pulls) to add it yourself.
We are adding new examples every day, so if your particular use case is not demonstrated in any existing example, please feel free to start a new [Discussion](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/discussions) or open a new [PR](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pulls) to add it yourself.
The Array Field is used when you need to have a set of "repeating" [Fields](./overview). It stores an array of objects containing fields that you define. These fields can be of any type, including other arrays to achieve infinitely nested structures.
The Array Field is used when you need to have a set of "repeating" [Fields](./overview). It stores an array of objects containing fields that you define. These fields can be of any type, including other arrays, to achieve infinitely nested data structures.
Arrays are useful for many different types of content from simple to complex, such as:
@@ -41,9 +41,9 @@ export const MyArrayField: Field = {
| **`name`** \* | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names) |
| **`name`** * | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names) |
| **`label`** | Text used as the heading in the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview) or an object with keys for each language. Auto-generated from name if not defined. |
| **`fields`** \* | Array of field types to correspond to each row of the Array. |
| **`fields`** * | Array of field types to correspond to each row of the Array. |
| **`validate`** | Provide a custom validation function that will be executed on both the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview) and the backend. [More](/docs/fields/overview#validation) |
| **`minRows`** | A number for the fewest allowed items during validation when a value is present. |
| **`maxRows`** | A number for the most allowed items during validation when a value is present. |
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ export const MyArrayField: Field = {
| **`typescriptSchema`** | Override field type generation with providing a JSON schema |
| **`virtual`** | Provide `true` to disable field in the database. See [Virtual Fields](https://payloadcms.com/blog/learn-how-virtual-fields-can-help-solve-common-cms-challenges) |
_\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
_* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
## Admin Options
@@ -79,12 +79,12 @@ export const MyArrayField: Field = {
}
```
The Array Field inherits all of the default options from the base [Field Admin Config](../admin/fields#admin-options), plus the following additional options:
The Array Field inherits all of the default options from the base [Field Admin Config](./overview#admin-options), plus the following additional options:
The Blocks Field is <strong>incredibly powerful</strong>, storing an array of objects based on the fields that your define, where each item in the array is a "block" with its own unique schema.
The Blocks Field is **incredibly powerful**, storing an array of objects based on the fields that you define, where each item in the array is a "block" with its own unique schema.
Blocks are a great way to create a flexible content model that can be used to build a wide variety of content types, including:
@@ -41,9 +41,9 @@ export const MyBlocksField: Field = {
| **`name`** \* | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names) |
| **`name`** * | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names) |
| **`label`** | Text used as the heading in the Admin Panel or an object with keys for each language. Auto-generated from name if not defined. |
| **`blocks`** \* | Array of [block configs](/docs/fields/blocks#block-configs) to be made available to this field. |
| **`blocks`** * | Array of [block configs](/docs/fields/blocks#block-configs) to be made available to this field. |
| **`validate`** | Provide a custom validation function that will be executed on both the Admin Panel and the backend. [More](/docs/fields/overview#validation) |
| **`minRows`** | A number for the fewest allowed items during validation when a value is present. |
| **`maxRows`** | A number for the most allowed items during validation when a value is present. |
@@ -60,11 +60,11 @@ export const MyBlocksField: Field = {
| **`typescriptSchema`** | Override field type generation with providing a JSON schema |
| **`virtual`** | Provide `true` to disable field in the database. See [Virtual Fields](https://payloadcms.com/blog/learn-how-virtual-fields-can-help-solve-common-cms-challenges) |
_\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
_* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
## Admin Options
The customize the appearance and behavior of the Blocks Field in the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview), you can use the `admin` option:
To customize the appearance and behavior of the Blocks Field in the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview), you can use the `admin` option:
```ts
import type { Field } from 'payload'
@@ -77,20 +77,65 @@ export const MyBlocksField: Field = {
}
```
The Blocks Field inherits all of the default options from the base [Field Admin Config](../admin/fields#admin-options), plus the following additional options:
The Blocks Field inherits all of the default options from the base [Field Admin Config](./overview#admin-options), plus the following additional options:
| **`group`** | Text or localization object used to group this Block in the Blocks Drawer. |
| **`initCollapsed`** | Set the initial collapsed state |
| **`isSortable`** | Disable order sorting by setting this value to `false` |
#### Customizing the way your block is rendered in Lexical
If you're using this block within the [Lexical editor](/docs/rich-text/overview), you can also customize how the block is rendered in the Lexical editor itself by specifying custom components.
- `admin.components.Label` - pass a custom React component here to customize the way that the label is rendered for this block
- `admin.components.Block` - pass a component here to completely override the way the block is rendered in Lexical with your own component
This is super handy if you'd like to present your editors with a very deliberate and nicely designed block "preview" right in your rich text.
For example, if you have a `gallery` block, you might want to actually render the gallery of images directly in your Lexical block. With the `admin.components.Block` property, you can do exactly that!
<Banner type="success">
**Tip:**
If you customize the way your block is rendered in Lexical, you can import utility components to easily edit / remove your block - so that you don't have to build all of this yourself.
</Banner>
To import these utility components for one of your custom blocks, you can import the following:
```ts
import {
// Edit block buttons (choose the one that corresponds to your usage)
// When clicked, this will open a drawer with your block's fields
// so your editors can edit them
InlineBlockEditButton,
BlockEditButton,
// Buttons that will remove this block from Lexical
// (choose the one that corresponds to your usage)
InlineBlockRemoveButton,
BlockRemoveButton,
// The label that should be rendered for an inline block
InlineBlockLabel,
// The default "container" that is rendered for an inline block
// if you want to re-use it
InlineBlockContainer,
// The default "collapsible" UI that is rendered for a regular block
// if you want to re-use it
BlockCollapsible,
} from '@payloadcms/richtext-lexical/client'
```
## Block Configs
Blocks are defined as separate configs of their own.
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Tip:</strong>
<br />
**Tip:**
Best practice is to define each block config in its own file, and then import them into your
Blocks field as necessary. This way each block config can be easily shared between fields. For
instance, using the "layout builder" example, you might want to feature a few of the same blocks
@@ -100,14 +145,14 @@ Blocks are defined as separate configs of their own.
| **`slug`** \* | Identifier for this block type. Will be saved on each block as the `blockType` property. |
| **`fields`** \* | Array of fields to be stored in this block. |
| **`slug`** * | Identifier for this block type. Will be saved on each block as the `blockType` property. |
| **`fields`** * | Array of fields to be stored in this block. |
| **`labels`** | Customize the block labels that appear in the Admin dashboard. Auto-generated from slug if not defined. |
| **`imageURL`** | Provide a custom image thumbnail to help editors identify this block in the Admin UI. |
| **`imageAltText`** | Customize this block's image thumbnail alt text. |
| **`interfaceName`** | Create a top level, reusable [Typescript interface](/docs/typescript/generating-types#custom-field-interfaces) & [GraphQL type](/docs/graphql/graphql-schema#custom-field-schemas). |
| **`graphQL.singularName`** | Text to use for the GraphQL schema name. Auto-generated from slug if not defined. NOTE: this is set for deprecation, prefer `interfaceName`. |
| **`dbName`** | Custom table name for this block type when using SQL Database Adapter ([Postgres](/docs/database/postgres)). Auto-generated from slug if not defined.
| **`dbName`** | Custom table name for this block type when using SQL Database Adapter ([Postgres](/docs/database/postgres)). Auto-generated from slug if not defined. |
| **`custom`** | Extension point for adding custom data (e.g. for plugins) |
If you have multiple blocks used in multiple places, your Payload Config can grow in size, potentially sending more data to the client and requiring more processing on the server. However, you can optimize performance by defining each block **once** in your Payload Config and then referencing its slug wherever it's used instead of passing the entire block config.
To do this, define the block in the `blocks` array of the Payload Config. Then, in the Blocks Field, pass the block slug to the `blockReferences` array - leaving the `blocks` array empty for compatibility reasons.
```ts
import { buildConfig } from 'payload'
import { lexicalEditor, BlocksFeature } from '@payloadcms/richtext-lexical'
// Payload Config
const config = buildConfig({
// Define the block once
blocks: [
{
slug: 'TextBlock',
fields: [
{
name: 'text',
type: 'text',
},
],
},
],
collections: [
{
slug: 'collection1',
fields: [
{
name: 'content',
type: 'blocks',
// Reference the block by slug
blockReferences: ['TextBlock'],
blocks: [], // Required to be empty, for compatibility reasons
},
],
},
{
slug: 'collection2',
fields: [
{
name: 'editor',
type: 'richText',
editor: lexicalEditor({
BlocksFeature({
// Same reference can be reused anywhere, even in the lexical editor, without incurred performance hit
blocks: ['TextBlock'],
})
})
},
],
},
],
})
```
<Banner type="warning">
**Reminder:**
Blocks referenced in the `blockReferences` array are treated as isolated from the collection / global config. This has the following implications:
1. The block config cannot be modified or extended in the collection config. It will be identical everywhere it's referenced.
2. Access control for blocks referenced in the `blockReferences` are run only once - data from the collection will not be available in the block's access control.
</Banner>
## TypeScript
As you build your own Block configs, you might want to store them in separate files but retain typing accordingly. To do so, you can import and use Payload's `Block` type:
| **`name`** \* | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names) |
| **`name`** * | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names) |
| **`label`** | Text used as a field label in the Admin Panel or an object with keys for each language. |
| **`validate`** | Provide a custom validation function that will be executed on both the Admin Panel and the backend. [More](/docs/fields/overview#validation) |
| **`index`** | Build an [index](/docs/database/overview) for this field to produce faster queries. Set this field to `true` if your users will perform queries on this field's data often. |
@@ -41,12 +41,12 @@ export const MyCheckboxField: Field = {
| **`defaultValue`** | Provide data to be used for this field's default value, will default to false if field is also `required`. [More](/docs/fields/overview#default-values) |
| **`localized`** | Enable localization for this field. Requires [localization to be enabled](/docs/configuration/localization) in the Base config. |
| **`required`** | Require this field to have a value. |
| **`custom`** | Extension point for adding custom data (e.g. for plugins) |
| **`typescriptSchema`** | Override field type generation with providing a JSON schema |
| **`virtual`** | Provide `true` to disable field in the database. See [Virtual Fields](https://payloadcms.com/blog/learn-how-virtual-fields-can-help-solve-common-cms-challenges) |
_\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
_* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
| **`name`** \* | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names) |
| **`name`** * | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names) |
| **`label`** | Text used as a field label in the Admin Panel or an object with keys for each language. |
| **`unique`** | Enforce that each entry in the Collection has a unique value for this field. |
| **`index`** | Build an [index](/docs/database#overview) for this field to produce faster queries. Set this field to `true` if your users will perform queries on this field's data often. |
| **`index`** | Build an [index](/docs/database/overview) for this field to produce faster queries. Set this field to `true` if your users will perform queries on this field's data often. |
| **`minLength`** | Used by the default validation function to ensure values are of a minimum character length. |
| **`maxLength`** | Used by the default validation function to ensure values are of a maximum character length. |
| **`validate`** | Provide a custom validation function that will be executed on both the Admin Panel and the backend. [More](/docs/fields/overview#validation) |
@@ -50,11 +50,11 @@ export const MyBlocksField: Field = {
| **`typescriptSchema`** | Override field type generation with providing a JSON schema |
| **`virtual`** | Provide `true` to disable field in the database. See [Virtual Fields](https://payloadcms.com/blog/learn-how-virtual-fields-can-help-solve-common-cms-challenges) |
_\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
_* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
## Admin Options
The customize the appearance and behavior of the Code Field in the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview), you can use the `admin` option:
To customize the appearance and behavior of the Code Field in the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview), you can use the `admin` option:
```ts
import type { Field } from 'payload'
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ export const MyCodeField: Field = {
}
```
The Code Field inherits all of the default options from the base [Field Admin Config](../admin/fields#admin-options), plus the following additional options:
The Code Field inherits all of the default options from the base [Field Admin Config](./overview#admin-options), plus the following additional options:
| **`label`** \* | A label to render within the header of the collapsible component. This can be a string, function or react component. Function/components receive `({ data, path })` as args. |
| **`fields`** \* | Array of field types to nest within this Collapsible. |
| **`label`** * | A label to render within the header of the collapsible component. This can be a string, function or react component. Function/components receive `({ data, path })` as args. |
| **`fields`** * | Array of field types to nest within this Collapsible. |
| **`custom`** | Extension point for adding custom data (e.g. for plugins) |
_\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
_* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
## Admin Options
The customize the appearance and behavior of the Collapsible Field in the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview), you can use the `admin` option:
To customize the appearance and behavior of the Collapsible Field in the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview), you can use the `admin` option:
```ts
import type { Field } from 'payload'
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ export const MyCollapsibleField: Field = {
}
```
The Collapsible Field inherits all of the default options from the base [Field Admin Config](../admin/fields#admin-options), plus the following additional options:
The Collapsible Field inherits all of the default options from the base [Field Admin Config](./overview#admin-options), plus the following additional options:
| **`name`** \* | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names) |
| **`name`** * | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names) |
| **`label`** | Text used as a field label in the Admin Panel or an object with keys for each language. |
| **`index`** | Build an [index](/docs/database/overview) for this field to produce faster queries. Set this field to `true` if your users will perform queries on this field's data often. |
| **`validate`** | Provide a custom validation function that will be executed on both the Admin Panel and the backend. [More](/docs/fields/overview#validation) |
@@ -43,14 +43,15 @@ export const MyDateField: Field = {
| **`required`** | Require this field to have a value. |
| **`custom`** | Extension point for adding custom data (e.g. for plugins) |
| **`timezone`** * | Set to `true` to enable timezone selection on this field. [More details](#timezones). |
| **`typescriptSchema`** | Override field type generation with providing a JSON schema |
| **`virtual`** | Provide `true` to disable field in the database. See [Virtual Fields](https://payloadcms.com/blog/learn-how-virtual-fields-can-help-solve-common-cms-challenges) |
_\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
_* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
## Admin Options
The customize the appearance and behavior of the Date Field in the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview), you can use the `admin` option:
To customize the appearance and behavior of the Date Field in the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview), you can use the `admin` option:
```ts
import type { Field } from 'payload'
@@ -63,30 +64,30 @@ export const MyDateField: Field = {
}
```
The Date Field inherits all of the default options from the base [Field Admin Config](../admin/fields#admin-options), plus the following additional options:
The Date Field inherits all of the default options from the base [Field Admin Config](./overview#admin-options), plus the following additional options:
| **`placeholder`** | Placeholder text for the field. |
| **`date`** | Pass options to customize date field appearance. |
| **`date.displayFormat`** | Format date to be shown in field **cell**. |
| **`date.pickerAppearance`** \* | Determines the appearance of the datepicker: `dayAndTime` `timeOnly` `dayOnly` `monthOnly`. |
| **`date.monthsToShow`** \* | Number of months to display max is 2. Defaults to 1. |
| **`date.minDate`** \* | Min date value to allow. |
| **`date.maxDate`** \* | Max date value to allow. |
| **`date.minTime`** \* | Min time value to allow. |
| **`date.maxTime`** \* | Max date value to allow. |
| **`date.overrides`** \* | Pass any valid props directly to the [react-datepicker](https://github.com/Hacker0x01/react-datepicker/blob/master/docs/datepicker.md) |
| **`date.timeIntervals`** \* | Time intervals to display. Defaults to 30 minutes. |
| **`date.timeFormat`** \* | Determines time format. Defaults to `'h:mm aa'`. |
| **`date.pickerAppearance`** * | Determines the appearance of the datepicker: `dayAndTime` `timeOnly` `dayOnly` `monthOnly`. |
| **`date.monthsToShow`** * | Number of months to display max is 2. Defaults to 1. |
| **`date.minDate`** * | Min date value to allow. |
| **`date.maxDate`** * | Max date value to allow. |
| **`date.minTime`** * | Min time value to allow. |
| **`date.maxTime`** * | Max date value to allow. |
| **`date.overrides`** * | Pass any valid props directly to the [react-datepicker](https://github.com/Hacker0x01/react-datepicker/blob/master/docs/datepicker.md) |
| **`date.timeIntervals`** * | Time intervals to display. Defaults to 30 minutes. |
| **`date.timeFormat`** * | Determines time format. Defaults to `'h:mm aa'`. |
_\* This property is passed directly to [react-datepicker](https://github.com/Hacker0x01/react-datepicker/blob/master/docs/datepicker.md). ._
_* This property is passed directly to [react-datepicker](https://github.com/Hacker0x01/react-datepicker/blob/master/docs/datepicker.md)._
### Display Format and Picker Appearance
These properties only affect how the date is displayed in the UI. The full date is always stored in the format `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:mm:ss.SSSZ` (e.g. `1999-01-01T8:00:00.000+05:00`).
`displayFormat` determines how the date is presented in the field **cell**, you can pass any valid (unicode date format)[https://date-fns.org/v2.29.3/docs/format].
`displayFormat` determines how the date is presented in the field **cell**, you can pass any valid [unicode date format](https://date-fns.org/v4.1.0/docs/format).
`pickerAppearance` sets the appearance of the **react datepicker**, the options available are `dayAndTime`, `dayOnly`, `timeOnly`, and `monthOnly`. By default, the datepicker will display `dayOnly`.
To enable timezone selection on a Date field, set the `timezone` property to `true`:
```ts
{
name: 'date',
type: 'date',
timezone: true,
}
```
This will add a dropdown to the date picker that allows users to select a timezone. The selected timezone will be saved in the database along with the date in a new column named `date_tz`.
You can customise the available list of timezones in the [global admin config](../admin/overview#timezones).
<Banner type="info">
**Good to know:**
The date itself will be stored in UTC so it's up to you to handle the conversion to the user's timezone when displaying the date in your frontend.
Dates without a specific time are normalised to 12:00 in the selected timezone.
| **`name`** \* | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names) |
| **`name`** * | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names) |
| **`label`** | Text used as a field label in the Admin Panel or an object with keys for each language. |
| **`unique`** | Enforce that each entry in the Collection has a unique value for this field. |
| **`index`** | Build an [index](/docs/database/overview) for this field to produce faster queries. Set this field to `true` if your users will perform queries on this field's data often. |
@@ -47,11 +47,11 @@ export const MyEmailField: Field = {
| **`typescriptSchema`** | Override field type generation with providing a JSON schema |
| **`virtual`** | Provide `true` to disable field in the database. See [Virtual Fields](https://payloadcms.com/blog/learn-how-virtual-fields-can-help-solve-common-cms-challenges) |
_\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
_* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
## Admin Options
The customize the appearance and behavior of the Email Field in the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview), you can use the `admin` option:
To customize the appearance and behavior of the Email Field in the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview), you can use the `admin` option:
```ts
import type { Field } from 'payload'
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ export const MyEmailField: Field = {
}
```
The Email Field inherits all of the default options from the base [Field Admin Config](../admin/fields#admin-options), plus the following additional options:
The Email Field inherits all of the default options from the base [Field Admin Config](./overview#admin-options), plus the following additional options:
| **`name`** \* | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names) |
| **`fields`** \* | Array of field types to nest within this Group. |
| **`name`** * | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names) |
| **`fields`** * | Array of field types to nest within this Group. |
| **`label`** | Used as a heading in the Admin Panel and to name the generated GraphQL type. |
| **`validate`** | Provide a custom validation function that will be executed on both the Admin Panel and the backend. [More](/docs/fields/overview#validation) |
| **`saveToJWT`** | If this field is top-level and nested in a config supporting [Authentication](/docs/authentication/overview), include its data in the user JWT. |
@@ -51,11 +51,11 @@ export const MyGroupField: Field = {
| **`typescriptSchema`** | Override field type generation with providing a JSON schema |
| **`virtual`** | Provide `true` to disable field in the database. See [Virtual Fields](https://payloadcms.com/blog/learn-how-virtual-fields-can-help-solve-common-cms-challenges) |
_\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
_* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
## Admin Options
The customize the appearance and behavior of the Group Field in the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview), you can use the `admin` option:
To customize the appearance and behavior of the Group Field in the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview), you can use the `admin` option:
```ts
import type { Field } from 'payload'
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ export const MyGroupField: Field = {
}
```
The Group Field inherits all of the default options from the base [Field Admin Config](../admin/fields#admin-options), plus the following additional options:
The Group Field inherits all of the default options from the base [Field Admin Config](./overview#admin-options), plus the following additional options:
- To view and edit `Posts` belonging to a `Category`
- To work with any bi-directional relationship data
- Displaying where a document or upload is used in other documents
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ are related to the Category are populated for you. This is extremely powerful an
of relationship types in an easy manner.
<Banner type="success">
The Join field is extremely performant and does not add additional query overhead to your API responses until you add depth of 1 or above. It works in all database adapters. In MongoDB, we use <strong>aggregations</strong> to automatically join in related documents, and in relational databases, we use joins.
The Join field is extremely performant and does not add additional query overhead to your API responses until you add depth of 1 or above. It works in all database adapters. In MongoDB, we use **aggregations** to automatically join in related documents, and in relational databases, we use joins.
| **`name`** \* | To be used as the property name when retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names) |
| **`collection`** \* | The `slug`s having the relationship field. |
| **`on`** \* | The name of the relationship or upload field that relates to the collection document. Use dot notation for nested paths, like 'myGroup.relationName'. |
| **`maxDepth`** | Default is 1, Sets a maximum population depth for this field, regardless of the remaining depth when this field is reached. [Max Depth](/docs/getting-started/concepts#field-level-max-depth). |
| **`label`** | Text used as a field label in the Admin Panel or an object with keys for each language. |
| **`hooks`** | Provide Field Hooks to control logic for this field. [More details](../hooks/fields). |
| **`access`** | Provide Field Access Control to denote what users can see and do with this field's data. [More details](../access-control/fields). |
| **`defaultLimit`** | The number of documents to return. Set to 0 to return all related documents. |
| **`name`** * | To be used as the property name when retrieved from the database. [More](./overview#field-names) |
| **`collection`** * | The `slug`s having the relationship field or an array of collection slugs. |
| **`on`** * | The name of the relationship or upload field that relates to the collection document. Use dot notation for nested paths, like 'myGroup.relationName'. If `collection` is an array, this field must exist for all specified collections |
| **`where`** | A `Where` query to hide related documents from appearing. Will be merged with any `where` specified in the request. |
| **`maxDepth`** | Default is 1, Sets a maximum population depth for this field, regardless of the remaining depth when this field is reached. [Max Depth](../queries/depth#max-depth). |
| **`label`** | Text used as a field label in the Admin Panel or an object with keys for each language. |
| **`hooks`** | Provide Field Hooks to control logic for this field. [More details](../hooks/fields). |
| **`access`** | Provide Field Access Control to denote what users can see and do with this field's data. [More details](../access-control/fields). |
| **`defaultLimit`** | The number of documents to return. Set to 0 to return all related documents. |
| **`defaultSort`** | The field name used to specify the order the joined documents are returned. |
| **`defaultColumns`** | Array of field names that correspond to which columns to show in the relationship table. Default is the collection config. |
| **`allowCreate`** | Set to `false` to remove the controls for making new related documents from this field. |
| **`components.Label`** | Override the default Label of the Field Component. [More details](./overview#label) |
## Join Field Data
@@ -174,6 +177,35 @@ object with:
}
```
## Join Field Data (polymorphic)
When a document is returned that for a polymorphic Join field (with `collection` as an array) is populated with related documents. The structure returned is an
object with:
- `docs` an array of `relationTo` - the collection slug of the document and `value` - the document itself or the ID if the depth is reached
- `hasNextPage` a boolean indicating if there are additional documents
```json
{
"id": "66e3431a3f23e684075aae9c",
"relatedPosts": {
"docs": [
{
"relationTo": "posts",
"value": {
"id": "66e3431a3f23e684075aaeb9",
// other fields...
"category": "66e3431a3f23e684075aae9c"
}
}
// { ... }
],
"hasNextPage": false
}
// other fields...
}
```
## Query Options
The Join Field supports custom queries to filter, sort, and limit the related documents that will be returned. In
@@ -182,11 +214,11 @@ returning. This is useful for performance reasons when you don't need the relate
| **`limit`** | The maximum related documents to be returned, default is 10. |
| **`where`** | An optional `Where` query to filter joined documents. Will be merged with the field `where` object. |
| **`sort`** | A string used to order related results |
These can be applied to the local API, GraphQL, and REST API.
@@ -195,7 +227,8 @@ These can be applied to the local API, GraphQL, and REST API.
By adding `joins` to the local API you can customize the request for each join field by the `name` of the field.
```js
const result = await db.findOne('categories', {
const result = await payload.find({
collection: 'categories',
where: {
title: {
equals: 'My Category'
@@ -215,6 +248,25 @@ const result = await db.findOne('categories', {
})
```
<Banner type="warning">
Currently, `Where` query support on joined documents for join fields with an array of `collection` is limited and not supported for fields inside arrays and blocks.
</Banner>
<Banner type="warning">
Currently, querying by the Join Field itself is not supported, meaning:
```ts
payload.find({
collection: 'categories',
where: {
'relatedPosts.title': { // relatedPosts is a join field
equals: "post"
}
}
})
```
does not work yet.
</Banner>
### Rest API
The rest API supports the same query options as the local API. You can use the `joins` query parameter to customize the
The JSON Field saves actual JSON in the database, which differs from the Code field that saves the value as a string in the database.
The JSON Field saves raw JSON to the database and provides the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview) with a code editor styled interface. This is different from the [Code Field](./code) which saves the value as a string in the database.
| **`name`** \* | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names) |
| **`name`** * | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names) |
| **`label`** | Text used as a field label in the Admin Panel or an object with keys for each language. |
| **`unique`** | Enforce that each entry in the Collection has a unique value for this field. |
| **`index`** | Build an [index](/docs/database/overview) for this field to produce faster queries. Set this field to `true` if your users will perform queries on this field's data often. |
@@ -49,11 +49,11 @@ export const MyJSONField: Field = {
| **`typescriptSchema`** | Override field type generation with providing a JSON schema |
| **`virtual`** | Provide `true` to disable field in the database. See [Virtual Fields](https://payloadcms.com/blog/learn-how-virtual-fields-can-help-solve-common-cms-challenges) |
_\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
_* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
## Admin Options
The customize the appearance and behavior of the JSON Field in the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview), you can use the `admin` option:
To customize the appearance and behavior of the JSON Field in the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview), you can use the `admin` option:
```ts
import type { Field } from 'payload'
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ export const MyJSONField: Field = {
}
```
The JSON Field inherits all of the default options from the base [Field Admin Config](../admin/fields#admin-options), plus the following additional options:
The JSON Field inherits all of the default options from the base [Field Admin Config](./overview#admin-options), plus the following additional options:
| **`name`** \* | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names) |
| **`name`** * | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names) |
| **`label`** | Text used as a field label in the Admin Panel or an object with keys for each language. |
| **`min`** | Minimum value accepted. Used in the default `validation` function. |
| **`max`** | Maximum value accepted. Used in the default `validation` function. |
@@ -52,11 +52,11 @@ export const MyNumberField: Field = {
| **`typescriptSchema`** | Override field type generation with providing a JSON schema |
| **`virtual`** | Provide `true` to disable field in the database. See [Virtual Fields](https://payloadcms.com/blog/learn-how-virtual-fields-can-help-solve-common-cms-challenges) |
_\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
_* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
## Admin Options
The customize the appearance and behavior of the Number Field in the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview), you can use the `admin` option:
To customize the appearance and behavior of the Number Field in the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview), you can use the `admin` option:
```ts
import type { Field } from 'payload'
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ export const MyNumberField: Field = {
}
```
The Number Field inherits all of the default options from the base [Field Admin Config](../admin/fields#admin-options), plus the following additional options:
The Number Field inherits all of the default options from the base [Field Admin Config](./overview#admin-options), plus the following additional options:
description: Fields are the building blocks of Payload, find out how to add or remove a field, change field type, add hooks, define Access Control and Validation.
desc: Fields are the building blocks of Payload, find out how to add or remove a field, change field type, add hooks, define Access Control and Validation.
Fields are the building blocks of Payload. They define the schema of the Documents that will be stored in the [Database](../database/overview), as well as automatically generate the corresponding UI within the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview).
There are many [Field Types](#field-types) to choose from, ranging anywhere from simple text strings to nested arrays and blocks. Most fields save data to the database, while others are strictly presentational. Fields can have [Custom Validations](#validation), [Conditional Logic](../admin/fields#conditional-logic), [Access Control](#field-level-access-control), [Hooks](#field-level-hooks), and so much more.
There are many [Field Types](#field-types) to choose from, ranging anywhere from simple text strings to nested arrays and blocks. Most fields save data to the database, while others are strictly presentational. Fields can have [Custom Validations](#validation), [Conditional Logic](./overview#conditional-logic), [Access Control](#field-level-access-control), [Hooks](#field-level-hooks), and so much more.
Fields can be endlessly customized in their appearance and behavior without affecting their underlying data structure. Fields are designed to withstand heavy modification or even complete replacement through the use of [Custom Field Components](#custom-components).
To configure fields, use the `fields` property in your [Collection](../configuration/collections) or [Global](../configuration/globals) config:
You can fully customize the appearance and behavior of all fields within the Admin Panel. [More details](../admin/fields).
</Banner>
## Field Types
Payload provides a wide variety of built-in Field Types, each with its own unique properties and behaviors that determine which values it can accept, how it is presented in the API, and how it will be rendered in the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview).
Each field is an object with at least the `type` property. This matches the field to its corresponding Field Type. [More details](#field-options).
**Reminder:** Each field is an object with at least the `type` property. This matches the field to its corresponding Field Type. [More details](#field-options).
</Banner>
There are two main categories of fields in Payload:
There are three main categories of fields in Payload:
- [Data Fields](#data-fields)
- [Presentational Fields](#presentational-fields)
- [Virtual Fields](#virtual-fields)
To begin writing fields, first determine which [Field Type](#field-types) best supports your application. Then to author your field accordingly using the [Field Options](#field-options) for your chosen field type.
To begin writing fields, first determine which [Field Type](#field-types) best supports your application. Then author your field accordingly using the [Field Options](#field-options) for your chosen field type.
### Data Fields
@@ -92,14 +90,21 @@ Presentational Fields do not store data in the database. Instead, they are used
Here are the available Presentational Fields:
- [Collapsible](/docs/fields/collapsible) - nests fields within a collapsible component
- [Tabs (Unnamed)](../fields/tabs) - nests fields within a tabbed layout
- [UI](../fields/ui) - blank field for custom UI components
<Banner type="warning">
<strong>Tip:</strong>
Don't see a Field Type that fits your needs? You can build your own using a [Custom Field Component](../admin/fields#the-field-component).
### Virtual Fields
Virtual fields are used to display data that is not stored in the database. They are useful for displaying computed values that populate within the APi response through hooks, etc.
Here are the available Virtual Fields:
- [Join](../fields/join) - achieves two-way data binding between fields
<Banner type="success">
**Tip:** Don't see a built-in field type that you need? Build it! Using a combination of [Field Validations](#validation) and [Custom Components](../custom-components/overview), you can override the entirety of how a component functions within the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview) to effectively create your own field type.
</Banner>
## Field Options
@@ -123,7 +128,7 @@ export const MyField: Field = {
### Field Names
All [Data Fields](#data-fields) require a `name` property. This is the key that will be used to store and retrieve the field's value in the database. This property must be unique within the Collection, Global, or nested group that it is defined in.
All [Data Fields](#data-fields) require a `name` property. This is the key that will be used to store and retrieve the field's value in the database. This property must be unique amongst this field's siblings.
To set a field's name, use the `name` property in your Field Config:
@@ -140,10 +145,10 @@ Payload reserves various field names for internal use. Using reserved field name
The following field names are forbidden and cannot be used:
- `__v`
- `salt`
- `hash`
- `file`
- `__v`
- `salt`
- `hash`
- `file`
### Field-level Hooks
@@ -205,12 +210,13 @@ export const MyField: Field = {
}
```
Default values can be defined as a static value or a function that returns a value. When a `defaultValue` is defined statically, Payload's DB adapters will apply it to the database schema or models.
Default values can be defined as a static value or a function that returns a value. When a `defaultValue` is defined statically, Payload's [Database Adapters](../database/overview) will apply it to the database schema or models.
Functions can be written to make use of the following argument properties:
- `user` - the authenticated user object
- `locale` - the currently selected locale string
- `req` - the `PayloadRequest` object
Here is an example of a `defaultValue` function:
@@ -226,15 +232,14 @@ export const myField: Field = {
name: 'attribution',
type: 'text',
// highlight-start
defaultValue: ({ user, locale }) =>
defaultValue: ({ user, locale, req }) =>
`${translation[locale]} ${user.name}`,
// highlight-end
}
```
<Banner type="success">
<strong>Tip:</strong>
You can use async `defaultValue` functions to fill fields with data from API requests.
**Tip:** You can use async `defaultValue` functions to fill fields with data from API requests or Local API using `req.payload`.
</Banner>
### Validation
@@ -257,14 +262,14 @@ Custom validation functions should return either `true` or a `string` representi
The following arguments are provided to the `validate` function:
| `value` | The value of the field being validated. |
| `ctx` | An object with additional data and context. [More details](#validation-context) |
| Argument | Description |
| --- | --- |
| `value` | The value of the field being validated. |
| `ctx` | An object with additional data and context. [More details](#validation-context) |
#### Validation Context
The `ctx` argument contains full document data, sibling field data, the current operation, and other useful information such as currently authenticated in user:
The `ctx` argument contains full document data, sibling field data, the current operation, and other useful information such as currently authenticated user:
```ts
import type { Field } from 'payload'
@@ -281,13 +286,14 @@ export const MyField: Field = {
The following additional properties are provided in the `ctx` object:
| `data` | An object containing the full collection or global document currently being edited. |
| `siblingData` | An object containing document data that is scoped to only fields within the same parent of this field. |
| `operation` | Will be `create` or `update` depending on the UI action or API call. |
| `id` | The `id` of the current document being edited. `id` is `undefined` during the `create` operation. |
| `req` | The current HTTP request object. Contains `payload`, `user`, etc. |
| Property | Description |
| --- | --- |
| `data` | An object containing the full collection or global document currently being edited. |
| `siblingData` | An object containing document data that is scoped to only fields within the same parent of this field. |
| `operation` | Will be `create` or `update` depending on the UI action or API call. |
| `id` | The `id` of the current document being edited. `id` is `undefined` during the `create` operation. |
| `req` | The current HTTP request object. Contains `payload`, `user`, etc. |
| `event` | Either `onChange` or `submit` depending on the current action. Used as a performance opt-in. [More details](#async-field-validations). |
#### Reusing Default Field Validations
@@ -308,10 +314,37 @@ const field: Field = {
}
```
Here is a list of all default field validation functions:
```ts
import {
array,
blocks,
checkbox,
code,
date,
email,
group,
json,
number,
point,
radio,
relationship,
richText,
select,
tabs,
text,
textarea,
upload,
} from 'payload/shared'
```
#### Async Field Validations
Custom validation functions can also be asynchronous depending on your needs. This makes it possible to make requests to external services or perform other miscellaneous asynchronous logic.
When writing async validation functions, it is important to consider the performance implications. Validations are executed on every change to the field, so they should be as lightweight as possible. If you need to perform expensive validations, such as querying the database, consider using the `event` property in the `ctx` object to only run the validation on form submission.
To write asynchronous validation functions, use the `async` keyword to define your function:
In addition to each field's base configuration, you can use the `admin` key to specify traits and properties for fields that will only effect how they are _rendered_ within the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview), such as their appearance or behavior.
```ts
import type { Field } from 'payload'
export const MyField: Field = {
type: 'text',
name: 'myField',
admin: { // highlight-line
// ...
}
}
```
For full details on Admin Options, see the [Field Admin Options](../admin/fields) documentation.
## Custom ID Fields
All [Collections](../configuration/collections) automatically generate their own ID field. If needed, you can override this behavior by providing an explicit ID field to your config. This will force users to provide a their own ID value when creating a record.
All [Collections](../configuration/collections) automatically generate their own ID field. If needed, you can override this behavior by providing an explicit ID field to your config. This field should either be required or have a hook to generate the ID dynamically.
To define a custom ID field, add a new field with the `name` property set to `id`:
To define a custom ID field, add a top-level field with the `name` property set to `id`:
The Custom ID Fields can only be of type [`Number`](./number) or [`Text`](./text).
Custom ID fields with type `text` must not contain `/` or `.` characters.
**Reminder:** The Custom ID Fields can only be of type [`Number`](./number) or [`Text`](./text). Custom ID fields with type `text` must not contain `/` or `.` characters.
</Banner>
## Admin Options
You can customize the appearance and behavior of fields within the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview) through the `admin` property of any Field Config:
| **`condition`** | Programmatically show / hide fields based on other fields. [More details](#conditional-logic). |
| **`components`** | All Field Components can be swapped out for [Custom Components](../custom-components/overview) that you define. |
| **`description`** | Helper text to display alongside the field to provide more information for the editor. [More details](#description). |
| **`position`** | Specify if the field should be rendered in the sidebar by defining `position: 'sidebar'`. |
| **`width`** | Restrict the width of a field. You can pass any string-based value here, be it pixels, percentages, etc. This property is especially useful when fields are nested within a `Row` type where they can be organized horizontally. |
| **`style`** | [CSS Properties](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/CSS) to inject into the root element of the field. |
| **`className`** | Attach a [CSS class attribute](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/CSS/Class_selectors) to the root DOM element of a field. |
| **`readOnly`** | Setting a field to `readOnly` has no effect on the API whatsoever but disables the admin component's editability to prevent editors from modifying the field's value. |
| **`disabled`** | If a field is `disabled`, it is completely omitted from the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview) entirely. |
| **`disableBulkEdit`** | Set `disableBulkEdit` to `true` to prevent fields from appearing in the select options when making edits for multiple documents. Defaults to `true` for UI fields. |
| **`disableListColumn`** | Set `disableListColumn` to `true` to prevent fields from appearing in the list view column selector. |
| **`disableListFilter`** | Set `disableListFilter` to `true` to prevent fields from appearing in the list view filter options. |
| **`hidden`** | Will transform the field into a `hidden` input type. Its value will still submit with requests in the Admin Panel, but the field itself will not be visible to editors. |
### Field Descriptions
Field Descriptions are used to provide additional information to the editor about a field, such as special instructions. Their placement varies from field to field, but typically are displayed with subtle style differences beneath the field inputs.
A description can be configured in three ways:
- As a string.
- As a function which returns a string. [More details](#description-functions).
- As a React component. [More details](#description).
To add a Custom Description to a field, use the `admin.description` property in your Field Config:
**Reminder:** To replace the Field Description with a [Custom Component](../custom-components/overview), use the `admin.components.Description` property. [More details](#description).
</Banner>
#### Description Functions
Custom Descriptions can also be defined as a function. Description Functions are executed on the server and can be used to format simple descriptions based on the user's current [Locale](../configuration/localization).
To add a Description Function to a field, set the `admin.description` property to a *function* in your Field Config:
description: ({ t }) => `${t('Hello, world!')}` // highlight-line
},
},
]
}
```
All Description Functions receive the following arguments:
| Argument | Description |
| --- | --- |
| **`t`** | The `t` function used to internationalize the Admin Panel. [More details](../configuration/i18n) |
<Banner type="info">
**Note:** If you need to subscribe to live updates within your form, use a Description Component instead. [More details](#description).
</Banner>
### Conditional Logic
You can show and hide fields based on what other fields are doing by utilizing conditional logic on a field by field basis. The `condition` property on a field's admin config accepts a function which takes three arguments:
- `data` - the entire document's data that is currently being edited
- `siblingData` - only the fields that are direct siblings to the field with the condition
- `{ user }` - the final argument is an object containing the currently authenticated user
The `condition` function should return a boolean that will control if the field should be displayed or not.
**Example:**
```ts
{
fields: [
{
name: 'enableGreeting',
type: 'checkbox',
defaultValue: false,
},
{
name: 'greeting',
type: 'text',
admin: {
// highlight-start
condition: (data, siblingData, { user }) => {
if (data.enableGreeting) {
return true
} else {
return false
}
},
// highlight-end
},
},
]
}
```
### Custom Components
Within the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview), fields are represented in three distinct places:
- [Field](#field) - The actual form field rendered in the Edit View.
- [Cell](#cell) - The table cell component rendered in the List View.
- [Filter](#filter) - The filter component rendered in the List View.
- [Diff](#diff) - The Diff component rendered in the Version Diff View
To swap in Field Components with your own, use the `admin.components` property in your Field Config:
*For details on how to build Custom Components, see [Building Custom Components](../custom-components/overview#building-custom-components).*
<Banner type="warning">
Instead of replacing the entire Field Component, you can alternately replace or slot-in only specific parts by using the [`Label`](#label), [`Error`](#error), [`beforeInput`](#afterinput-and-beforinput), and [`afterInput`](#afterinput-and-beforinput) properties.
</Banner>
##### Default Props
All Field Components receive the following props by default:
| Property | Description |
| --- | --- |
| **`docPreferences`** | An object that contains the [Preferences](../admin/preferences) for the document. |
| **`field`** | In Client Components, this is the sanitized Client Field Config. In Server Components, this is the original Field Config. Server Components will also receive the sanitized field config through the`clientField` prop (see below). |
| **`locale`** | The locale of the field. [More details](../configuration/localization). |
| **`readOnly`** | A boolean value that represents if the field is read-only or not. |
| **`user`** | The currently authenticated user. [More details](../authentication/overview). |
| **`validate`** | A function that can be used to validate the field. |
| **`path`** | A string representing the direct, dynamic path to the field at runtime, i.e. `myGroup.myArray.0.myField`. |
| **`schemaPath`** | A string representing the direct, static path to the Field Config, i.e. `posts.myGroup.myArray.myField`. |
| **`indexPath`** | A hyphen-notated string representing the path to the field *within the nearest named ancestor field*, i.e. `0-0` |
In addition to the above props, all Server Components will also receive the following props:
| Property | Description |
| --- | --- |
| **`clientField`** | The serializable Client Field Config. |
| **`field`** | The Field Config. |
| **`data`** | The current document being edited. |
| **`i18n`** | The [i18n](../configuration/i18n) object. |
| **`payload`** | The [Payload](../local-api/overview) class. |
| **`permissions`** | The field permissions based on the currently authenticated user. |
| **`siblingData`** | The data of the field's siblings. |
| **`user`** | The currently authenticated user. [More details](../authentication/overview). |
| **`value`** | The value of the field at render-time. |
##### Sending and receiving values from the form
When swapping out the `Field` component, you are responsible for sending and receiving the field's `value` from the form itself.
To do so, import the [`useField`](../admin/hooks#usefield) hook from `@payloadcms/ui` and use it to manage the field's value:
For a complete list of all available React hooks, see the [Payload React Hooks](../admin/hooks) documentation. For additional help, see [Building Custom Components](../custom-components/overview#building-custom-components).
</Banner>
##### TypeScript#field-component-types
When building Custom Field Components, you can import the client field props to ensure type safety in your component. There is an explicit type for the Field Component, one for every Field Type and server/client environment. The convention is to prepend the field type onto the target type, i.e. `TextFieldClientComponent`:
```tsx
import type {
TextFieldClientComponent,
TextFieldServerComponent,
TextFieldClientProps,
TextFieldServerProps,
// ...and so on for each Field Type
} from 'payload'
```
See each individual Field Type for exact type imports.
#### Cell
The Cell Component is rendered in the table of the List View. It represents the value of the field when displayed in a table cell.
To swap in your own Cell Component, use the `admin.components.Cell` property in your Field Config:
All Cell Components receive the same [Default Field Component Props](#field), plus the following:
| Property | Description |
| --- | --- |
| **`link`** | A boolean representing whether this cell should be wrapped in a link. |
| **`onClick`** | A function that is called when the cell is clicked. |
For details on how to build Custom Components themselves, see [Building Custom Components](../custom-components/overview#building-custom-components).
#### Filter
The Filter Component is the actual input element rendered within the "Filter By" dropdown of the List View used to represent this field when building filters.
To swap in your own Filter Component, use the `admin.components.Filter` property in your Field Config:
All Custom Filter Components receive the same [Default Field Component Props](#field).
For details on how to build Custom Components themselves, see [Building Custom Components](../custom-components/overview#building-custom-components).
#### Label
The Label Component is rendered anywhere a field needs to be represented by a label. This is typically used in the Edit View, but can also be used in the List View and elsewhere.
To swap in your own Label Component, use the `admin.components.Label` property in your Field Config:
All Custom Label Components receive the same [Default Field Component Props](#field).
For details on how to build Custom Components themselves, see [Building Custom Components](../custom-components/overview#building-custom-components).
##### TypeScript#label-component-types
When building Custom Label Components, you can import the component types to ensure type safety in your component. There is an explicit type for the Label Component, one for every Field Type and server/client environment. The convention is to append `LabelServerComponent` or `LabelClientComponent` to the type of field, i.e. `TextFieldLabelClientComponent`.
```tsx
import type {
TextFieldLabelServerComponent,
TextFieldLabelClientComponent,
// ...and so on for each Field Type
} from 'payload'
```
#### Description
Alternatively to the [Description Property](#field-descriptions), you can also use a [Custom Component](../custom-components/overview) as the Field Description. This can be useful when you need to provide more complex feedback to the user, such as rendering dynamic field values or other interactive elements.
To add a Description Component to a field, use the `admin.components.Description` property in your Field Config:
All Custom Description Components receive the same [Default Field Component Props](#field).
For details on how to build a Custom Components themselves, see [Building Custom Components](../custom-components/overview#building-custom-components).
##### TypeScript#description-component-types
When building Custom Description Components, you can import the component props to ensure type safety in your component. There is an explicit type for the Description Component, one for every Field Type and server/client environment. The convention is to append `DescriptionServerComponent` or `DescriptionClientComponent` to the type of field, i.e. `TextFieldDescriptionClientComponent`.
```tsx
import type {
TextFieldDescriptionServerComponent,
TextFieldDescriptionClientComponent,
// And so on for each Field Type
} from 'payload'
```
#### Error
The Error Component is rendered when a field fails validation. It is typically displayed beneath the field input in a visually-compelling style.
To swap in your own Error Component, use the `admin.components.Error` property in your Field Config:
All Error Components receive the [Default Field Component Props](#field).
For details on how to build Custom Components themselves, see [Building Custom Components](../custom-components/overview#building-custom-components).
##### TypeScript#error-component-types
When building Custom Error Components, you can import the component types to ensure type safety in your component. There is an explicit type for the Error Component, one for every Field Type and server/client environment. The convention is to append `ErrorServerComponent` or `ErrorClientComponent` to the type of field, i.e. `TextFieldErrorClientComponent`.
```tsx
import type {
TextFieldErrorServerComponent,
TextFieldErrorClientComponent,
// And so on for each Field Type
} from 'payload'
```
#### Diff
The Diff Component is rendered in the Version Diff view. It will only be visible in entities with versioning enabled,
To swap in your own Diff Component, use the `admin.components.Diff` property in your Field Config:
All Error Components receive the [Default Field Component Props](#field).
For details on how to build Custom Components themselves, see [Building Custom Components](../custom-components/overview#building-custom-components).
##### TypeScript#diff-component-types
When building Custom Diff Components, you can import the component types to ensure type safety in your component. There is an explicit type for the Diff Component, one for every Field Type and server/client environment. The convention is to append `DiffServerComponent` or `DiffClientComponent` to the type of field, i.e. `TextFieldDiffClientComponent`.
```tsx
import type {
TextFieldDiffServerComponent,
TextFieldDiffClientComponent,
// And so on for each Field Type
} from 'payload'
```
#### afterInput and beforeInput
With these properties you can add multiple components *before* and *after* the input element, as their name suggests. This is useful when you need to render additional elements alongside the field without replacing the entire field component.
To add components before and after the input element, use the `admin.components.beforeInput` and `admin.components.afterInput` properties in your Field Config:
All `afterInput` and `beforeInput` Components receive the same [Default Field Component Props](#field).
For details on how to build Custom Components, see [Building Custom Components](../custom-components/overview#building-custom-components).
## TypeScript
You can import the Payload `Field` type as well as other common types from the `payload` package. [More details](../typescript/overview).
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff
Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user
Blocking a user prevents them from interacting with repositories, such as opening or commenting on pull requests or issues. Learn more about blocking a user.
